Liquid Handling

BRAND - Your Partner in the Lab.Worldwide.General Catalog 900

®Trademark Indexaccu-jet ® , BIO-CERT ® , BLAUBRAND ® , BRAND ® , BRANDplates ® ,cell-culture , cellGrade , Dispensette ® , EASYCAL , HandyStep ® ,hydroGrade , immunoGrade , inertGrade , lipoGrade , nano-cap ,PLASTIBRAND ® , pureGrade , QuikSip , SafetyPrime , seripettor ® ,Titrette ® , Transferpette ® , as well as the logo design marks depicted here,are trademarks of BRAND GMBH + CO KG, Germany.The following brands and trademarks as referenced in the current catalog areproperty of their respective third-party owners as listed below:Referenced brand/trademarkAMERSHAM ®APPLIED BIOSYSTEMS ®AR-GLAS ®AutoRep BECKMAN ®BIOHIT ®BIOMETRA ®BIORAD ®Combitips ®COULTER COUNTER ®EDISONITE ®Encode Eppendorf ®FINNPIPETTE ®GILSON ®LightCycler ®MegaBace ®METTLER TOLEDO ®MICROSOFT ®MJ RESEARCH ®Mucasol ®Mucocit ®Multipette ®MWG ®OHAUS ®PARAFILM ®PEQLAB ®Pursept ®REPETMAN Roche ®sartorius ®STRATAGENE ®TaKaRa ®TECHNE ®TRANSGENOMIC ®TRITON WINDOWS ®OwnerGE HEALTHCARE LIMITED, GBApplied Biosystems LLC, USASCHOTT AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, GermanyRainin Instrument, LLC, USABeckman Coulter, Inc., USASartorius Biohit Liquid Handling Oy, FinlandBiometra Biomedizinische Analytik GmbH, GermanyBIO-RAD LABORATORIES GMBH, GermanyEppendorf AG, GermanyBECKMAN COULTER INC., USAMerz Pharma GmbH & Co. KGaA, GermanyRainin Instrument, LLC, USAEppendorf AG, GermanyThermo Fisher Scientific Oy, FinlandGilson, Inc., USARoche Diagnostics GmbH, GermanyGE Healthcare Bio-Sciences AB, GBMettler-Toledo AG, SwitzerlandMICROSOFT CORPORATION, USABIO-RAD LABORATORIES, INC., USAMerz Pharma GmbH & Co. KGaA, GermanyMerz Pharma GmbH & Co. KGaA, GermanyEppendorf AG, GermanyMWG BIOTECH AG, GermanyOHAUS CORPORATION, USABemis Company, Inc., USAPEQLAB Biotechnologie GmbH, GermanyMerz Pharma GmbH & Co. KGaA, GermanyGilson S.A.S., FranceF. Hoffmann-La Roche AG, SwitzerlandSARTORIUS AG, GermanyAgilent Technologies, Inc., USATAKARA SHUZO CO., LTD., JapanTECHNE INCORPORATED, USATransgenomic, Inc., USADow Chemical Company, USAMICROSOFT CORPORATION, USA

About the ProductOrdering optionsOur products are available throughmajor laboratory supply dealersthroughout the world. If you havetrouble locating a specialized supplierin your area, just call – or visit us atwww.brand.de.BRAND General CatalogThe catalog is intended for informationalpurposes only. Actual results may vary basedupon a number of factors beyond our control,including user technique or lab environment.Suitability for a specific application is theresponsibility of the end-user.Specifications, catalog numbers and appearanceare subject to change without notice.Pictures serve the purpose of visualization.They may not necessarily correspond to thedescribed product in every detail.Dimensions without indication of tolerancesare approximate figures.Pack quantities are according to the recommendedorder quantity. The minimum orderquantities are indicated in the current pricelist.Products certified as "suitable for certification"satisfy the requirements of theGerman State Office of Weights and Measures("Eichamt").DAkkS calibration laboratoryThe DAkkS-accredited calibration laboratoryat BRAND is authorized to issue DAkkS calibrationcertificates for the following products:Liquid Handling instruments, such as pistonoperated pipettes and burettes, dispensersand dilutors, glass and plastic volumetricinstruments and glass density bottles.Repair and calibration serviceBRAND offers repair, service and calibration(including DAkkS calibration) for all BRANDliquid handling products. BRAND calibrationservice is also available for third-partyproducts.You can obtain an order form for repair andcalibration service online at www.brand.de.We will not be held responsible for printingor typographical errors.

ContentsAbout us............................................................................................................................ 4New Products.......................................................................................................... 14Liquid Handling.................................................................................................... 16Life Science........................................................................................................... 114Volumetric Instruments.......................................................................... 170Temperature and Density Measurement............................ 216Clinical Laboratory........................................................................................ 238General Laboratory Supplies........................................................... 262Technical Information............................................................................... 316Index............................................................................................................................... 345

About usIdeasPartnering for success.Enjoyment and safety in one's daily work areessential, and make life easier. At BRAND, wehelp you to achieve this. Close collaborationwith our customers makes it possible for us toremain aware of specific problems in labworkthat arise on a daily basis. Our experts devotetheir best efforts to developing new ideas andsolutions.We are excited to offer you our new catalog,which reflects a philosophy that can be summedup in two words – quality and innovation.BRAND. Your partner in the lab.4info@brand.de

About usBRAND in WertheimWhen our company started in 1949, it wasan adventure. From practically nothing,Rudolf Brand together with five companionscreated the foundations of the Wertheimerglass industry. In that same year, he foundedour present-day company. Starting from theWertheim facility, our specialists have steadilybuilt up the company. The effort was wellworthwhile! Today, BRAND is an importantpartner for end users in laboratories aroundthe world.6info@brand.de

About usFactory and ProductionAs the tasks multiplied, we have grown larger.One of the world's largestcleanroom facilities, with approx.6000 m 2 of productionspace, of which the cleanroommakes up 3200 m 2 .www.brand.de 7

About usJourney through TimeProduct development over the course of decades.What began in 1949 with 6 employees engagedin producing glass apparatus, glass volumetricmeasuring instruments, and thermometers, withcontinuous facilities expansion in the interim,led in 2013 to the commissioning of one of thelargest cleanroom facilities in the world. Afterliquid handling products, the manufacture ofhigh-quality plastic disposables for use in thelife sciences area has become one of the mostimportant production units at BRAND.8info@brand.de

1949 1950195719611963196419671973197919841986201119851994200519952013200820122013

About usGoalsWith you in mind, we look to the future.More than ever, lab work requires economicalsolutions, and a commitment to work bothsustainably and carefully. Our company offershigh-quality products to help you achieve yourgoals, rapidly and reliably.10info@brand.de

© Mark Weathers Images/Flicks/Getty Images

About usAdvancesVision, with implementation.We are confident about the quality of ourproducts. The specialists in our developmentdivision are working constantly to offer youimproved and newly developed products. Asour laboratory customers, you are our mostimportant partners.12info@brand.de

© Peter de Rooij/Flickr/Getty Images

Product NewsBRANDplates ®Insert SystemInnovative cell cultureplates and inserts for celland tissue culture work.• starting on page 159Dispensette ® TAThe new bottle-top dispenserfor trace analysis.• pages 29-32PLT UnitThe pipette leak testingunit for single and multichannelair-displacementpipettes.• pages 105-10814info@brand.de

Product NewsNew in this Catalog!New products for your lab.The new tip systemfrom BRAND.• starting on page 68TipRack –TipBox –TipStack Titrette ® 10 mlbottle-top burettepages 39-4496-well UV platepage 146Strip platespage 146VolumetricinstrumentsUSP modelstarting on page 175More Newsmacro pipette controller in new design, page 1001.5 ml microcentrifuge tubes with lid closure, page 121Strips of 8 PCR tubes with individual transparent flat caps, page 128PCR plates in various formats, page 13096-well deep-well plates 1.2 ml with elevated rim, page 137and much more.www.brand.de 15

© Tadao Yamamoto/amana images/Getty Images

Liquid HandlingOne of the most important, fundamental activitiesin modern laboratories is the careful handling of theever smaller quantities of liquids used. The precisiontransfer of liquids in quantities from milliliters down tonanoliters is still a challenge today.Their impressive ergonomic design, high precision,and superb quality have contributed to makingBRAND liquid handling instruments known around theworld for excellence.

OverviewLiquid HandlingBottle-top dispensersfrom page 19Bottle-top burettefrom page 39Dispensette ®seripettor ®Titrette ®Single and multichannel microliterpipettes and pipette tipsfrom page 45Transferpette ®TransferpettorRepetitive pipettesand PD-Tipsfrom page 87HandyStep ®Pipetting aidsfrom page 97accu-jet ®macro, microBottle-top aspiratorfrom page 103QuikSip Pipette leak testing unitfrom page 105PLT unitCalibration softwarefrom page 109EASYCAL 18info@brand.de

Dispensette ® IIIDispensette ® OrganicDispensette ® TANEW!The Dispensette ® bottle-top dispenser hasproven itself the world over with its widerange of practical applications.It has been continuously improved over decadesto meet the increasing demands ofthe laboratory.Dispensette ®Bottle-top Dispenser

Dispensette ® IIIDispensette ® OrganicLiquid HandlingModelsDispensette ® III(red color-code)The wide range of Dispensette ® bottle-top dispensersprovides premium dispensing options for the completespectrum of liquid reagents:■ Digital · Easy Calibration type■ Analog-adjustable type■ Fixed-volume typeDispensette ® Organic(yellow color-code)■ Digital · Easy Calibration type■ Analog-adjustable type■ Fixed-volume typeFor dispensing aggressive reagentsincluding concentrated acids such as H 3PO 4, H 2SO 4,bases like NaOH, KOH, saline solutions, as well asmany organic solvents.For dispensing organic solventsincluding chlorinated and fluorinated hydrocarbons (e.g.,trichlorotrifluoro-ethane and dichloromethane), concentratedacids such as HCl and HNO 3, trifluoroacetic acid(TFA), tetra-hydrofuran (THF) and peroxides.n Parts in contact with mediumborosilicate glass, ceramic, platinum-iridium, ETFE, FEP,PFA, PTFE and PP (discharge tube safety screw cap)n Parts in contact with mediumborosilicate glass, ceramic, tantalum, ETFE, FEP, PFA,PTFE and PP (discharge tube safety screw cap)n Operating limitsvapor pressure max. 600 mbarviscosity max. 500 mm 2 /stemperature max. 40 °Cdensity max. 2.2 g/cm 3n Operating limitsvapor pressure max. 600 mbarviscosity max. 500 mm 2 /stemperature max. 40 °Cdensity max. 2.2 g/cm 3Areas of application(For assistance in selecting a system, please see the guide on page 23)Bases Saline solutions Acids Organic solventspolarnon-polarDispensette ® IIIDispensette ® OrganicNote!For dispensing HF, we recommend the use of theDispensette ® TA bottle-top dispenser with platinumiridiumvalve spring (Cat. No. 4740 041, page 32).20info@brand.de

Dispensette ® IIIDispensette ® OrganicA Closer Look...The Digital · Easy Calibration type has a digitaldisplay and all the features that make dispensingsafer and convenient.Liquid HandlingMechanical/digital displayThe mechanical volume setting iseasy to read and ensures accurateand reproducible volume control.Easy Calibration TechniqueCalibration and adjustments accordingto ISO 9001 and GLP are donewithin seconds. Alteration of factorysetting is automatically indicated bya red recalibration flag. For moreinformation please see page 324.SafetyPrime recirculation valveThe SafetyPrime recirculationvalve (optional) reduces risk ofsplashes caused by air bubbles duringinstrument priming and permitsrecirculation during priming to avoidreagent waste. Valve control knobclearly indicates valve position.Easy to useThe minimal force needed to operatethe floating piston makes serial dispensingconvenient and effortless.Safety discharge systemThe integrated safety dischargesystem reduces the risk of inadvertentdispensing and splashes ifdischarge tube is improperlyinstalled or missing.Rotating valve blockTo allow the bottle label to face theuser, the valve block can be rotated360°. The 45 mm standard threadplus the included adapters fit commonlab bottles.Telescoping filling tubeAdjusts easily to different size bottles– without measuring or cutting.Discharge tube safetyscrew capScrew cap protects againstreagent contact and iseasy to attach and remove,even while wearing gloves.www.brand.de21

Dispensette ® IIIDispensette ® OrganicLiquid HandlingUse and HandlingOne-handed operationEach piston is matched individuallywith precise tolerancesto its cylinder. A thin liquidfilm acts as a non-wearingseal that reduces friction, sodispensing is easy and convenient.Dispensing sterile fluidsThe instrument can be autoclavedat 121 °C and may befitted with an optional microfilterto prevent contaminationof the bottle contents. Steriletechnique must be followed.Serial dispensingTo facilitate serial dispensing,the optional flexible dischargetube with safety handle permitsfast and precise dispensingeven into narrow test tubes.The functions of the safetydischarge system andSafetyPrime recirculationvalve are fully maintained withthe flexible discharge tube.Dispensing sensitivereagentsThe optional drying tube screwsinto the ventilation apertureat the rear of the instrument.Filled with a suitable absorbingagent, it can protect sensitivereagents against humidity orCO 2.General features of theDispensette ® bottle-top dispenser■ Dispensing directly from the supply bottle■ Easy to dismantle for cleaning■ Replaceable filling valves■ Autoclavable at 121 °C■ Conformity certified■ Easy to calibrate and adjust in order to complywith ISO 9001 and GLP guidelines. A positiveindicator automatically indicates adjustmentfrom factory settings.22info@brand.de

Dispensette ® III / OrganicDispenser Selection ChartDispenser Selection ChartReagentDisp. IIIDisp.OrganicAcetaldehyde + +Acetic acid (glacial), 100% + +Acetic acid, 96% + +Acetic anhydride +Acetone + +Acetonitrile + +Acetophenone +Acetyl chloride +Acetylacetone + +Acrylic acid + +Acrylonitrile + +Adipic acid +Allyl alcohol + +Aluminium chloride +Amino acids +Ammonia, 20% + +Ammonia, 20-30% +Ammonium chloride +Ammonium fluoride +Ammonium sulfate +n-Amyl acetate + +Amyl alcohol (Pentanol) + +Amyl chloride (Chloropentane) +Aniline + +Barium chloride +Benzaldehyde + +Benzene (Benzol) + +Benzine (Petroleum benzin),bp 70-180 °C+Benzoyl chloride + +Benzyl alcohol + +Benzylamine + +Benzylchloride + +Boric acid, 10% + +Bromobenzene + +Bromonaphthalene + +Butanediol + +1-Butanol + +n-Butyl acetate + +Butyl methyl ether + +Butylamine + +Butyric acid + +Calcium carbonate +Calcium chloride +Calcium hydroxide +Calcium hypochlorite +Carbon tetrachloride +Chloro naphthalene + +Chloroacetaldehyde, 45% + +Chloroacetic acid + +Chloroacetone + +Chlorobenzene + +Chlorobutane + +Chloroform +Chlorosulfonic acid +Chromic acid, 50% + +Chromosulfuric acid +Copper sulfate +Cresol +Cumene (Isopropyl benzene) + +ReagentDisp. IIIDisp.OrganicCyclohexane +Cyclohexanone + +Cyclopentane +Decane + +1-Decanol + +Dibenzyl ether + +Dichloroacetic acid +Dichlorobenzene + +Dichloroethane +Dichloroethylene +Dichloromethane +Diesel oil (Heating oil),bp 250-350 °C+Diethanolamine + +Diethyl ether +Diethylamine + +1.2 Diethylbenzene + +Diethylene glycol + +Dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) + +Dimethylaniline +Dimethylformamide (DMF) + +1.4 Dioxane +Diphenyl ether + +Essential oil +Ethanol + +Ethanolamine + +Ethyl acetate + +Ethylbenzene +Ethylene chloride +Fluoroacetic acid +Formaldehyde, 40% +Formamide + +Formic acid, 100% +Glycerol + +Glycol (Ethylene glycol) + +Glycolic acid, 50% +Heating oil (Diesel oil),bp 250-350 °C+Heptane +Hexane +Hexanoic acid + +Hexanol + +Hydriodic acid + +Hydrobromic acid +Hydrochloric acid, 20% + +Hydrochloric acid, 20-37 % +Hydrogen peroxide, 35% +Isoamyl alcohol + +Isobutanol + +Isooctane +Isopropanol (2-Propanol) + +Isopropyl ether + +Lactic acid +Methanol + +Methoxybenzene + +Methyl benzoate + +Methyl butyl ether + +Methyl ethyl ketone + +Methyl formate + +Methyl propyl ketone + +ReagentDisp. IIIDisp.OrganicMethylene chloride +Mineral oil (Engine oil) + +Monochloroacetic acid + +Nitric acid, 30% + +Nitric acid, 30-70% * +Nitrobenzene + +Oleic acid + +Oxalic acid +n-Pentane +Peracetic acid +Perchloric acid + +Perchloroethylene +Petroleum, bp 180-220 °C +Petroleum ether, bp 40-70 °C +Phenol + +Phenylethanol + +Phenylhydrazine + +Phosphoric acid, 85% + +Phosphoric acid, 85% +Sulfuric acid, 98%, 1:1+ +Piperidine + +Potassium chloride +Potassium dichromate +Potassium hydroxide +Potassium permanganate +Propionic acid + +Propylene glycol (Propanediol) + +Pyridine + +Pyruvic acid + +Salicylaldehyde + +Scintilation fluid + +Silver acetate +Silver nitrate +Sodium acetate +Sodium chloride +Sodium dichromate +Sodium fluoride +Sodium hydroxide, 30% +Sodium hypochlorite +Sulfuric acid, 98% + +Tartaric acid +Tetrachloroethylene +Tetrahydrofuran (THF) * / ** +Tetramethylammonium hydroxide +Toluene +Trichloroacetic acid +Trichlorobenzene +Trichloroethane +Trichloroethylene +Trichlorotrifluoro ethane +Triethanolamine + +Triethylene glycol + +Trifluoro ethane +Trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) +Turpentine +Urea +Xylene +Zinc chloride, 10% +Zinc sulfate, 10% +Liquid HandlingThe above recommendations reflect testing completed prior to publication. Always follow instructions in the operating manual of theinstrument as well as the reagent manufacturer‘s specifications. In addition to these chemicals, a variety of organic and inorganic salinesolutions (e.g., biological buffers), biological detergents and media for cell culture can be dispensed. Should you require informationon chemicals not listed, please feel free to contact BRAND. Status as of: 0713/12* use ETFE/PTFE bottle adapter** use PTFE sealNote!For dispensing HF, we recommend the use of theDispensette ® TA bottle-top dispenser with platinumiridiumvalve spring (Cat. No. 4740 041, page 32).www.brand.de23

Dispensette ® III / OrganicOrdering DataLiquid HandlingOrdering DataItems supplied:Each Dispensette ® bottle-top dispenser is conformity certified and supplied with performancecertificate, discharge tube, telescoping filling tube, SafetyPrime recirculation valve(optional), mounting tool and adapters of polypropylene:Dispensette ®nominal volume, mlAdapter forbottle threadFilling tubelength, mm0.5 GL 25, GL 28, GL 32 125-2401, 2, 5, 10 GL 25, GL 28, GL 32, GL 38, S 40 125-24025, 50, 100 GL 32, GL 38, S 40 170-330Dispensette ® III, Digital · Easy CalibrationCapacitymlSubdivisionmlA* ≤ ±% µlCV* ≤% µlwithout SafetyPrime recirculation valveCat. No.with SafetyPrime recirculation valveCat. No.0.2 - 2 0.01 0.5 10 0.1 2 4700 320 4700 3210.5 - 5 0.02 0.5 25 0.1 5 4700 330 4700 3311 - 10 0.05 0.5 50 0.1 10 4700 340 4700 3412.5 - 25 0.1 0.5 125 0.1 25 4700 350 4700 3515 - 50 0.2 0.5 250 0.1 50 4700 360 4700 361Dispensette ® III, Analog-adjustableCapacitymlSubdivisionmlA* ≤ ±% µlCV* ≤% µlwithout SafetyPrime recirculation valveCat. No.with SafetyPrime recirculation valveCat. No.0.05 - 0.5 0.01 1.0 5 0.2 1 4700 100 4700 1010.2 - 2 0.05 0.5 10 0.1 2 4700 120 4700 1210.5 - 5 0.1 0.5 25 0.1 5 4700 130 4700 1311 - 10 0.2 0.5 50 0.1 10 4700 140 4700 1412.5 - 25 0.5 0.5 125 0.1 25 4700 150 4700 1515 - 50 1.0 0.5 250 0.1 50 4700 160 4700 16110 - 100 1.0 0.5 500 0.1 100 4700 170 4700 171Dispensette ® III, Fixed-volumeCapacitymlA* ≤ ±% µlCV* ≤% µlwithout SafetyPrime recirculation valveCat. No.with SafetyPrime recirculation valveCat. No.1 0.5 5 0.1 1 4700 210 4700 2112 0.5 10 0.1 2 4700 220 4700 2215 0.5 25 0.1 5 4700 230 4700 23110 0.5 50 0.1 10 4700 240 4700 241Special fixed volumes: 0.5-100 ml (please state when ordering) 4700 290 4700 291* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits according to the nominal capacity (= maximum volume) indicated on theinstrument, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and withsmooth, steady operation. The error limits are well within the limits of DIN EN ISO 8655-5. Conformity certified toDIN 12 600. A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variation24info@brand.de

Dispensette ® III / OrganicOrdering DataDispensette ® Organic, Digital · Easy CalibrationCapacitymlSubdivisionmlA* ≤ ±% µlCV* ≤% µlwithout SafetyPrime recirculation valveCat. No.with SafetyPrime recirculation valveCat. No.Liquid Handling0.5 - 5 0.02 0.5 25 0.1 5 4730 330 4730 3311 - 10 0.05 0.5 50 0.1 10 4730 340 4730 3412.5 - 25 0.1 0.5 125 0.1 25 4730 350 4730 3515 - 50 0.2 0.5 250 0.1 50 4730 360 4730 361Dispensette ® Organic, AnalogCapacitymlSubdivisionmlA* ≤ ±% µlCV* ≤% µlwithout SafetyPrime recirculation valveCat. No.with SafetyPrime recirculation valveCat. No.0.5 - 5 0.1 0.5 25 0.1 5 4730 130 4730 1311 - 10 0.2 0.5 50 0.1 10 4730 140 4730 1412.5 - 25 0.5 0.5 125 0.1 25 4730 150 4730 1515 - 50 1.0 0.5 250 0.1 50 4730 160 4730 16110 - 100 1.0 0.5 500 0.1 100 4730 170 4730 171Dispensette ® Organic, FixCapacitymlA* ≤ ±% µlCV* ≤% µlwithout SafetyPrime recirculation valveCat. No.with SafetyPrime recirculation valveCat. No.5 0.5 25 0.1 5 4730 230 4730 23110 0.5 50 0.1 10 4730 240 4730 241Special fixed volumes: 2-100 ml (please state when ordering) 4730 290 4730 291* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits according to the nominal capacity (= maximum volume) indicated on theinstrument, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and withsmooth, steady operation. The error limits are well within the limits of DIN EN ISO 8655-5. Conformity certified toDIN 12 600. A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variationNote!When ordering instruments withDAkkS calibration certificates, theprefix 'DAkkS' must be added to theorder number, e.g., DAkkS 4700 321.BRAND also offers calibration serviceat the factory lab. For more information,please see page 326.www.brand.de25

Dispensette ® III / OrganicAccessories and Spare PartsLiquid HandlingAccessories and Spare Parts(Other spare parts and accessories can be found in the operating manual.)Discharge tubeswith integrated valvePack of 1.SafetyPrimerecirculation valvesPack of 1.DescriptionNominal volumemlShapeLengthmmCat. No.DescriptionCat. No.n for Dispensette ® III 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 105, 10fine tipstandard90907079 157079 1625, 50, 100 standard 120 7079 1725, 50, 100 fine tip 120 7079 18n for Dispensette ® Organic 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 fine tip 90 7079 355, 10 standard 90 7079 3625, 50, 100 standard 120 7079 3725, 50, 100 fine tip 120 7079 38Bottle adaptersFor Dispensette ® , Titrette ® ,seripettor ® and QuikSip .PP or ETFE. Adapters ofETFE offer higher chemicalresistance. Pack of 1.Outerthreadfor bottle thread/ground jointMaterialCat. No.GL 32 GL 25 PP 7043 25GL 32 GL 28 / S 28 PP 7043 28GL 32 GL 30 PP 7043 30GL 32 GL 45 PP 7043 45GL 45 GL 32 PP 7043 96GL 45 GL 35 PP 7044 31GL 45 GL 38 PP 7043 97GL 45 S* 40 PP 7043 43GL 45 S* 54 PP 7044 30GL 45 S* 60 PP 7043 48GL 32 GL 25 ETFE 7043 75GL 32 GL 28 / S 28 ETFE 7043 78GL 32 GL 30 ETFE 7043 80GL 32 GL 45 ETFE 7043 95GL 45 GL 32 ETFE 7043 98GL 45 GL 38 ETFE 7043 99GL 45 S* 40 PTFE 7043 91GL 32 NS 19/26 PP 7044 19GL 32 NS 24/29 PP 7044 24GL 32 NS 29/32 PP 7044 29* buttress threadn for Dispensette ® III 1-100 ml 7060 80n for Dispensette ® III 0.5 ml 7060 81n for Dispensette ® Organic 7060 90Discharge tube withLuer-Lock attachmentfor micro filterFEP/PP.Pack of 1.Cat. No. 7079 28** not suitable for HF and PeroxideBottle StandPP. Full plastic material –suitable for use in aggressiveenvironment (e.g., acid fumesin the hood). Support rod325 mm, base plate 220 x160 mm, weight 1130 g.Pack of 1.Cat. No. 7042 75Threaded bottles, coatedand uncoated, see page 299.26info@brand.de

Dispensette ® III / OrganicAccessories and Spare PartsTelescoping filling tubesFEP. Adjusts to variousbottle heights.Pack of 1.Flexible discharge tubingPTFE, coiled, length 800 mm,with safety handle.Pack of 1.Liquid HandlingNominal volumemlOuter ØmmLengthmmCat. No.Nominal volumemlDischarge tubeOuter Ø mm Inner Ø mmCat. No.0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 6 70-140 7042 02125-240 7042 03195-350 7042 08250-480 7042 0125, 50, 100 7.6 170-330 7042 04250-480 7042 051, 2, 5, 10 3 2 7079 25*25, 50, 100 4.5 3 7079 26** not suitable for HF and PeroxideFilling valve withsealing washerPack of 1.Filling valve with oliveshapednozzle made of PEEKFor frequent autoclaving withthe filling tube mounted, thisfilling valve with tube nozzleis recommended. PEEK haslimited chemical resistance!Pack of 1.DescriptionNominal volumemlCat. No.DescriptionNominal volumemlCat. No.for Dispensette ® III, Dispensette ® Organic 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 6697for Dispensette ® III, Dispensette ® Organic 25, 50, 100 6698for Dispensette ® III, Dispensette ® Organic 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 6637for Dispensette ® III, Dispensette ® Organic 25, 50, 100 6638SealsPTFE. Spare seals fordischarge tube, SafetyPrime and filling valve.Pack of 5 each type.Cat. No. 6696Seal for valve blockPTFE. For highly volatilereagents.Pack of 1.Cat. No. 7044 86Air vent cap for micro filterwith Luer-conePP. Air vent cap andPTFE-sealing ring.Pack of 1 each.Cat. No. 7044 95Drying tubeDrying tube and seal, withoutdrying agent. Pack of 1.Cat. No. 7079 30www.brand.de27

Dispensette ® III / OrganicRemote Dispensing SystemLiquid HandlingRemote Dispensing System for Drum Dispensingfor Dispensette ® III and Dispensette ® Organicn Dispense accurate volumesdirectly from drums and bulkrefillsn The Dispensette ® can be mountedon a wall, a ring stand or onlab furnituren A filter in the drum adapter minimizesrisk of contaminating highpurityreagentsn A quick-release connector withintegrated valves allows quickchanging of the bulk containern The remote dispensing systemallows storage of the drum up to10 meters (30 feet) away fromthe Dispensette ® . The max.delivery height is approximately1.2 m.Standard supply:without Dispensette ® , for drums with 3/4" inner thread,consisting of:A) Plug-in adapter, PTFE (only for Dispensettes ≤ 10 ml)B) Thread adapter, PP (GL 45/32)C) Strain relief, PPD) Locking screw, ETFEE) Wall mounting unit, PPF) Thread adapter, PP (GL 32/28)G) Filling tube, FEP, 3 m, outer Ø 7.6 mmH) Mounting screw, PTFEI) Locking screw, ETFEJ) Coupling, ETFE, with ball valveK) Drum adapter, PTFE, for drums with inner-threadof 3/4", with ball valve (incl. closure cap)L) Membrane filter, 3 µm, non-sterileM) Filling tube, 0.47 m, outer Ø 6.9 mmEFGABCDHIJNote!Observe all Safety Instructions, Operating Exclusionsand Limitations of the Dispensette ® IIIand the Dispensette ® Organic.LKMCat. No. 7042 61* not suitable for HF and PeroxideOperating ExclusionsNever use the remote dispensingsystem:1. with SafetyPrime recirculationvalve. It has to be removedbefore use!2. for pressurized vessels3. for liquids attacking borosilicateglass, Al 2O 3-ceramic, PFA, ETFE,FEP or PTFE4. for Peroxide (due to catalyticreaction)5. for carbon disulfide (CS 2), dueto risk of explosion!AccessoriesDescription Dimensions Cat. No.Filling tube, FEP 10 m, outer Ø 7.6 mm 7042 67Filling tube, FEP 1 m, outer Ø 6.9 mm 7042 69Filling tube, FEP 1.5 m, outer Ø 6.0 mm 7042 09Filling tube, FEP 1.5 m, outer Ø 7.6 mm 7042 10Thread adapter, steelThread adapter, PTFE, for direct mounting of Dispensette ®on drumThread adapter, PTFE, to connect remote dispensing systemwith drums with GL outer threadouter thread 2",inner thread 3/4"outer thread 3/4",outer thread GL 32inner thread 3/4",inner thread GL 327042 707042 817042 82Support rod connector for wall mounting unit 7042 68Shelf clamp for wall mounting unit 7042 72Support rod connectorShelf clamp28info@brand.de

Dispensette ® TANEW!Liquid HandlingDispensette ® TATrace AnalysisThe Dispensette ® TA provides outstandingperformance for precise volumedispensing of high-purity media fortrace analysis. Also suitable for HF withplatinum-iridium valve spring.The components of the fluid path are constructedof the highest purity materials, suchas PFA, PTFE and sapphire. Depending onapplication, either platinum-iridium or tantalumvalve springs can be chosen. The volumerange is from 1 to 10 ml. Especiallywell suited for dispensing acids, bases andhydrogen peroxide. Trace metal content ofdispensed liquid is generally in the low ppbrange, or, depending on application, even inthe ppt range.www.brand.de29

Dispensette ® TALiquid HandlingA Closer Look...Designed for use in trace analysis. The high-purity materialsrelease virtually no metal ions after appropriatecleaning. This makes the Dispensette ® TA bottletop dispensera superior choice for trace analysis.Piston seatDispensing cartridgewith serial numberVolume adjustmentSafetyPrime recirculation valveSafety ringDischarge tubeValve blockScrew capRecirculation tubeTelescoping filling tubeReplaceable dispensingcartridge supplied withcertificate30info@brand.de

Dispensette ® TAUse and HandlingGeneral features of the Dispensette ® TAbottle-top dispensern Plastics in contact with media consist of high-puritymaterials such as PTFE, ETFE, FEP, and PFA.The purest sapphire is used for replaceable valves.Depending on the application, platinum-iridium ortantalum are available as spring materials.Liquid Handlingn A field-tested cleaning process before use in traceanalysis is described in the operating manual.n If contamination of the bottle contents must beavoided, we recommend using the device withoutthe SafetyPrime recirculation valve.Replaceable dispensingcartridgeIf the piston seal is worn afteran extended period of use, theentire dispensing cartridgecan easily be replaced withouttools by the user. The cartridgeis fully adjusted at thefactory, and delivered with aperformance certificate. Nocalibration is required afterreplacement.Serial dispensingFor easy serial dispensing,an optional flexible dischargetube with textured safetyhandle (not approved for HF)permits fast and precise dispensing,even into narrow testtubes. Full functionality of theSafetyPrime recirculationvalve and the safety dischargesystem is maintained afterinstallation.n The 45 mm standard thread plus the includedadapters fit most common lab bottles.n The valve block can be rotated 360° so that thebottle label always faces the user for safety.n Telescoping filling tube adjusts to different bottlesizes.n Easy disassembly for replacement of the dispensingcartridge.Recommended application rangeParts in contact withmediumOperating limitsDispensing mediumValve spring:Pt - IrValve spring:TaVarious fluoroplastics (ETFE,FEP, PFA, PTFE), Al 2O 3sapphire and platinum-iridiumor tantalum, depending ondesign.Vapor pressure max. 600 mbarviscosity max. 500 mm 2 /stemperature max. 40 °Cdensity max. 3.8 g/cm 3Acetic acid + +Ammonia solution + +Bromine + +Hydrochloric acid + +Hydrofluoric acid* + –Hydrogen peroxide – +Nitric acid + +Perchloric acid + +Phosphoric acid + +Sodium hydroxide, 30% + –Sulfuric acid + +Water + ++ suitable – not suitable* Hydrofluoric acid reacts slightly with sapphire resulting in mildly elevated aluminum values. Toreduce these values we recommend discarding 3-5 dispensings of 2 ml each before performingthe analysis.The above recommendations reflect testing completed prior to publication. Always follow instructionsin the operating manual of the instrument as well as the reagent manufacturer‘s specifications.Should you require information on chemicals not listed, please feel free to contact BRAND.Status as of: 0713/2www.brand.de31

Dispensette ® TAOrdering DataLiquid HandlingOrdering DataDispensette ® TA, Analog-adjustableItems supplied:Each Dispensette ® TA bottle-top dispenser is conformity certified and supplied with performancecertificate, telescoping filling tube, SafetyPrime recirculation valve and recirculationtube (optional), mounting tool, bottle adapters GL 28/S 28 (ETFE), GL 32 (ETFE) andS 40 (PTFE).CapacitymlValve spring A* ≤ ±% µlCV* ≤% µlwithout SafetyPrime recirculation valveCat. No.with SafetyPrime recirculation valveCat. No.1-10 Platinum-iridium 0.5 50 0.1 10 4740 040 4740 0411-10 Tantalum 0.5 50 0.1 10 4740 240 4740 241* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits according to the nominal capacity (= maximum volume) indicated on theinstrument, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and withsmooth, steady operation. The error limits are well within the limits of DIN EN ISO 8655-5. Conformity certified toDIN 12 600. A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variationAccessories and Spare Parts(Other spare parts and accessories can be found in the operating manual.)SafetyPrimerecirculation valvesPack of 1.Valve spring,Platinum-iridiumCat. No. 7060 86Valve spring,TantalumCat. No. 7060 87Discharge tubeswith integrated valveTube closure cap PTFE.Pack of 1.Nominal volumemlValve springLengthmmCat. No.10 Platinum-iridium 90 7079 5510 Tantalum 90 7079 56Telescoping filling tubesFEP. Adjusts to variousbottle heights. Pack of 1.LengthmmFilling valve with sealingwasherPack of 1.Cat. No. 6622Dispensing cartridgewith safety ringNominal volume 10 ml,calibrated, incl. qualitycertificate. Pack of 1.Cat. No.70-140 7042 02125-240 7042 03195-350 7042 08250-480 7042 01Cat. No. 7075 42Flexible discharge tubingPTFE, coiled, length 800 mm,with safety handle. Must not beused with HF! Pack of 1.Nominal volumemlValve springCat. No.10 Platinum-iridium 7079 4510 Tantalum 7079 46Bottle StandPP. Full plastic construction –suitable for use in aggressiveenvironment (e.g., acid fumesin the hood). Support rod325 mm, base plate 220 x160 mm, weight 1130 g.Pack of 1.Cat. No. 7042 7532info@brand.de

seripettor ®seripettor ® proseripettor ® and seripettor ® pro are innovativebottle-top dispensers from BRAND with aspecial design. They provide a cost-effectivealternative to high-end dispensers for routinelaboratory use.seripettor ®Bottle-top Dispenser

seripettor ® · seripettor ® proLiquid HandlingModelsTwo models, seripettor ® and seripettor ® pro, are available to simplifyyour routine dispensing operations. These dispensers will serve ina wide variety of applications – when dispensing buffer solutions,culture media, vitamin solutions, acids, bases, saline solutions ormany polar solvents.Even special cases can be managed; for example, the seripettor ®bottle-top dispenser can handle agar culture media up to a max.of 60 ºC.n Operating range: seripettor ®– Aqueous solutionsRoutinely used biological buffer solutions and detergents,antifoaming agents, culture media, vitaminsolutions and so on can be dispensed. Hydrogenperoxide can also be dispensed.Agar culture media can be dispensed at up toa max. of 60 °C.– AcidsWeak, dilute or non-oxidizing acids can bedispensed.– Alkaline solutionsThe components of the instrument are compatiblewith alkaline solutions, such as NaOH, KOH andammonia.– Polar solventse.g., polar solvents such as ethanol, methanol,acetylacetone, etc.n Operating range: seripettor ® proThe seripettor ® pro bottle-top dispenser extends the operatingrange to include the dispensing of– acids such as concentrated HCl– polar solvents such as acetone– UV-sensitive reagentsInformation on use with your specific media can be found in theguidelines for dispenser selection on page 36, or ask BRAND.Use and HandlingOne-handed operationFor dispensing, press downgently on the piston.The automatic lifting actionof a spring pushes the pistonup. This automatically fills thedispensing cartridge.Serial dispensingThe optional flexible dischargetube with safety handle makesit easier to dispense in longseries (it connects to the valveblock with an adapter).Dispensing sterile liquids1. Mount the valve block with filling tube onto the bottle andcover the valve block with cap. Affix the autoclavable sterilemembrane filter (0.2 µm) laterally and autoclave at 121 °C.2. On a clean-bench (sterile hood), remove the cap from thevalve block, screw in a new sterile dispensing cartridge andmount the pump assembly. You’re ready to dispense!34info@brand.de

seripettor ® · seripettor ® proA Closer Look...The design of the seripettor ® bottle-top dispenser makesit possible for the user to replace any functional partswhen needed, quickly and easily without the use of tools.Cleaning and maintenance work is reduced to a minimum.Pump assemblywith lifting springThe automatic lifting actionof a spring pushes the pistonup. This fills the dispensingcartridge.Liquid HandlingReplaceable dispensingcartridgeIf the dispenser’s pistonseal becomes worn, it iseasy and inexpensive toreplace. One spare cartridgeincluded free.Volume settingsScalloped track allow for quickand exact setting of desiredvolume. The selected volumecan be easily read.Cap for discharge tubeStopper cap or screwcap (depending onthe model).Valve blockValve block (GL 45) and includedadapters (GL 32 and S 40)match the threads of the mostcommon reagent bottles.(See page 26 for an overviewof available bottle adapters.)Materials of construction seripettor ® seripettor ® proPump assembly PC PPO/PEI (for UV protection)Lifting spring spring steel Hastalloy (stainless)Dispensing cartridge* PE/PP PE/PPValve block* PP PPValves* PP/EPDM ETFE/borosilicate glass/Al 2O 3/Pt-IrDischarge tube* PP PTFE/ETFE/FEP/PFA/borosilicate glass/Al 2O 3/Pt-IrFilling tube* PP Telescoping filling tube, FEP/PTFECap for discharge tube* Stopper cap, PP Screw cap, PP* parts in contact with the mediawww.brand.de35

seripettor ® · seripettor ® proDispenser Selection ChartLiquid HandlingDispenser Selection ChartReagentseripettor®seripettor® proAcetaldehyde +Acetic acid, 5% + +Acetic acid, 96% +Acetic acid (glacial), 100% +Acetone +Acetonitrile +Acetophenone +Acetylacetone + +Acrylic acid +Acrylonitrile +Adipic acid + +Agar (60 °C) +Allyl alcohol + +Aluminium chloride + +Amino acids + +Ammonia, 30% + +Ammonium chloride + +Ammonium fluoride + +Ammonium sulfate + +Amyl alcohol (Pentanol) + +n-Amyl acetate +Aniline +Barium chloride + +Benzaldehyde +Benzyl alcohol +Benzylamine +Benzylchloride +Boric acid, 10% + +Butanediol + +1-Butanol +Butylamine +n-Butyl acetate +Calcium carbonate + +Reagentseripettor®seripettor® proCalcium chloride + +Calcium hydroxide + +Calcium hypochlorite + +Chloroacetaldehyde, 45% +Chloroacetic acid +Chromic acid, 50% +Copper sulfate + +Cumene (Isopropyl benzene) +Diethylene glycol + +Dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) +Dimethylaniline +Ethanol + +Formaldehyde, 40% + +Formamide + +Formic acid, 100% +Glycerol + +Glycol (Ethylene glycol) + +Glycolic acid, 50% + +Hexanoic acid + +Hexanol +Hydriodic acid + +Hydrobromic acid +Hydrochloric acid, 37% +Hydrogen peroxide, 35% +Isoamyl alcohol +Isobutanol + +Isopropanol (2-Propanol) + +Lactic acid + +Methanol + +Methyl benzoate +Methyl ethyl ketone +Methyl propyl ketone +Mineral oil (Engine oil) +Reagentseripettor®seripettor® proMonochloroacetic acid +Nitric acid, 10% +Oxalic acid + +Perchloric acid +Phenol +Phosphoric acid, 85% +Piperidine +Potassium chloride + +Potassium dichromate + +Potassium hydroxide + +Potassium hydroxide in ethanol + +Potassium permanganate + +Propionic acid + +Propylene glycol (Propanediol) + +Pyridine +Pyruvic acid + +Salicylaldehyde +Salicylic acid + +Silver acetate + +Silver nitrate + +Sodium acetate + +Sodium chloride + +Sodium dichromate + +Sodium fluoride + +Sodium hydroxide, 30% + +Sodium hypochlorite + +Sulfuric acid, 10% + +Tartaric acid +Urea + +Zinc chloride, 10% + +Zinc sulfate, 10% + +The above recommendations reflect testing completed prior to publication. Always follow instructions in the operating manual of theinstrument as well as the reagent manufacturer‘s specifications. In addition to these chemicals, a variety of organic and inorganic salinesolutions (e.g., biological buffers), biological detergents and media for cell culture can be dispensed. Should you require informationon chemicals not listed, please feel free to contact BRAND. Status as of: 0713/8Note!seripettor ® and seripettor ® pro are not suitable for HF.For dispensing HF, we recommend the use of theDispensette ® TA bottle-top dispenser with platinumiridiumvalve spring (Cat. No. 4740 041, page 32).Operating limits seripettor ® seripettor ® proVapor pressure up to 500 mbar up to 500 mbarDensity up to 2.2 g/cm 3 up to 2.2 g/cm 3Temperature 15 to 40 °C 15 to 40 °Cagar cultures up to 60 °CViscosity 2 ml instrument: 300 mm 2 /s 2 ml instrument: 300 mm 2 /s10 ml instrument: 150 mm 2 /s 10 ml instrument: 150 mm 2 /s25 ml instrument: 75 mm 2 /s 25 ml instrument: 75 mm 2 /s36info@brand.de

seripettor ® · seripettor ® proOrdering DataOrdering Dataseripettor ®Items supplied:Each seripettor ® bottle-top dispenser is supplied with discharge tube, filling tube,spare dispensing cartridge and PP adapters (GL 45/32 and GL 45/S40).Liquid HandlingVolumemlSubdivisionmlA* ≤ ±% µlCV* ≤% µlCat. No.0.2 - 2 0.04 1.2 24 0.2 4 4720 1201 - 10 0.2 1.2 120 0.2 20 4720 1402.5 - 25 0.5 1.2 300 0.2 50 4720 150seripettor ® proItems supplied:Each seripettor ® pro bottle-top dispenser is supplied with discharge tube, filling tube,spare dispensing cartridge, mounting tool and PP adapters (GL 45/32 and GL 45/S40).VolumemlSubdivisionmlA* ≤ ±% µlCV* ≤% µlCat. No.0.2 - 2 0.04 1.2 24 0.2 4 4720 4201 - 10 0.2 1.2 120 0.2 20 4720 4402.5 - 25 0.5 1.2 300 0.2 50 4720 450* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits according to the nominal capacity (= maximum volume) indicated on theinstrument, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and withsmooth, steady operation. A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variationAccessories and Spare Parts(Other spare parts and accessories can be found in the operating manual.)Note!Dispensing cartridgesare notautoclavable.Dispensing cartridgesFor seripettor ® and seripettor ®pro. Non-sterile and sterile.Piston (PE), cylinder (PP).Description Pack of Cat. No.Flexible discharge tubeFor seripettor ® and seripettor ®pro. PTFE, coiled, lengthapprox. 800 mm, with safetyhandle. Pack of 1.Nominal volumeCat. No.2 ml, non-sterile 3 7045 0010 ml, non-sterile 3 7045 0225 ml, non-sterile 3 7045 042 ml, sterile (individually wrapped) 7 7045 0710 ml, sterile (individually wrapped) 7 7045 0625 ml, sterile (individually wrapped) 5 7045 082 + 10 ml 7045 2225 ml 7045 23Note!Not suitablefor peroxides.www.brand.de37

seripettor ® · seripettor ® proAccessories and Spare PartsLiquid HandlingSee page 26 for anoverview of availablebottle adapters.Pump assemblyseripettor ®Discharge tubeseripettor ®Valve setseripettor ®PC, spring steellifting spring.Pack of 1.PP, incl. closure cap andEPDM discharge valve.Pack of 1.1 filling valve (filling valvebody, O-ring) 1 dischargevalve, 2 seals.DescriptionCat. No.DescriptionCat. No.Cat. No. 67902 ml 7045 4110 ml 7045 4225 ml 7045 44Fine tip (2 ml) 7045 18Standard (10 + 25 ml) 7045 20(1)(2)Pump assemblyseripettor ® proDischarge tubeseripettor ® proFilling valveseripettor ® pro(1) Adapter for dischargetube seripettor ® proPPO. PEI (UV protection).Hastaloy (stainless) liftingspring.Pack of 1.DescriptionCat. No.2 ml 7045 5110 ml 7045 4825 ml 7045 49PP. With integrated valvewith seal.Pack of 1.DescriptionCat. No.2 ml 7079 1510 ml 7079 1625 ml 7079 18Discharge tube adapters areordered separately.Filling valve with seal.Pack of 1.DescriptionCat. No.2 + 10 ml 669725 ml 6698Filling valves are ordered separately.PP. With seal.Pack of 1.Cat. No. 6208(2) Adapter for filling valveseripettor ® proPP. With seal.Pack of 1.Cat. No. 6707Filling tubesseripettor ®PP. Autoclavable design withadditional O-rings.Telescopic filling tubesseripettor ® proFEP. Adjusts to variousbottle heights.Pack of 1.LengthmmPack ofCat. No.Nominal volumemlOuter ØmmLengthmmCat. No.250 2 7045 32500 2 7045 34250, with O-ring 1 7045 36500, with O-ring 1 7045 382 + 10 6 70-140 7042 02125-240 7042 03195-350 7042 08250-480 7042 0125 7.6 170-330 7042 04250-480 7042 0538info@brand.de

Titrette ® – the first bottle-top burette to satisfyClass A error limits for glass burettes!It is also remarkable for its easy dropwise titration,compact design, ultra-high precision,replaceable piston/cylinder assembly andan optional PC interface. With the Titrette ®bottle-top burette, you can titrate quickly andreliably with the highest precision, even inclose quarters, with no power hookup needed– in the lab, in production, or in the field.Titrette ®Bottle-top Burette

Titrette ®Liquid HandlingA Closer Look...The control elements of the Titrette ® bottle-top burette have an intuitivelayout. Separate buttons for On/Off and Pause; CLEAR buttonallows user to reset the display and select functions. Easy-grip handwheel action and smooth precision gears for fast or drop-wise titrationmake handling more reliable and extremely simple.CLEAR/Select buttonDigital displayPC interface(optional)Replaceable batteriesOn/Off buttonPause buttonHand wheelsInspection windowPTFE pistonGlass cylinderTitration andrecirculating valveTitrating tubehorizontally andvertically adjustable,with integrateddischarge valveValve blockFreely rotating(Bottle thread GL 45)Recirculating tubeScrew capTelescoping filling tube40info@brand.de

Titrette ®Use and HandlingLight-weight and compactThe compact and lightweightdesign ensures good stability.The titrating tube canbe adjusted horizontally andvertically. This provides flexibilitywhen positioning theinstrument, e.g., when usinga magnetic stirrer or differentbottle sizes.Liquid HandlingSmooth operationNo switching is needed tochange between filling andtitration. The dispenser automaticallydetects whetheryou are filling or titrating bythe direction of hand wheelrotation. With the optimizedgear ratio, you can fill theinstrument quickly and stilltitrate drop-wise very slowlyand sensitively. The drop sizefor the 10 ml instrument isapprox. 20 µl, and for the 25and 50 ml instruments approx.30 µl.User serviceableThe dispenser is quickly andeasily dismantled within a fewminutes – for cleaning, toreplace the piston/cylinder, orto replace the batteries.Now you can carry out maintenanceconveniently and easilyin the lab, and the instrumentis ready to use again in minutes.Light protectionFor protection of light-sensitivemedia, the clear inspectionwindows can be replaced withthe amber colored windows(included).Useful extrasThe instrument is equipped with four helpful additional electronicfunctions:Adjustment withEasy CalibrationWith Easy Calibration technology,the instrument can beadjusted quickly and easily– with no tools! A small 'CAL'icon in the display indicatesthat the factory setting hasbeen changed.CalibrationscheduleThe next calibration date canbe stored under 'GLP', andcalled up each time the instrumentis turned on. The GLPand the year and month ofthe scheduled date are thenshown continuously.Save power withAuto Power OffThe instrument switches offautomatically after longerperiods of inactivity. The currentdisplay value is stored,and returned to the displayafter the power is switched onagain manually. Under 'APO'(Auto Power Off), the inactivityperiod until automatic poweroff can be set from 1 to 30minutes.Changing decimal placesettingsFor use as a micro-burette,the titrated volume display canbe switched from 2 to 3 decimalplaces under 'dP' (decimalpoint). Above 20.00 ml, thedisplay automatically switchesto 2 decimal places.www.brand.de41

Titrette ®Liquid HandlingPC interface (optional)The instrument is available with an optional RS 232 communicationsinterface. Advantages compared to the standardconfiguration:n The titration results are automatically transmitted to the PCby double-clicking on the CLEAR key. This eliminates transcriptionerrors while recording primary data, and complieswith an important requirement of GLP.n With each data transfer, the burette sends the titratedvolume, the serial number of the instrument, the nominal volumeand the adjustment value, as well as the next scheduledcalibration date. Thus, all raw data is collected and displayedtogether with actual date/time stamp from the PC.The transmitted data is recognized as keyboard inputs by thePC. This universal input format ensures that the instrumentis compatible with all PC applications that accept keyboardinputs.To connect the instrument to a USB interface, simply use astandard USB/RS 232 adapter.The instrument can be used for the following titration media(maximum concentration 1 mol/l):Range of applicationAcetic acidAlcoholic potassium hydroxide solutionAmmonium iron (II) sulfate solutionAmmonium thiocyanate solutionBarium chloride solutionBromide bromate solutionCerium (IV) sulfate solutionEDTA solutionHydrochloric acidHydrochloric acid in acetoneIodide Iodate solution*Iodine solution*Iron (II) sulfate solutionNitric acidOxalic acid solutionPerchloric acidPerchloric acid in glacial acetic acidPotassium bromate solutionPotassium bromide bromate solutionPotassium dichromate solutionPotassium hydroxide solutionPotassium iodate solutionPotassium permanganate solution*Potassium thiocyanate solutionSilver nitrate solution*Sodium arsenite solutionSodium carbonate solutionSodium chloride solutionSodium hydroxide solutionSodium nitrite solutionSodium thiosulfate solutionSulfuric acidTetra-n-butylammonium hydroxide solutionTriethanolamine in acetone*Zinc sulfate solution* Use light shield inspection windowLimitations of useChlorinated and fluorinated hydrocarbonsor chemical combinationswhich form deposits may make thepiston difficult to move or may causejamming.Compatibility of the instrument for aspecial application (e.g., trace materialanalysis) must be checked bythe user. For additional information,please contact the manufacturer.The instrument is not autoclavable!Operating limitsThis instrument is designed fortitrating liquids, observing the followingphysical limits:■ +15 °C to +40 °C(59 °F to 104 °F)of instrument and reagent■ Vapor pressure up to 500 mbar■ Viscosity up to 500 mm 2 /s■ Altitude: maximum 3000 m abovesea level■ Relative humidity: 20% to 90%The above recommendations reflect testing completed prior to publication. Always follow instructions in the operating manualof the instrument as well as the reagent manufacturer‘s specifications. Should you require information on chemicals not listed,please feel free to contact BRAND. Status as of: 0713/4When the instrument is properly handled, dispensed liquid will only come into contactwith the following chemically resistant materials: borosilicate glass, Al 2O 3, ETFE,PFA, FEP, PTFE, platinum-iridium; PP (screw cap).42info@brand.de

Titrette ®Comparisonof error limitsVolumemlPartial volumemlTitrette ®bottle-top buretteA*≤ ± % µlCV*≤ % µlBottle-top burettes accordingto DIN EN ISO 8655-3A*≤ ± % µlCV*≤ % µlGlass burettes Class A acc. toDIN EN ISO 385 and ASTM10 10 0.10 10 0.05 5 0.3 30 0.1 10 205 0.20 10 0.10 5 0.6 30 0.2 10 201 1.00 10 0.50 5 3 30 1 10 20NEW!EL**± µlLiquid Handling25 25 0.07 18 0.025 6 0.2 50 0.1 25 3012.5 0.14 18 0.05 6 0.4 50 0.2 25 302.5 0.70 18 0.25 6 2 50 1 25 3050 50 0.06 30 0.02 10 0.2 100 0.1 50 5025 0.12 30 0.04 10 0.4 100 0.2 50 505 0.60 30 0.20 10 2 100 1 50 50* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits according to the nominal capacity (= maximum volume)indicated on the instrument, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambienttemperature at 20 °C, and with smooth, steady operation. The error limits are well withinthe limits of DIN EN ISO 8655-3. Conformity certified to DIN 12 600.A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variation** Error limit: EL = A + 2CV, according to DIN EN ISO 8655-6 Annex BThe titration volume is displayed in steps of 1 μl at instruments with10 ml and 25 ml size and in steps of 2 μl for 50 ml size instruments.For titration volumes above 20 ml the display will automatically switchto steps of 10 μl.The error limits for Class A burettes according to DIN EN ISO 385 are met.Note!If you need an official certification which confirms the errorlimits that are much stricter than those of DIN EN ISO 8655-3,we recommend a calibration certificate from an accreditedcalibration laboratory (e.g., the DAkkS laboratory at BRAND).Ordering DataTitrette ®Items supplied:Each Titrette ® bottle-top burette is conformity certified and supplied with performance certificate,telescoping filling tube (170 - 330 mm), recirculation tube, 2 batteries (AAA/UM4/LR03), 3 PP bottle adapters (GL 45/32, GL 45/S 40, GL 32/NS 29/32), 2 amber coloredlight shield inspection windows.VolumeNEW!StandardCat. No.10 ml 4760 141 4760 24125 ml 4760 151 4760 25150 ml 4760 161 4760 261with RS 232 interface*Cat. No.* Additionally included: 2 m interface cable (Sub-D plug connector, 9-pin), one CD (driver software and open RS232communication protocol). The CD also includes an example application in XLS-file format, as well as a special operatingmanual.Note!When ordering instruments with DAkkS calibration certificates,the prefix 'DAkkS' must be added to the ordernumber, e.g., DAkkS 4760 161.BRAND also offers calibration service at the factory lab.For more information, please see page 326.www.brand.de43

Titrette ®Accessories and Spare PartsLiquid HandlingAccessories and Spare Parts(Other spare parts and accessories can be found in the operating manual.)Titrating tubeWith screw cap and integrateddischarge and recirculationvalve. Pack of 1.Telescoping filling tubesFEP.Pack of 1.for volumemlCat. No.LengthmmCat. No.10 7075 2525 + 50 7075 29*170 - 330 7042 04250 - 480 7042 05* Manufactured from Jan. 2012 onwards(serial number 01K)Filling valveWith olive-shaped nozzle andsealing ring.Pack of 1.Inspection window1 set colorless and 1 set ambercolored (light shield).Cat. No. 6636 Cat. No. 6783PistonPack of 1.Dispensing cylinderwith valve blockPack of 1.for volumemlCat. No.for volumemlCat. No.10 7075 3125 7075 3050 7075 3210 7075 3325 7075 35*50 7075 37** Manufactured from Jan. 2012 onwards(serial number 01K)Bottle StandPP. Full plastic construction.Support rod 325 mm,base plate 220 x 160 mm,weight 1130 g.Pack of 1.Cat. No. 7042 75Drying tubeDrying tube and seal, withoutdrying agent. Pack of 1.Cat. No. 7079 30Threaded bottles,coated and uncoated,see page 299.See page 26 for anoverview of availablebottle adapters.44info@brand.de

BRAND offers the ideal pipette for everyhand:n Transferpette ® S with the central pipettingbutton and one-handed volume settingn Transferpette ® with the pipetting key onthe siden Transferpette ® electronic with motor driveBRAND has been developing and manufacturingsingle-channel and multichannelpiston-operated pipettes for more than 25years. Special attention is always paid to optimumergonomics and reduction of injuriescaused by prolonged strain (such as RepetitiveStrain Injury Syndrome, RSI).Transferpette ®Pipetting System

Transferpette ®Pipetting SystemLiquid HandlingPipetting – A RoutineLaboratory ProcedurePipetting is one of the most frequent tasks in the laboratory.The right choice of pipette is critical to performing this repetitivetask accurately and strain-free.Transferpette ® STransferpette ® S -8/-12Transferpette ®Transferpette ® -8/-12Transferpette ® electronicTransferpette ® -8/-12 electronicWhat are the special features to look for?n Pipetting keyTo fit your preferred working style,choose either the Transferpette ® pipetteswith the pipetting key on theside or the Transferpette ® S pipetteswith the central pipetting button.The Transferpette ® electronic pipettesonly need a light tap on the pipettingbutton to activate the piston.n Tip ejectorAll Transferpette ® models haveseparate tip ejection controls. Thisreduces the risk of accidental tipejection.n Easy CalibrationPiston-operated pipettes are calibrated incompliance with the monitoring of measuringinstruments according to EN ISO 8655.All Transferpette ® models feature the EasyCalibration Technique that allows adjustmentwithout tools (please see page 324).n AutoclavabilityNo compromises! Depending on the model,either the complete pipette shaft(Transferpette ® , Transferpette ® electronic)or the entire pipette (Transferpette ® S ) canbe autoclaved at 121 °C (2 bar), accordingto DIN EN 285.n Tip conePipette and pipette tip form a single system.Both components have been developedby BRAND and are perfectly matched.This ensures an optimum fit between theTransferpette ® pipettes and the pipette tipsand filter tips from BRAND.For your convenience, the tip cone is alsodesigned to accept tips made by other leadingmanufacturers.Which Transferpette ® is right for you?Transferpette ® S Transferpette ® Transferpette ® electronicSide pipetting key 4Central pipetting button 4 4Separate tip ejection 4 4 4Easy Calibration Technique 4 4 4Entire shaft is autoclavable 4 4 4Entire pipette is autoclavable 4Corrosion-resistant piston 4 4 4Universal tip cone 4 4 4Volume display 4-position 3/4-position* 4-positionVolume range 0.1 µl - 10 ml 0.1 µl - 5 ml 0.5 µl - 5 mlMotor driven 4* depending on volume range46info@brand.de

Transferpette ® STransferpette ® S -8/-12Liquid HandlingTransferpette ® SSingle and Multichannel PipettesThe performance standard among pipetteswith a central pipetting button:Transferpette ® S pipettes from BRAND.Transferpette ® S models are the product ofintensive ergonomic and operational studiesand the application of modern innovative materials.The Transferpette ® S models are theperfect manual pipettes for demanding laboratoryapplications for scientists who preferthe central pipetting button.The Transferpette ® S pipettes provide all ofthe features required by users working in thelife sciences field: robust, one-handed operation,completely autoclavable, high precisionand Easy Calibration technique for lastingreliability.Transferpette ® SSolutions forS ciencewww.brand.de47

Transferpette ® STransferpette ® S -8/-12Liquid HandlingModelsLightweight – robust – low force:The piston-operated pipette Transferpette ® S provides maximumversatility and optimum quality over the entire volume range.There are 9 single-channel pipettes with adjustable volumeand 8 single-channel pipettes with fixed volume available in the0.1 μl to 10 ml range.There are 5 different multichannel pipettes available in the 0.5 to300 μl volume range.Featuresn Large, central pipetting buttonand separate ejection functionn True one-handed operation forboth right-and left-handersn The Transferpette ® S is completelyautoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar),acc. DIN EN 285.n Volume-change protectionn 4-position volume display, alwaysclearly visiblen Transferpette ® S features EasyCalibration technique – readjustmentwithout special tools (pleasesee page 324 for further details).Clearly visible external flag indicateschanges from factory settings.n Short stroke of only 12.5 mm toreduce the risk of RSI (RepetitiveStrain Injury)n Corrosion-resistant piston andejectorn Color-coded volume rangen Transferpette ® S 0.1-1 µl offersmaximum precision for molecularbiology work, especially whenpipetting enzymes.n UV resistantTransferpette ® STransferpette ® S -8n CE--compliantOptimal performance will be achievedwith the use of genuine premium tipsfrom BRAND. Pipette and filter tips,see pages 68-82.48info@brand.de

Transferpette ® SA Closer Look...A central pipetting button, one-handed operation, precise 4-positionvolume settings and a volume display that can be easily read by bothright- and left-handed operators are only a few examples of the attentionto detail in the design of the Transferpette ® S pipette.Pipetting buttonThe centrally mounted, largepipetting button allows uniformsmooth movement of the piston.Ejection buttonErgonomically arranged, withcolor code according to volume rangeVolume adjustmentTrue one-handed volume adjustmentfor right- and left-handedoperators – even with gloves.Liquid HandlingVolume-change protectionA lock prevents unintendedvolume adjustments.4-position volume displayMaximum precision, always easyto read with an integrated lens.Color codeColor indicates volume rangeEasy Calibration TechniqueChanges from factory settingsare externally visible! (For moreinformation, please see page324.)Finger restThe ergonomically designed finger rest takesthe load off the hand. You don't need to gripthe pipette tightly, so even prolonged pipettingoperations can be completed with less fatigue.Completely autoclavableThe entire instrument can be autoclavedat 121 ºC for maximum protectionagainst contamination.Slim pipette shaftThe slim shaft allows pipetting intonarrow vessels, without removingthe tip ejector.Tip coneDue to the optimized standard design,pipette tips from BRAND and othermanufacturers' tips can be used.The freely rotating standprovides safe storagefor Transferpette ® S andTransferpette ® S -8/-12pipettes.www.brand.de49

Transferpette ® SOrdering DataLiquid HandlingOrdering DataItems supplied:Each Transferpette ® S adjustable and fixed volume pipette is conformity certified andsupplied with performance certificate, shelf/rack mount and silicone oil.Transferpette ® S, adjustable volumeCapacity, µl(color-coded)Description A* ≤ ±% µlCV* ≤% µlSubdivisionµlCat. No.0.1 - 1 D-1 2 0.02 1.2 0.012 0.001 7047 680.1 - 2.5 D-2.5 1.4 0.035 0.7 0.018 0.002 7047 690.5 - 10 D-10 1 0.1 0.5 0.05 0.01 7047 702 - 20 D-20** 0.8 0.16 0.4 0.08 0.02 7047 7210 - 100 D-100 0.6 0.6 0.2 0.2 0.1 7047 7420 - 200 D-200** 0.6 1.2 0.2 0.4 0.2 7047 78100 - 1000 D-1000 0.6 6 0.2 2 1 7047 80500 - 5000 D-5000 0.6 30 0.2 10 5 7047 821000 - 10000 D-10000 0.6 60 0.2 20 10 7047 84Transferpette ® S, fixed volumeCapacity, µl(color-coded)Description A* ≤ ±% µlCV* ≤% µlCat. No.10 F-10 1 0.1 0.5 0.05 7047 0820 F-20** 0.8 0.16 0.4 0.08 7047 1625 F-25 0.8 0.2 0.4 0.1 7047 2050 F-50 0.8 0.4 0.4 0.2 7047 28100 F-100 0.6 0.6 0.2 0.2 7047 38200 F-200** 0.6 1.2 0.2 0.4 7047 44500 F-500 0.6 3 0.2 1 7047 541000 F-1000 0.6 6 0.2 2 7047 62* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits according to the nominal capacity (= maximum volume) indicated on theinstrument, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and withsmooth, steady operation. The error limits are well within the limits of DIN EN ISO 8655-2. Conformity certified toDIN 12 600. A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variation** For use only with 2-200 µl pipette tipsAccessories Note! When ordering instrumentswith DAkkS calibration certificates,the prefix 'DAkkS' must(Other accessories for Transferpette ® S pipettes can befound on page 52 and in the operating manual.)be added to the order number,Starter Kite.g., DAkkS 7047 28.Items supplied: 3 Transferpette ® S adjustablevolume pipettes, 3 x TipBox (filled),3 shelf/rack mounts.TypeThe kit includes the followingTransferpette ® S modelsCat. No.MICRO D-1, D-10, D-100 7047 90MIDI D-20, D-200, D-1000 7047 91MACRO D-1000, D-5000, D-10000 7047 92STANDARD D-10, D-100, D-1000 7047 93BRAND also offers calibrationservice at the factory lab. Formore information, please seepage 326.50info@brand.de

Transferpette ® S -8/-12A Closer Look...Easy Handling – a particular advantage of the new multichannel pipette is the easy operation,e.g., when performing serial pipetting of immunological assays, while making serial dilutionsor when filling 96-well plates for cell cultures.Pipetting buttonThe centrally mounted, largepipetting button allows uniformsmooth movement of the piston.Ejection buttonErgonomically arranged, withcolor code according to volume rangeVolume-change protectionA lock prevents unintendedvolume adjustments.Volume adjustmentTrue one-handed volumeadjustment for right- and lefthandedoperators – even withgloves.Easy Calibration TechniqueChanges from factory settingsare externally visible!(For more information, pleasesee page 324.)Liquid Handling4-position volume displayMaximum precision, always easyto read with an integrated lens.Color codeManifold has volumerangecolor code foreasy visual confirmationwhile pipettingFinger restThe ergonomically designed finger resttakes the load off the hand. You don'tneed to grip the pipette tightly, so evenprolonged pipetting operations can becompleted with less fatigue.Completely autoclavableThe entire instrument can be autoclavedat 121 ºC for maximum protectionagainst contamination.ManifoldCan be freely rotated by 360°in either direction.Stepped surfaceSealing ring of FKMShafts and sealing rings are made of resilient FKM material, and aredesigned so that only minimal attachment force is needed for solidand parallel tip seating. The stepped design allows the ejection forceto be sequentially distributed to the tips within fractions of a secondand thus drastically reduces the force required.Individual shafts withseals which can beeasily unscrewed withonly a supplied simplegripping tool. Tipcones and seals cannow be easily cleanedor replaced. This patentedprocedure eliminatesthe expense oflong service outages,providing long servicelife and low operatingcosts.www.brand.de51

Transferpette ® S -8/-12Ordering DataLiquid HandlingOrdering DataItems supplied:Each Transferpette ® S -8/-12 pipette is conformity certified and supplied with performancecertificate, 2 x TipBox, filled with pipette tips from BRAND, 1 shelf/rack mount, 1 reagentreservoir, 1 mounting tool, silicone oil and 1 set of sealing rings made of FKM.Transferpette ® S -8Capacity, µl(color-coded)Description A*≤ ± %CV*≤ %SubdivisionµlCat. No.0.5 - 10 M8-10 1.6 1.0 0.01 7037 005 - 50 M8-50 0.8 0.4 0.1 7037 0610 - 100 M8-100 0.8 0.3 0.2 7037 0820 - 200 M8-200 0.8 0.3 0.2 7037 1030 - 300 M8-300 0.6 0.3 0.5 7037 12Transferpette ® S -12Capacity, µl(color-coded)Description A*≤ ± %CV*≤ %SubdivisionµlCat. No.0.5 - 10 M12-10 1.6 1.0 0.01 7037 205 - 50 M12-50 0.8 0.4 0.1 7037 2610 - 100 M12-100 0.8 0.3 0.2 7037 2820 - 200 M12-200 0.8 0.3 0.2 7037 3030 - 300 M12-300 0.6 0.3 0.5 7037 32* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits according to the nominal capacity (= maximum volume) indicated on theinstrument, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and withsmooth, steady operation. The error limits are well within the limits of DIN EN ISO 8655-2. Conformity certified toDIN 12 600. A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variationAccessoriesTransferpette ® S · Transferpette ® S -8/-12(Other accessories and spare parts can be found in the operating manual.)Individual stands pleasesee pages 57, 59 and 64.Bench-top rackFor 6 Transferpette ® S orTransferpette ® S -8/-12 pipettes.Pack of 1.Cat. No. 7048 05Shelf/rack mountShelf/rack mount for allTransferpette ® S singleinstruments. Pack of 1.Cat. No. 7048 10FilterFor all Transferpette ® S singlechannelpipettes 0.5-5 ml.Pack of 25.Cat. No. 7046 52For Transferpette ® S 1-10 mlpipettes. Pack of 25.Cat. No. 7046 5352info@brand.de

Transferpette ®Transferpette ® -8/-12Liquid HandlingTransferpette ®Single and Multichannel PipettesThe Transferpette ® pipette from BRAND isdesigned for routine lab and research applicationsin a shape that is adapted to theanatomy of the human hand. The specialhandle shape with the side pipetting key allowsthe Transferpette ® pipette to lie looselyand lightly in your hand.The Transferpette ® models are particularlywell suited for prolonged pipetting, or foranyone who is susceptible to RSI syndromedue to repetitive laboratory procedures.www.brand.de53

Transferpette ®Transferpette ® -8/-12Liquid HandlingModelsEconomical – accurate – versatile:With only 5 instruments you can cover the entire volume rangefrom 0.1 µl to 5 ml. You can choose from 10 models of the adjustablevolume Transferpette ® pipette and from 12 models of thefixed-volume type.There are 7 different multichannel pipettes available in the 0.5 to300 μl volume range.Features■ Side pipetting key relieves strain;separate ejector function limitserrors.■ Pipette shafts/manifold are entirelyautoclavable at 121 ºC(2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285.■ Transferpette ® adjustable volumemodels and Transferpette ® -8/-12feature Easy Calibration technique– readjustment withoutspecial tools (please see page324 for further details).■ Corrosion-resistant piston andejector■ Tip ejector caps with color codeaccording volume range.■ Transferpette ® 0.1-1 µl offersmaximum precision for molecularbiology work, especially whenpipetting enzymes.■ A variety of pipette standsfor optimum storage of theTransferpette ® pipette■ UV resistantTransferpette ® Transferpette ® -12■ CE--compliantThe microliter pipettes Transferpette ®0.1-1 μl, Transferpette ® S 0.1-1 μl andTransferpette ® S 0.1-2.5 μl can be usedto pipette the smallest volumes down to0.1 μl with the highest precision.For the instruments 0.1-1 μl, which workexclusively with BRAND nano-cappipette tips, the air cushion is greatlyminimized in order to attain the highestprecision when pipetting.The smallest volumes of liquid can be takenup with good visibility, and positionedin a microcentrifuge tube, for example.54info@brand.de

Transferpette ®Tip ejector capErgonomically arranged, withcolor code according to volume rangePipetting keyThe side mounted pipettingkey reduces hand fatigue,especially when performingserial pipetting operations.A Closer Look...The Transferpette ® pipette is designed tothe shape of the human hand for maximumcomfort.Volume adjustmentChanging volume is easy withoutsnagging gloves. Detents preventinadvertent volume changes.Liquid HandlingHand gripThe textured housing ensures afirm grip, and is UV resistant.Easy Calibration TechniqueCalibration and adjustments accordingto ISO 9001 and GLP are donewithin seconds.Tip coneThe taper is designed to fit pipettetips from BRAND and most otherleading manufacturers tips.Pipette shaftThe slim shaft (autoclavable at121 ºC) makes it possible to pipettein the narrowest vessels withoutremoving the tip ejector.Optimal performance will beachieved with the use of genuinepremium tips from BRAND.Pipette and filter tips,see pages 68-82.www.brand.de55

Transferpette ®Ordering DataLiquid HandlingOrdering DataTransferpette ® , adjustable volumeItems supplied:Each Transferpette ® adjustable volume pipette is conformity certified and suppliedwith performance certificate and silicone oil.Capacity, µl(color-coded)A* ≤ ±% µlCV* ≤% µlSubdivisionµlCat. No.0.1 - 1 2 0.02 1.2 0.012 0.005 7041 010.5 - 10 1 0.1 0.8 0.08 0.05 7041 022 - 20 0.8 0.16 0.4 0.08 0.1 7041 032 - 20 0.8 0.16 0.4 0.08 0.1 7041 045 - 50 0.8 0.4 0.4 0.2 0.1 7041 7210 - 100 0.6 0.6 0.2 0.2 0.1 7041 7420 - 200 0.6 1.2 0.2 0.4 1 7041 7825 - 250 0.6 1.5 0.2 0.5 1 7041 76100 - 1000 0.6 6 0.2 2 1 7041 80500 - 5000 0.6 30 0.2 10 10 7041 82Transferpette ® , fixed volumeItems supplied:Each Transferpette ® Fixed volume pipette is conformity certified and suppliedwith performance certificate, calibration key and silicone oil.Capacity, µl(color-coded)A* ≤ ±% µlCV* ≤% µlCat. No.5 1 0.05 0.8 0.04 7041 0610 1 0.1 0.8 0.08 7041 0820 0.8 0.16 0.4 0.08 7041 1625 0.8 0.2 0.4 0.1 7041 2050 0.8 0.4 0.4 0.2 7041 28100 0.6 0.6 0.2 0.2 7041 38200 0.6 1.2 0.2 0.4 7041 44200 0.6 1.2 0.2 0.4 7041 46250 0.6 1.5 0.2 0.5 7041 48500 0.6 3 0.2 1 7041 541000 0.6 6 0.2 2 7041 622000 0.6 12 0.2 4 7041 64* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits according to the nominal capacity (= maximum volume) indicated on the instrument,obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and with smooth,steady operation. The error limits are within the limits of DIN EN ISO 8655-2. Conformity certified to DIN 12 600.A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variationNote!When ordering instruments with DAkkScalibration certificates, the prefix 'DAkkS'must be added to the order number, e.g.,DAkkS 7041 01.BRAND also offers calibration serviceat the factory lab. For more information,please see page 326.56info@brand.de

Transferpette ®AccessoriesAccessories(Other accessories and spare parts can be found in the operating manual.)PipSet Transferpette ®adjustable volumeThe PipSet contains of threeTransferpette ® pipettes(0.5-10 µl, 10-100 µl, 100-1000 µl), one bench-top rackand one filled TipBox for eachTransferpette ® pipette.Pack of 1.Cat. No. 7041 90Pipetting keys, coloredFor Transferpette ® andTransferpette ® -8/-12 pipettes.Incl. 2 stickers per key.Pack of 5.ColorCat. No.light green 7040 70pink 7040 71blue 7040 72beige 7040 73dark gray 7040 74assorted colors 7040 75Liquid HandlingBench-top rackIncl. 1 or 2 adapters forTransferpette ® pipettes 2 mlor 0.5-5 ml.Pack of 1.DescriptionCat. No.Individual standfor 1 x 3 Transferpette ® pipettes 7032 03for 2 x 3 Transferpette ® pipettes (round) 7032 08* Not suitable for the 0.5-5 ml or 2 ml Transferpette ®Wall/rack mountPack of 1.For Transferpette ® 0.5-5 ml,2 ml, Transferpette ® S andTransferpette ® electronicDescriptionCat. No.0.5-5 ml pipettes.Pack of 1.for 1 x 3 Transferpette ® pipettes* 7032 10 Cat. No. 7053 86FilterFor all Transferpette ® singlechannelpipettes 0.5-5 ml.Pack of 25.Cat. No. 7046 52www.brand.de57

Transferpette ® -8/-12Liquid HandlingA Closer Look...The effortless ease of operation and its unique ergonomic shape make workingwith the Transferpette ® -8/-12 piston-operated pipette so comfortable. The useof high-quality materials makes it exceptionally light in weight, while special FKMV-rings and the stepped shape of the ejector significantly reduce the ejectionforce needed. Your hand remains relaxed and loose, even during a prolongedpipetting operation.Tip ejector capErgonomically arranged, with colorcode according to volume rangePipetting keyThe side mounted pipettingkey helps to reduce handfatigue, especially whenperforming serial pipettingoperations.Hand gripThe textured housingensures a firm grip, and isUV resistant.Volume adjustmentChanging volumes is easy withoutsnagging gloves. Detents preventsinadvertent volume changes.Easy Calibration TechniqueCalibration and adjustmentsaccording to ISO 9001 and GLPare done within seconds.Color codeManifold has volumerangecolor code foreasy visual confirmationwhile pipettingManifoldAutoclavable at 121 °C and freelyrotated over 360º to adapt toyour most comfortable pipettingposition.Stepped tip ejectorThe stepped tip ejectorensures a tight tip seal withminimal tip ejection force.Tip coneThe taper is designedto fit pipette tips fromBRAND and most otherleading manufacturerstips.Individual shaftsand seals caneasily be replacedin the laboratory.58info@brand.de

Transferpette ® -8/-12Ordering DataOrdering DataItems supplied:Each Transferpette ® -8/-12 pipette is conformity certified and supplied with performancecertificate, 2 x TipBox, filled with pipette tips from BRAND, 1 stand, silicone oil and 1 set ofsealing rings made of FKM.Liquid HandlingTransferpette ® -8Capacity, µl(color-coded)A* ≤ ±% µlCV* ≤% µlSubdivisionµlCat. No.0.5 - 10 1.6 0.16 1.0 0.1 0.05 7036 002 - 20 1.0 0.2 0.6 0.12 0.1 7036 022.5 - 25 1.0 0.25 0.6 0.15 0.1 7036 045 - 50 0.8 0.4 0.4 0.2 0.1 7036 0610 - 100 0.8 0.8 0.3 0.3 0.1 7036 0820 - 200 0.8 1.6 0.3 0.6 1 7036 1030 - 300 0.6 1.8 0.3 0.9 1 7036 12Transferpette ® -12Capacity, µl(color-coded)A* ≤ ±% µlCV* ≤% µlSubdivisionµlCat. No.0.5 - 10 1.6 0.16 1.0 0.1 0.05 7036 202 - 20 1.0 0.2 0.6 0.12 0.1 7036 222.5 - 25 1.0 0.25 0.6 0.15 0.1 7036 245 - 50 0.8 0.4 0.4 0.2 0.1 7036 2610 - 100 0.8 0.8 0.3 0.3 0.1 7036 2820 - 200 0.8 1.6 0.3 0.6 1 7036 3030 - 300 0.6 1.8 0.3 0.9 1 7036 32* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits according to the nominal capacity (= maximum volume) indicated on the instrument,obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and with smooth,steady operation. The error limits are within the limits of DIN EN ISO 8655-2. Conformity certified to DIN 12 600.A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variationAccessories(Other accessories and spare parts can be found in the operating manual.)Individual standFor all Transferpette ® multichannelpipettes.Pack of 1.Cat. No. 7034 40Reagent reservoir,PP, non-sterile or sterile,please see page 67.www.brand.de59

Transferpette ® electronicTransferpette ® -8/-12 electronicLiquid HandlingTransferpette ® electronicSingle and Multichannel PipettesThe Transferpette ® electronic pistonoperatedpipette combines the widely recognizedfeatures of BRAND mechanicalpipettes with the advantages of electronicapparatus.Comfortable design, balanced weight distribution,intuitive software and user-friendlytechnical documentation were the keyobjectives in developing the Transferpette ®electronic pipette.TUV Rhineland/Berlin-Brandenburg hasconfirmed the design as ergonomically soundand easy to use after rigorous field testing.It was the first pipette ever granted suchrecognition as a comprehensive, ergonomicconcept.60info@brand.de

Transferpette ® electronicTransferpette ® -8/-12 electronicModelsErgonomics – approved and certified.Transferpette ® electronic single channel pipette is availablein 5 different models: 0.5-10 µl, 2-20 µl, 20-200 µl, 100-1000 µl and 0.5-5 ml.The Transferpette ® -8/-12 electronic multichannel pipette isavailable in 5 different models: 0.5-10 µl, 1-20 µl, 5-100 µl,10-200 µl and 15-300 µl.Liquid HandlingTransferpette ®electronicTransferpette ® -8electronicFeatures Ergonomic– functional, ergonomic housingdesign– individually adjustable finger rest Easy operation– intuitive menu structure– comprehensively illustrated usermanual InnovativeSignificantly reduced tip attachmentand ejection forces usinguniversal tips ResistantCorrosion-resistant piston andejector Five convenient programs(Please see page 62 for details)– Pipetting– Reverse pipetting– Mixing– GEL-Electrophoresis– Dispensing Ready for use– 4000 pipetting cycles with eachbattery charge– battery refresh function– even during recharging■ CE--compliantOptimal performance will be achieved withthe use of genuine premium tips fromBRAND. Pipette and filter tips, seepages 68-82.www.brand.de61

Transferpette ® electronicTransferpette ® -8/-12 electronicLiquid HandlingFunctionsTheProgramsPipetting(PIP Mode)The 'standard' program.The set volume is aspirated by the pipette,and then discharged.Mixing of Samples(PIPmix Mode)Program for mixing of liquids. The sample isrepeatedly aspirated and discharged, and thenumber of mixing cycles is displayed.Reverse Pipetting(revPIP Mode)Program specially designed for the pipettingof liquids with a high viscosity, high vaporpressure or foamy media.Pipetting with Electrophoresis(GEL Mode)*Program for the loading of electrophoresis gels**.The required sample volume is aspirated at the desired,adjustable speed, and is then discharged very slowly.The exact volume of liquid discharged is shown in thedisplay as it is discharged.Dispensing(DISP Mode)A program for the dispensing of liquids in a seriesof equal aliquots. A volume that has been aspiratedis dispensed in steps.Easy Calibration Technique(CAL Mode)Program for making quick adjustments to the instrument,without tools. By changing the factory setting, appears automatically in the display (please see page325 for more information).Battery-Refresh(batt Mode)Regeneration function for increased performance andextending the service life of the batteries. The world’sfirst microliter pipette with this function.* The GEL mode is not included in the 1000 μl and 5000 μl single channel pipettesbecause these volumes are rarely used in electrophoresis.** Patented62info@brand.de

Transferpette ® electronicA Closer Look...The single channel pipette Transferpette ® electronic wasthe first microliter pipette worldwide to be recognizedwith the 'Ergonomics Approved' certificate from theTechnical Control Board Rhineland/Berlin-Brandenburg!Independent user tests confirm the ergonomics and theoperating ease of the product and system! A user acceptancerating of 1.54 is an outstanding result.You can obtain information about the Transferpette ®electronic pipette at www.tuv.com, ID No. 0011105500.Liquid HandlingCharging connector jackLarge, clear displayIntuitive operation of all functionsusing 4 keysLarge pipetting buttonErgonomically arranged ejectionbutton with color code accordingto volume range.Individually adjustablefinger restSlim ergonomic gripColor indicatesvolume rangeThe pipette shaft can beunscrewed and is entirelyautoclavable (121 ºC).Due to the optimized standard designof the tip cone, pipette tips fromBRAND and other manufacturers' tipscan be used.www.brand.de63

Transferpette ® electronicOrdering DataLiquid HandlingOrdering DataTransferpette ® electronicItems supplied:Each Transferpette ® electronic pipette is conformity certified and supplied with performancecertificate, battery, AC adapter, silicone oil.Capacity, µl(color-coded)Subdiv.µlA* ≤ ±% µlCV* ≤% µlWith AC adapterforCat. No.0.5 - 10 0.01 1.0 0.1 0.4 0.04 Europe (continental) 7052 99UK/Ireland 7053 09USA/Japan 7053 19Australia 7053 29without AC adapter 7053 392 - 20 0.02 1.0 0.2 0.4 0.08 Europe (continental) 7053 00UK/Ireland 7053 10USA/Japan 7053 20Australia 7053 30without AC adapter 7053 4020 - 200 0.2 0.8 1.6 0.2 0.4 Europe (continental) 7053 03UK/Ireland 7053 13USA/Japan 7053 23Australia 7053 33without AC adapter 7053 43100 - 1000 1.0 0.6 6 0.2 2 Europe (continental) 7053 06UK/Ireland 7053 16USA/Japan 7053 26Australia 7053 36without AC adapter 7053 46500 - 5000 5.0 0.6 30 0.2 10 Europe (continental) 7053 07UK/Ireland 7053 17USA/Japan 7053 27Australia 7053 37without AC adapter 7053 47* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits according to the nominal capacity (= maximum volume) indicated on theinstrument, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and withsmooth, steady operation. The error limits are well within the limits of DIN EN ISO 8655-2. Conformity certified toDIN 12 600. A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variationAccessories(Other accessories and spare parts can be foundin the operating manual.)Filter for Transferpette ® singlechannelpipettes 0.5-5 ml,please see page 57.3-device charging stand forTransferpette ® electronic (up to 1000 µl)Pack of 1.for Transferpette ® electronicwith AC adapter forCat. No.Europe (continental) (230V/50Hz) 7053 90UK/Ireland (230V/50Hz) 7053 91USA/Japan (110V/50-60Hz) 7053 92Australia (240V/50Hz) 7053 93Individual stand forTransferpette ® electronicAlso suitable for corresponding models ofTransferpette ® and Transferpette ® S pipettes.Pack of 1.for Transferpette ®electronicCat. No.up to 1000 µl 7053 85500-5000 µl 7053 8664info@brand.de

Transferpette ® -8/-12 electronicA Closer Look...The optimal position of the thumb relative to the functionalelements of the pipette is the starting point for a relaxedgrip. Avoiding RSI is the key.The optimum design, the layout of the controls, and theadjustable finger rest provide a Transferpette ® -8/-12electronic multichannel pipette that fits the hand like aglove. Perfect for right-handers and left-handers alike!The Transferpette ® -8/-12 electronic pipette was theworld‘s first electronic multichannel pipette to receivedthe Ergonomics Certificate. The User AcceptanceRating of 1.55 is unrivaled anywhere!Charging connector jackLiquid HandlingLarge, clear displayIntuitive operation of allfunctions using 4 keysErgonomically arranged ejectionbutton with color codeaccording to volume rangeIndividually adjustablefinger restManifold has volume-rangecolor code for easy visualconfirmation while pipettingComplete manifold can beautoclaved at 121 °C androtates freely 360° in eitherdirection.Individual shafts andseals can easily bereplaced in the laboratory(patented).Stepped tip ejector reducesejection forces significantly.V-rings made of FKM alloweffortless mounting and easyejection of the tips, and readilyadapt to tips from variousmanufacturers.www.brand.de65

Transferpette ® -8 electronicOrdering DataLiquid HandlingOrdering DataItems supplied:Each Transferpette ® -8/-12 electronic pipette is conformity certified and supplied withperformance certificate, battery, AC adapter, device stand, TipBox, refill unit, reagentreservoir, mounting tool, silicone oil and 1 set of sealing rings made of FKM.Transferpette ® -8 electronicCapacity, µl(color-coded)SubdivisionµlA* ≤ ±% µlCV* ≤% µlWith AC adapterforCat. No.0.5 - 10 0.01 1.2 0.12 0.8 0.08 Europe (continental) 7053 99UK/Ireland 7054 09USA/Japan 7054 19Australia 7054 291 - 20 0.02 1.0 0.2 0.5 0.1 Europe (continental) 7054 00UK/Ireland 7054 10USA/Japan 7054 20Australia 7054 305 - 100 0.1 0.8 0.8 0.25 0.25 Europe (continental) 7054 03UK/Ireland 7054 13USA/Japan 7054 23Australia 7054 3310 - 200 0.2 0.8 1.6 0.25 0.5 Europe (continental) 7054 04UK/Ireland 7054 14USA/Japan 7054 24Australia 7054 3415 - 300 0.5 0.6 1.8 0.25 0.75 Europe (continental) 7054 06UK/Ireland 7054 16USA/Japan 7054 26Australia 7054 36* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Erro r limits according to the nominal capacity (= maximum volume) indicated on theinstrument, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and withsmooth, steady operation. The error limits are well within the limits of DIN EN ISO 8655-2. Conformity certified toDIN 12 600. A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variationNote!When ordering instruments with DAkkS calibrationcertificates, the prefix 'DAkkS' must be added tothe order number, e.g., DAkkS 7053 99.BRAND also offers calibration service at the factorylab. For more information, please see page 326.66info@brand.de

Transferpette ® -12 electronicOrdering DataLiquid HandlingTransferpette ® -12 electronicCapacity, µl(color-coded)SubdivisionµlA* ≤ ±% µlCV* ≤% µlWith AC adapterforCat. No.0.5 - 10 0.01 1.2 0.12 0.8 0.08 Europe (continental) 7054 49UK/Ireland 7054 59USA/Japan 7054 69Australia 7054 791 - 20 0.02 1.0 0.2 0.5 0.1 Europe (continental) 7054 50UK/Ireland 7054 60USA/Japan 7054 70Australia 7054 805 - 100 0.1 0.8 0.8 0.25 0.25 Europe (continental) 7054 53UK/Ireland 7054 63USA/Japan 7054 73Australia 7054 8310 - 200 0.2 0.8 1.6 0.25 0.5 Europe (continental) 7054 54UK/Ireland 7054 64USA/Japan 7054 74Australia 7054 8415 - 300 0.5 0.6 1.8 0.25 0.75 Europe (continental) 7054 56UK/Ireland 7054 66USA/Japan 7054 76Australia 7054 86* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits according to the nominal capacity (= maximum volume) indicated on theinstrument, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and withsmooth, steady operation. The error limits are well within the limits of DIN EN ISO 8655-2. Conformity certified toDIN 12 600. A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variationAccessories(Other accessories and spare parts can be foundin the operating manual.)Reagent reservoirPP, high clarity.Capacity 60 ml.Autoclavable (121 °C).Non-sterile, with lid.Pack of 10.Cat. No. 7034 59Sterile, without lid.Packed individually.Pack of 100.Cat. No. 7034 11Sterile, without lid.5 per bag, pack of 200.Cat. No. 7034 09www.brand.de67

Pipette Tips and Filter TipsLiquid HandlingPipette Tipsand Filter TipsStandardfrom page 74Ultra Low Retentionfrom page 78Pipette tips and filter tips are manufactured by BRANDin a cleanroom under the most modern production conditions,and are automatically rack packed and packagedto ensure that the tips are of consistently high quality. High-purity polypropylene, free from DiHEMDAand oleamide Manufactured without lubricants Cadmium-free pigments Graduation for a quick volume check All tips and filter tips up to 1000 µl are freeof DNA (< 40 fg), RNase (< 8.6 fg), endotoxins(< 1 pg) and ATP (< 1 fg) Autoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285 Environmentally friendly packaging systems CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC68info@brand.de

Pipette Tips and Filter TipsConsistently high qualityPipette tips and filter tips are the most frequentlyused disposables in the laboratory.As processing methods have become increasinglysensitive, the requirements forthese disposable items have changed significantlyover the years. Starting with the rawmaterials, here PP, to the tools used and thequality tests carried out, a lot of parametersneed to be considered to meet the higheststandards both in research and standardizedapplications.For the manufacture of pipette tips and filter tips, BRAND exclusivelyuses raw materials that are free from the additivesdi(2-hydroxyethyl)methyldodecylammonium (DiHEMDA) and9-octadecenamide (oleamide). Both of these additives are frequentlyfound in PP granules, and can interfere with biologicaltests, leading to spurious results. Only highly polished toolingequipment is used, so that no parting agents or demolding aidsare needed.Liquid HandlingNEW!New packaging optionsIn order to guarantee the high quality ofour products, from manufacturing throughpackaging and all the way to the laboratory,BRAND has also optimized the packagingoptions to comply with the new requirements.Even the primary packaging for the new systems,such as the PET outer packaging forthe new TipRacks (refill units) and the spacersfor the new TipStacks, are produced undercleanroom conditions, which guaranteesthe high purity of the products.All pipette tips and filter tips up to1000 μl are now free from DNA,RNases, endotoxins and ATP, independentof the packaging formats.Sterile tips and packagingare manufactured exclusively underBIO-CERT ® quality certification. (fordetailed information see page 118).Cleanroom techniqueBRAND disposable items for the life sciencesare produced using the most advancedcleanroom techniques in one of the world'slargest cleanrooms for laboratory disposableitems.The ongoing cleanroom monitoring includescontinuous measurements of air particulates,positive air pressure, air exchange rate,room temperature, and the relative humidity,among other things. This ensures thatthe actual parameters can immediately bechecked against the nominal values. Deviationsare detected immediately, and suitablecountermeasures can be taken before thelimit values are exceeded.The high-precision control of environmentalconditions provides a very high degree ofstability in the corresponding parameters,especially the room temperature. This uniformity,together with quality testing of thefinal product by batch, guaranteesthe consistently high quality in the lifescience products from BRAND.For the production of disposableitems, Class 8, 7, and 5 cleanroomsare available, all validated accordingto ISO 14 644-1. Compliance withISO 14 644-1 is certified by external,independent auditors.www.brand.de69

Pipette Tips and Filter TipsLiquid HandlingPipette tips and Filter TipsSizes and Description0.1 - 20 µl0.1 - 1 µl0.5 - 20 µl0.5 - 10 µl1 - 50 µlNEW!1 - 20 µl2 - 200 µl2 - 20 µl0.1 - 20 µl0.1 - 1 µl (Filter)0.5 - 20 µl0.5 - 10 µl (Filter)The slender design and 46 mmlength allow pipetting in microtubesand microplates withouttouching the walls. Graduationat 2 µl and 10 µl for quickvolume check. The racked tipsare colorless and placed into agrey-colored tip tray.1 - 50 µl1 - 20 µl (Filter)With a length of 50 mm, the tipis ideal for working down to thebottom of narrow containers.Graduation at 2.5, 10, 25 and50 µl for quick volume check.The racked tips are colorlessand placed into a grey-coloredtip tray.2 - 200 µl2 - 20 µl (Filter)A tested and proven thinwalledtip. Lighter in weight,50 mm long and can be usedfor virtually all pipettes withyellow color code. Graduationat 20 µl and 100 µl for a quickvolume check. Bulk tips areyellow colored. The racked tipsare colorless and placed into ayellow-colored tip tray.The nano-cap tip was speciallydeveloped for the nanoliterrange and hence is idealfor molecular biological applicationssuch as PCR. It is37 mm long, and features acapillary rise that is even visibleto the naked eye at 0.1 µl. Thecapillary part of the tip convenientlyfills gel wells for gelelectrophoresis systems frommost manufacturers. Suitablefor pipettes up to 20 µl. Theracked tips are colorless andplaced into a grey-colored tiptray.Package TypesNEW!Bulk packed in bags,non-sterileRacked (TipRack),sterile and non-sterileTipBox,sterile and non-sterileAll tips and filter tips are producedunder supervised state-ofthe-artclean-room conditionsand automatically shrink-wrappedin reclosable bags andpackaged in cardboard boxes.The batch number is printed onevery bag.For TipBox. Refill unit, protectedin an environmentallycompatible packaging of recyclablePET. Sterile TipRacksare supplied with a transfer aidso that the rack can be put intoa previously autoclaved boxwithout hand contact.PP. With hinged lid/push-on lid.Two different sizes. Stackableand repeatedly autoclavableat 121 °C (2 bar), acc. DINEN 285. (Empty TipBox, orderinginformation, see page 74).70info@brand.de

Pipette Tips and Filter Tips5 - 300 µlNEW!5 - 100 µl5 - 200 µl50 - 1000 µl50 - 1000 µl0.5 - 5 ml1 - 10 mlLiquid Handling5 - 300 µl5 - 100/200 µl (Filter)50 - 1000 µl50 - 1000 µl (Filter)The thin-walled tip is suitablefor reverse pipetting and platewashing. It is 53 mm long andcan also be used for pipetteswith yellow color code. It is particularlysuited for working withmultichannel pipettes. Graduationat 50, 100 and 300 µl forquick volume check. The rackedtips are colorless and placedinto a green-colored tip tray.Proven thin-walled tip for routinelaboratory and researchpipetting. Its length is 70 mm.Graduation at 250, 500 and1000 µl for a quick volumecheck. Bulk tips are blue colored.The racked tips are colorlessand placed into a bluecoloredtip tray.0.5 - 5 ml1 - 10 mlNEW!Particularly slender shape, at160 mm length and approx.9.6 mm diameter! This allowspipetting even from narrowvolume measuring equipmentsuch as volumetric flasks withNS 12/21. Suitable for microliterpipette Transferpette ®and Thermo Fisher ScientificFINNPIPETTE ® .156.5 mm length and approx.15 mm diameter! Ideal for workingwith the microliter pipetteTransferpette ® S 10 ml. Compatiblewith Eppendorf ® andGILSON ® systems.Ultra Low Retention tipssee page 78.Which pipette tip workswith which Transferpette ® ?TipStack ,sterile and non-sterileTipBox 5/10 ml,non-sterileSee page 82 for table andinformation.Space-saving, environmentallycompatible refill system forTipBox. 5 racks, each having96 tips incl. 1 TipBox. SterileTipStacks are supplied with atransfer aid so that the rackcan be put into a previouslyautoclaved box without handcontact. Each packaging unitcontains 2 TipStacks.The 5 ml and 10 ml tips are onlyavailable as a racked tip versionin this specially correspondingTipBox.Sterile pipette tips fromBRAND are manufacturedunder certified BIO-CERT ®quality:free of DNA, RNase,endotoxins and ATP.(for detailed information seepage 118).www.brand.de71

Pipette Tips and Filter TipsLiquid HandlingTipBox/TipRack SystemAll sizes up to 1000 µl availablein 96-unit formatDual functionhinged and push-on lidSimply rotate 180° tochange closure method.No deflection duringtip loadingThe tip-tray is fabricatedfrom especiallyrigid PP.Transparent windowFor better all-roundvisual inspection.Usable with a partiallyloaded multichannel pipetteThe rimless tip-tray borderenables problem-free loadingof individual pipette tips withmultichannel instruments.Colored tip-trays with sidepanel labelingThe contents of the box arealways clearly visible.Opening and closingwith one handThe clamping mechanismholds the tip-tray securelyin the box.TipBox for 1000 µl pipette tipsand filter tips. Stackable.The TipBox is optimized forpipette tips and filter tipsup to 300 µl. Stackable.72info@brand.de

Pipette Tips and Filter TipsTipRack, TipStack and Transfer AidTipRackCompared to the filled TipBoxes, the amount of waste withthe new refill units is reduced by over 20%. All pipette tipsand filter tips up to 1000 µl are free of DNA, RNases, endotoxinsand ATP (for detailed information see page 118).TipRacks in BIO-CERT ® quality are sterile according toISO 11 137 and the AAMI guidelines, a SAL of 10 -6 isobtained. These racks are supplied with a transfer aid thatenables simple, contamination-free transfer into a previouslysterilized TipBox. All tip-trays are printed on one side withinformation on the contents.Liquid HandlingTipRacksTipStack TipStack n All components are recyclablen Reduced amount of wasten Sterilizable and reusable TipBoxn High purity of the pipette tipsand filter tipsn Space-saving designTransfer aidA tip tower containing 5 filled tip-trays and a TipBoxconstitute the new, space-saving refill system for20 µl, 200 µl and 1000 µl tips.Tightly sealing spacers prevent the tips from gettingstuck together, and ensure them to be free fromDNA, RNases, endotoxins and ATP.The sterile TipStacks (BIO-CERT ® quality) are suppliedwith a transfer aid for contamination-free usein a previously sterilized TipBox.Press the long sides of thetransfer aid together, andcontinue pressing themtogether while withdrawingthe tip-tray.Ensure that the holdingstraps for the transfer aid arecorrectly positioned.Insert the filled tip-trayperpendicularly from aboveinto the previously sterilizedTipBox until it locks intoplace.Remove the transfer aid fromthe mounting plate. Finished– all without tip contact!Sterile handlingwww.brand.de73

Pipette Tipssterile and non-sterileLiquid Handling0.1 - 20 µlPipette TipsPipette tips, 0.1 - 20 µlQuantity Pack of non-sterileCat. No.sterileCat. No.bulk 2 000 2 bags, 1000 each 7320 02 –bulk XXL 10 000 10 bags, 1000 each 7320 22 –racked 960 10 TipRacks, 96 each 7321 02 7321 22TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7322 02 –TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7322 22TipStack – – – –0.5 - 20 µlPipette tips, 0.5 - 20 µlQuantity Pack of non-sterileCat. No.sterileCat. No.bulk 2 000 2 bags, 1000 each 7320 04 –bulk XXL 10 000 10 bags, 1000 each 7320 24 –racked 960 10 TipRacks, 96 each 7321 04 7321 24TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7322 04 –TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7322 24TipStack 960 2 x 5 racks, 96 each 7322 44 7322 641 - 50 µlPipette tips, 1 - 50 µlQuantity Pack of non-sterileCat. No.sterileCat. No.bulk 2 000 2 bags, 1000 each 7320 06 –bulk XXL 10 000 10 bags, 1000 each 7320 26 –racked 960 10 TipRacks, 96 each 7321 06 7321 26TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7322 06 –TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7322 26TipStack – – – –2 - 200 µlPipette tips, 2 - 200 µl (bulk tips are yellow colored)Quantity Pack of non-sterileCat. No.sterileCat. No.bulk 1 000 1 bag, 1000 each 7320 08 –bulk XXL 10 000 10 bags, 1000 each 7320 28 –racked 960 10 TipRacks, 96 each 7321 08 7321 28TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7322 08 7322 28TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each 7322 08 7322 28TipStack 960 2 x 5 racks, 96 each 7322 48 7322 68ModelCat. No.TipBox, with tip-tray,emptyPP. Stackable. Pack of 1.up to 20 µl 7329 90for 200 µl 7329 92for 300 µl 7329 94for 1000 µl 7329 9674info@brand.de

Pipette Tipssterile and non-sterilePipette tips, 5 - 300 µlQuantity Pack of non-sterileCat. No.sterileCat. No.bulk 1 000 1 bag, 1000 each 7320 10 –bulk XXL 10 000 10 bags, 1000 each 7320 30 –racked 960 10 TipRacks, 96 each 7321 10 7321 30TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7322 10 –TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7322 30TipStack – – – –5 - 300 µlLiquid HandlingPipette tips, 50 - 1000 µl (bulk tips are blue colored)50 - 1000 µlQuantity Pack of non-sterileCat. No.sterileCat. No.bulk 1 000 2 bags, 500 each 7320 12 –bulk XXL 5 000 10 bags, 500 each 7320 32 –racked 960 10 TipRacks, 96 each 7321 12 7321 32TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7322 12 –TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7322 32TipStack 960 2 x 5 racks, 96 each 7322 52 7322 72Pipette tips, 0.5 - 5 mlQuantity Pack of non-sterileCat. No.sterileCat. No.0.5 - 5 mlbulk 200 1 bag, 200 each 7025 95 –bulk XXL 1000 5 bags, 200 each 7026 00 –racked – – – –TipBox 5 ml 28 1 box, 28 each 7026 05 –TipStack – – – –1 - 10 mlPipette tips, 1 - 10 mlQuantity Pack of non-sterileCat. No.sterileCat. No.bulk 200 2 bags, 100 each 7026 03 –bulk XXL 1000 10 bags, 100 each 7026 04 –racked – – – –TipBox 10 ml 18 1 box, 18 each 7026 08 –TipStack – – – –bulk racked TipBox TipStack TipBox 5 mlwww.brand.de75

Filter Tipssterile and non-sterileLiquid HandlingFilter TipsNon-self-sealing filter tips from BRAND havea PE filter that is free from chemical additives.Permeability is controlled by the combinationof pore size and filter length, so that noaerosols can reach the pipette shaft. Thesefilters function with consistent reliability. Onthe other hand, liquids can pass very slowlyshould they accidentally contact the filter.Since the filter does not swell as in the caseof self-sealing filter tips, the sample can berecovered from the filter by simply actuatingthe pipette‘s blow-out function, or by centrifugationif necessary. This is clearly an importantadvantage of non-self-sealing filters,especially when working with valuable samples.As an added advantage, the absenceof filter additives protects samples from contamination.Pipette tipFilter tip0.1 - 1 µlFilter tips, 0.1 - 1 µlQuantity Pack of non-sterileCat. No.sterileCat. No.bulk 960 1 bag, 960 each 7325 02 –racked 960 10 TipRacks, 96 each 7326 02 7326 22TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7327 02 –TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7327 220.5 - 10 µlFilter tips, 0.5 - 10 µlQuantity Pack of non-sterileCat. No.sterileCat. No.bulk 960 1 bag, 960 each 7325 04 –racked 960 10 TipRacks, 96 each 7326 04 7326 24TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7327 04 –TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7327 241 - 20 µlFilter tips, 1 - 20 µlQuantity Pack of non-sterileCat. No.sterileCat. No.bulk 960 1 bag, 960 each 7325 06 –racked 960 10 TipRacks, 96 each 7326 06 7326 26TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7327 06 –TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7327 2676info@brand.de

Filter Tipssterile and non-sterileFilter tips, 2 - 20 µlQuantity Pack of non-sterileCat. No.sterileCat. No.bulk 960 1 bag, 960 each 7325 08 –racked 960 10 TipRacks, 96 each 7326 08 7326 28TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7327 08 –TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7327 282 - 20 µlLiquid HandlingFilter tips, 5 - 100 µl5 - 100 µlQuantity Pack of non-sterileCat. No.sterileCat. No.bulk 960 1 bag, 960 each 7325 10 –racked 960 10 TipRacks, 96 each 7326 10 7326 30TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7327 10 –TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7327 30Filter tips, 5 - 200 µl5 - 200 µlQuantity Pack of non-sterileCat. No.sterileCat. No.bulk 960 1 bag, 960 each 7325 12 –racked 960 10 TipRacks, 96 each 7326 12 7326 32TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7327 12 –TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7327 32Filter tips, 50 - 1000 µl50 - 1000 µlQuantity Pack of non-sterileCat. No.sterileCat. No.bulk 960 1 bag, 960 each 7325 14 –racked 960 10 TipRacks, 96 each 7326 14 7326 34TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7327 14 –TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7327 34bulk racked TipBoxwww.brand.de77

ULR Pipette Tipssterile and non-sterileLiquid HandlingUltra Low Retention Pipette TipsThe surfaces of the Ultra Low Retentiontips are produced through a special, patentedphysicochemical process. The homogeneous,defect-free surface thus producedhas extremely low surface tension – over50% less than PTFE (see table). This significantlyreduces sample loss and providessubstantially higher reproducibility whenworking with critical media. Ideal for biological samples that containdetergents such as TRITON X-100,SDS, Tween etc. No additives that can be leached out!No siliconization of the surface! High chemical resistance. Ideal for workingwith solvents. The tips can be autoclaved at 121 °C(2 bar) without damaging the materialproperties.Standard pipette tipUltra Low Retention pipette tipSurfaceBRAND ® PP Ultra Low RetentionPTFESiliconeUntreated PPWaterSurface tension9 mN/m19 mN/m21.5 mN/m30 mN/m72 mN/m0.1 - 20 µlULR pipette tips, 0.1 - 20 µlQuantity Pack of non-sterileCat. No.sterileCat. No.TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7323 02 –TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7323 22TipStack – – – –0.5 - 20 µlULR pipette tips, 0.5 - 20 µlQuantity Pack of non-sterileCat. No.sterileCat. No.TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7323 04 –TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7323 24TipStack 960 2 x 5 racks, 96 each 7323 44 7323 6478info@brand.de

ULR Pipette Tipssterile and non-sterileULR pipette tips, 1 - 50 µlQuantity Pack of non-sterileCat. No.sterileCat. No.TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7323 06 –TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7323 26TipStack – – – –1 - 50 µlLiquid HandlingULR pipette tips, 2 - 200 µl2 - 200 µlQuantity Pack of non-sterileCat. No.sterileCat. No.TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7323 08 –TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7323 28TipStack 960 2 x 5 racks, 96 each 7323 48 7323 68ULR pipette tips, 5 - 300 µl5 - 300 µlQuantity Pack of non-sterileCat. No.sterileCat. No.TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7323 10 –TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7323 30TipStack – – – –ULR pipette tips, 50 - 1000 µl50 - 1000 µlQuantity Pack of non-sterileCat. No.sterileCat. No.TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7323 12 –TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7323 32TipStack 960 2 x 5 racks, 96 each 7323 52 7323 72TipBoxTipStack www.brand.de79

ULR Filter Tipssterile and non-sterileLiquid Handling0.1 - 1 µlUltra Low Retention Filter TipsULR filter tips, 0.1 - 1 µlQuantity Pack of non-sterileCat. No.sterileCat. No.TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7328 02 –TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7328 220.5 - 10 µlULR filter tips, 0,5 - 10 µlQuantity Pack of non-sterileCat. No.sterileCat. No.TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7328 04 –TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7328 241 - 20 µlULR filter tips, 1 - 20 µlQuantity Pack of non-sterileCat. No.sterileCat. No.TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7328 06 –TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7328 262 - 20 µlULR filter tips, 2 - 20 µlQuantity Pack of non-sterileCat. No.sterileCat. No.TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7328 08 –TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7328 285 - 100 µlULR filter tips, 5 - 100 µlQuantity Pack of non-sterileCat. No.sterileCat. No.TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7328 10 –TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7328 3080info@brand.de

ULR Filter Tipssterile and non-sterileULR filter tips, 5 - 200 µlQuantity Pack of non-sterileCat. No.sterileCat. No.TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7328 12 –TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7328 325 - 200 µlLiquid HandlingULR filter tips, 50 - 1000 µl50 - 1000 µlQuantity Pack of non-sterileCat. No.sterileCat. No.TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7328 14 –TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7328 34TipBoxComparison chartStandard and Ultra Low Retention pipette tips from BRANDVolume 200 µl, compared with various media and subsequent photometric analysis and conversion.4.54.580.2433.50.150.15% Residual quantity212.51.50.51.841.22.371.32.311.40.11.80.0232.50.042.370.060.50.04% Residual quantity0.10.050.05BSA 1% TRITON SDS Isopropanol MethanolX-10060% 100%Food coloring(green)n-DecaneDMSOPCR master mixBRAND Ultra Low Retention pipette tipsBRAND standard pipette tipswww.brand.de81

Pipette TipsFilter TipsLiquid HandlingPipette Tips and Filter Tips in Standardand Ultra Low Retention QualityOptimum results are achieved in combination with BRAND microliter pipettes.BRAND quality tips seat perfectly for precise analyses.Pipette and filter tips from BRAND are tested for BRAND pipettes and mostof the pipette types of GILSON ® , Thermo Fisher Scientific FINNPIPETTE ® ,Eppendorf ® and BIOHIT ® /sartorius ® .The 5 ml tip is exclusively tested for BRAND pipettes and Thermo FisherScientific FINNPIPETTE ® . The 10 ml tip is suitable for BRAND, Eppendorf ®and GILSON ® .Transferpette ® STransferpette ®Transferpette ® electronicTransferpette ® S -8/-12Transferpette ® -8/-12Transferpette ® -8/-12 electronicThe right Pipette TipPipette tipsFilter tipsVolume range0.1 - 20 µl0.5 - 20 µl1 - 50 µl2 - 200 µl*5 - 300 µl50 - 1000 µl*0.5 - 5 ml1 - 10 ml0.1 - 1 µl0.5 - 10 µl1 - 20 µl2 - 20 µl5 - 100 µl5 - 200 µl50 - 1000 µlTransferpette ® single channel**Nominal volume4 4 4 4 4 44 4 4 4 44 4 4 4 44 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 44 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 44 4 44 44 4 44 4 4 4 44 4 4 4 44 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 44 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 444 4 4 4 4 44 44 = Tip volume less than pipette's nominal volume*) Bulk tips are yellow or blue colored, racked tips are colorless in a yellow-colored or blue-colored tip tray**) Electronic pipettes are not available in all specified volumes ***) Transferpette ® with yellow color codeTransferpette ® multichannel**Nominal volume1 µl2.5 µl5 µl10 µl20 µl20 µl***25 µl50 µl100 µl200 µl250 µl500 µl1000 µl2 ml5 ml10 ml10 µl20 µl25 µl50 µl100 µl200 µl300 µl82info@brand.de

The Transferpettor pipette is ideal for liquidswhen air displacement pipettes just won'twork. Viscous, foaming, high vapor pressure:the Transferpettor pipette can handlethem all, with the precision and accuracy youexpect from a BRAND pipette. This is thepipette for your most demanding pipettingoperations.TransferpettorPiston-operated pipette

TransferpettorLiquid HandlingA Closer Look...The Transferpettor pipette operates on thepositive displacement principle.In contrast with air displacement pipettes,the piston is in direct contact with the aspiratedliquid. The movable, precision-fit pistonalways glides smoothly along the wallsof the capillaries and tips, right on throughto the last drop that can be clearly observedas it leaves the opening.In this way, the results obtained are exactlyreproducible regardless of the pipetting rateand environmental conditions.There is no need to discard tips after eachpipetting operation, since residual wettingis negligible.However, in cases where no carry-over canbe tolerated, for example with infectiousor radioactive media, a different BRANDTransferpette ® model is recommended,such as an air displacement pipette witha disposable tip for convenient operation(page 45).Air-interfaceprinciplePositive displacementprincipleThe Transferpettor pipette is suitable for media with:■ Density up to 13.6 g/cm³■ Viscosity up to 140,000 mm²/s(depending on the instrument size)■ Vapor pressure up to 500 mbarWorking temperature range:■ 15 °C to 40 °CVolume range 1 µl to 10 ml:■ Transferpettor fixed volume and digitaladjustable pipette up to 200 µl:Caps: glassSeals: PTFE■ Transferpettor digital adjustable pipetteabove 100 µl:Caps: PPSeals: PE84info@brand.de

Transferpettor · Ordering DataApplicationLiquid HandlingMedia which tend to foam– surfactant solutionsMedia with high vaporpressure– alcohols, ether, hydrocarbonsHighly viscous media andmedia with high density– highly concentratedprotein solutions, oils,resins, fats– glycerin, mercury,sulfuric acidOrdering DataTransferpettor, Digital-adjustableCapacityµlA* ≤ ±% µlCV* ≤% µlSubdivisionµlColor codeCat. No.2.5 - 10 1.0 0.1 0.8 0.08 0.01 orange 7018 075 - 25 0.8 0.2 0.5 0.125 0.1 2 x white 7018 1210 - 50 0.6 0.3 0.4 0.2 0.1 green 7018 1720 - 100 0.6 0.6 0.4 0.4 0.1 blue 7018 22100 - 500 0.5 2.5 0.2 1.0 1.0 green 7028 04200 - 1000 0.5 5.0 0.2 2.0 1.0 yellow 7028 061000 - 5000 0.5 25.0 0.2 10.0 10.0 red 7028 102000 - 10000 0.5 50.0 0.2 20.0 10.0 orange 7028 12Transferpettor, Fixed-volumeCapacityµlA* ≤ ±% µlCV* ≤% µlColor codeCat. No.1 4.0 0.04 4.0 0.04 white 7018 422 2.5 0.05 2.0 0.04 white 7018 445 1.0 0.05 0.8 0.04 white 7018 5310 1.0 0.1 0.8 0.08 orange 7018 5820 0.8 0.16 0.5 0.1 black 7018 6325 0.8 0.2 0.4 0.1 2 x white 7018 6450 0.6 0.3 0.4 0.2 green 7018 68100 0.6 0.6 0.4 0.4 blue 7018 73200 0.5 1.0 0.2 0.4 red 7018 78* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits according to the nominal capacity (= maximum volume) indicated on theinstrument, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and withsmooth, steady operation. The error limits are within the limits of DIN EN ISO 8655-2. Conformity certified to DIN12 600. A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variationItems supplied:Each Transferpettor pipetteis conformity certified andsupplied with performancecertificate.www.brand.de85

TransferpettorAccessories and Spare PartsLiquid HandlingAccessories and Spare PartsCaps, glassConformity certified.Pack of 100 (except 100/200 µl: pack of 50).For nominalvolume, µlCaps, PPConformity certified.Pack of 10.Color codeCat. No.1, 2, 3, 4, 5 white 7019 0010 orange 7019 0220 black 7019 0425 2 x white 7019 0650 green 7019 08100, 200 blue 7019 10Seals, PTFEConformity certified.Pack of 3, with mounting block.For capacityµlCat. No.20, 25 7019 2050 7019 22100, 200 7019 24Seals, PEConformity certified.Pack of 10.For capacityµlCat. No.100 - 500 7028 64200 - 1000 7028 661000 - 5000 7028 702000 - 10000 7028 72For capacityµlColor codeCat. No.100 - 500 green 7028 52200 - 1000 yellow 7028 541000 - 5000 red 7028 582000 - 10000 orange 7028 60Combi-pack Caps and SealConformity certified.Caps, PP: pack of 2. Seal, PE: pack of 1.Transferpettor-StationAccommodates 2 instruments0.5 to 10 ml with accessories.Pack of 1.Cat. No. 7028 90For capacityµlColor codeCat. No.100 - 500 green 7028 83200 - 1000 yellow 7028 841000 - 5000 red 7028 852000 - 10000 orange 7028 86Repair setConformity certified. 1 allen key, 1 piston rod with fittedPTFE Transferpettor-Seal (for capacities ≥ 20 µl), 1 calibratinggauge, 1 screwdriver, 3 clamping discs, 1 fixing-screw,3 Transferpettor-Seals, PTFE, 1 mounting block (for capacities≥ 20 µl).Piston rodTransferpettor-StationAccommodates 4 instrumentsup to 200 µl with accessories.Pack of 1.Cat. No. 7019 60Conformity certified.For capacities ≥ 20 µl, provided with seal. Pack of 3.For capacityµlMounting blockCat. No.For capacityµlCat. No.1, 2, 5 – 7019 6410 – 7019 6520, 25 natural 7019 6650 green 7019 67100, 200 blue 7019 681, 2, 5 7019 2810 7019 3020, 25 7019 3250 7019 34100 7019 36200 7019 3886info@brand.de

Serial pipetting can be quick and easy withthe HandyStep ® S repetitive pipette. Ergonomicand durable, the instrument, in conjunctionwith PD-Tips from BRAND, gives youas many as 49 repetitive dispensings froma single aspiration. The simple operation ofthe HandyStep ® S repetitive pipette, combinedwith the positive displacement PD-Tips,makes it ideal for versatile use in fields likemicrobiology, immunology and biochemistry.HandyStep ® SRepetitive Pipette

HandyStep ® SLiquid HandlingA Closer Look...The HandyStep ® S repetitive pipette is ideal for routine orresearch applications in diagnostics, molecular biology,environmental analysis, and many more.HandyStep ® S and PD-Tips work on the direct displacementprinciple. This offers the highest-precision dispensingof liquid media with high viscosity, high density, or high vaporpressure. Direct displacement permits contaminationfreeoperation, since no aerosols are formed.The HandyStep ® S repetitive pipette is suitable for use withBRAND PD-Tips, Encode tips, Repet tips, Combitips ® ,Combitips ® plus and other compatible dispenser tips.Stroke indicatorClear, large stroke selectionindicator – for fast, simplechecking.Volume tableDouble-sided volumetable on the back side forquick adjustments(see below).Dispensing leverOptimally positioned dispensinglever, easy on the thumb.Stroke setting wheelOne-handed volumeadjustment for right- andleft-handed operators –even with gloves.Finger restErgonomic finger loop to keepthe hand relaxed, important whenconducting long series.Ejection keyAt the push of a button!Ergonomic eject buttonfor contact-free, safeejection of contaminateddispensertips.Locking/filling leverJust one lever for locking thepiston and filling the PD-Tip.PD-TipIn addition to PD-Tips fromBRAND, compatible dispensertips from other manufacturerscan also be used.88info@brand.de

HandyStep ® SUse and Handlingn Increased chemical resistancethrough innovative plastic materialsn Easy tip mounting – PD-Tip isnow simply inserted from belowLiquid Handlingn Dispensed volume range from2 μl to 5 mln Up to 49 dispensing stepsn Weighs only 108 gRepetitivedispensingDispenser tipejectionn CE--compliantHandyStep ® S with PD-Tips volume tableOffers 59 different partial volumes with different numbers of dispensing steps, dependingon the PD-Tip size and stroke setting number used.SettingTip size (ml)0.1 0.5 1 1.25 2.5 5 10 12.5 25 50Steps1 2 10 20 25 50 100 200 250 500 1000 491.5 3 15 30 37.5 75 150 300 375 750 1500 322 4 20 40 50 100 200 400 500 1000 2000 242.5 5 25 50 62.5 125 250 500 625 1250 2500 193 6 30 60 75 150 300 600 750 1500 3000 153.5 7 35 70 87.5 175 350 700 875 1750 3500 134 8 40 80 100 200 400 800 1000 2000 4000 114.5 9 45 90 112.5 225 450 900 1125 2250 4500 105 10 50 100 125 250 500 1000 1250 2500 5000 9Volume (µl)Accuracy Table (HandyStep ® S with PD-Tips from BRAND, 20 °C 'Ex', )PD-TipsizemlVolumerangeµlA* ≤ ± %Stroke setting = % of nominal volumeCV* ≤ %Stroke setting = % of nominal volume1 = 20% 3 = 60% 5 = 100% 1 = 20% 3 = 60% 5 = 100%0.1 2 - 10 8.0 2.7 1.6 5.0 3.0 2.00.5 10 - 50 4.0 1.33 0.8 1.4 0.73 0.61 20 - 100 4.0 1.33 0.8 1.0 0.38 0.41.25 25 - 125 4.0 1.33 0.8 0.8 0.38 0.32.5 50 - 250 3.5 1.17 0.7 0.8 0.3 0.25 100 - 500 2.5 0.83 0.5 0.6 0.27 0.210 200 - 1000 1.5 0.5 0.4 0.5 0.23 0.212.5 250 - 1250 1.5 0.5 0.3 0.3 0.23 0.225* 500 - 2500 1.5 0.5 0.3 0.4 0.23 0.250* 1000 - 5000 1.5 0.5 0.3 0.4 0.23 0.15A* = Accuracy, CV* = Coefficient of variationInformation for PD-Tipsfrom BRAND with sizeencoding on pages 95-96.The nominal volume is the maximum adjustable partial volume for each PD-Tip size.Error limits refer to the partial volume set relative to the PD-Tip size, obtained at equal temperature (20 ºC) of instrument,tip, ambience and dist. H 2O, and with smooth, steady operation. The testing is according to DIN EN ISO 8655-5.www.brand.de89

HandyStep ® S · Ordering DataLiquid HandlingOrdering DataHandyStep ® SItems supplied:Each HandyStep ® S repetitive pipette isconformity-certified, with serial number,performance certificate, shelf/rack mount,3 PD-Tips: 0.1 ml, 1 ml and 10 ml.Pack of 1.Cat. No. 7051 10Note!BRAND also offers calibrationservice at the factory lab (for moreinformation, please see page 326).AccessoryShelf/rack mountfor HandyStep ® S. Can befitted to the bench-top rack ofTransferpette ® S (page 52).Pack of 1.Cat. No. 7051 3090info@brand.de

The HandyStep ® electronic repetitive pipettewas designed to provide effortless pipettingfor repetitive serial dispensing. Reducedoperating forces, intuitive menu and easyto-readdisplay further simplify repetitivepipetting.HandyStep ® electronicRepetitive Pipette

HandyStep ® electronicLiquid HandlingA Closer Look...■ 7.01 µl – 70.1 µl – 1.01 ml– 11.4 ml?Any volume you require from1.0 µl to 50 ml■ Patented automatic tip sizerecognition of the PD-Tips fromBRAND with size encoding■ Compatible system: will acceptmost third-party dispenser tips■ Versatile operation with 3modes: Dispensing – AutomaticDispensing – Pipetting■ Patented learning function forindividual adjustments of intervalsin automatic dispensingPipetting keyErgonomic pointerfingeractuationLarge, clear displayPresents all operating conditions,including remaining steps andvolumeControl areaIntuitive operation – all functionsuse the menu keysBattery compartmentSimple, replaceable battery– quick-charge, quick-swap.No downtime.Tip connectorwith size recognition■ Separate speed adjustment forfilling and dispensing, independentlyadjustableLocking lever■ NiMH battery pack – easy toreplace, charges in as little as2.5 hours!■ Charge the storage battery eitherin the instrument or separately inthe charger■ CE--compliantStep volumeNumber of stepsBattery statusVolume unitFunctionDispensingSpeedSelection key 1Menu selection keyConfirmation keySelection key 292 info@brand.de

HandyStep ® electronicUse and HandlingDispensing (DISP)the standard modeA predefined volume is dispensedrepeatedly.Automatic Dispensing(AUTO-DISP)The instrument uses its patentedlearning function to calculate theaverage time interval between yourfirst three dispensing steps, andautomatically continues to work atthis rhythm. No need to calculate andenter time intervals manually!Pipetting (PIP)Single aspiration/dispense positivedisplacement function. Ideal forpipetting viscous or volatile fluids.Liquid HandlingAccuracy table HandyStep ® electronic repetitive pipette with PD-Tips from BRAND, conformity certifiedHandyStep ® electronicwith PD-TipVolume range Subdivision Nominal volume (A* ≤ ± %)100% 50% 10% 1%Nominal volume (CV* ≤ %)100% 50% 10% 1%0.1 ml 1 µl - 100 µl 1 µl - 100 µl 0.1 µl 1.0 1.2 1.6 16 0.5 1.0 2.0 120.5 ml 5 µl - 500 µl5 µl - 100 µl100 µl - 500 µl0.1 µl1 µl0.9 0.9 0.9 9 0.25 0.5 1 61.0 ml 10 µl - 1 ml 10 µl - 1 ml 1 µl 0.6 0.6 0.9 8 0.2 0.3 0.6 41.25 ml 12.5 µl - 1250 µl2.5 ml 25 µl - 2500 µl5.0 ml 50 µl - 5000 µl12.5 µl - 100 µl100 µl - 1000 µl1 ml - 1.25 ml25 µl - 1000 µl1 ml - 2.5 ml50 µl - 1000 µl1 ml - 5 ml0.5 µl1 µl10 µl1 µl10 µl1 µl10 µl0.6 0.6 0.9 8 0.15 0.3 0.6 3.50.5 0.5 0.8 8 0.1 0.2 0.4 2.50.5 0.5 0.8 8 0.08 0.15 0.3 1.510.0 ml 100 µl - 10 ml 100 µl - 10 ml 10 µl 0.4 0.4 0.5 5 0.08 0.15 0.25 1.2512.5 ml 125 µl - 12.5 ml25.0 ml 250 µl - 25 ml50.0 ml 500 µl - 50 ml125 µl - 1000 µl1 ml - 10 ml10 ml - 12.5 ml250 µl - 10 ml10 ml - 25 ml500 µl - 10 ml10 ml - 50 ml5 µl10 µl100 µl10 µl100 µl10 µl100 µl0.4 0.4 0.5 5 0.08 0.15 0.25 1.250.3 0.3 0.3 3 0.08 0.15 0.25 1.250.3 0.3 0.3 3 0.08 0.25 0.5 2.5* Error limits refer to the nominal volumes and partial volumes relative to the PD-Tip, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at20 °C, and with smooth operation. The error limits defined in ISO 8655 are not exceeded. A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variationThe nominal volume is the maximum volume printed on the PD-Tip.Compatible with third-party dispenser tips!The special tip connector of the HandyStep ® electronic repetitive pipette will acceptmost common dispenser tips such as Combitips ® , Combitips ® plus, Repet-Tips,Encode -Tips, and others. Simply enter the tip size manually.www.brand.de93

HandyStep ® electronicOrdering DataLiquid HandlingOrdering DataHandyStep ® electronicItems supplied:Each HandyStep ® electronic is conformitycertified and supplied with performancecertificate, NiMH battery pack, chargingdock and AC adapter. One each PD-Tipsize 0.5 ml, 1.25 ml, 2.5 ml, 5 ml and12.5 ml.AC adapterCat. No.Europe (continental) (230 V/50 Hz) 7050 00UK/Ireland (230 V/50 Hz) 7050 01USA/Japan (110 V/50-60 Hz) 7050 02Australia (240 V/50 Hz) 7050 03without charging dock 7050 04Note!BRAND also offers calibrationservice at the factory lab (for moreinformation, please see page 326).The ideal combination:PD-Tips from BRAND and HandyStep ® electronicThe HandyStep ® electronic repetitive pipette saves time andprevents errors through automatic tip size recognition of thePD-Tips from BRAND. The size of these tips is encoded in theirpiston (patented). After inserting the tip, the size is automaticallyrecognized and displayed, making it easy to select the volume tobe dispensed. When a new PD-Tip of the same size is inserted,all instrument settings are maintained. Information for PD-Tipswith size encoding on page 96.AccessoriesAC adapter for charging dockPack of 1.DescriptionCat. No.Europe (continental) (230 V/50 Hz) 7050 50UK/Ireland (230 V/50 Hz) 7050 51USA/Japan (110 V/50-60 Hz) 7050 52Australia (240 V/50 Hz) 7050 53Charging dockWithout AC adapter.Pack of 1.Cat. No. 7050 20NiMH Battery PackPack of 1.Cat. No. 7050 2594info@brand.de

PD-TipsPD-TipsPrecision Dispenser TipsThe PD-Tips with patented size encoding are the idealsystem component for the repetitive pipettes HandyStep ®electronic (with automatic tip size recognition) andHandyStep ® S from BRAND. The conformity-certifiedPD-Tips comply with ISO 8655 requirements and comewith a batch certificate. CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC. PD-Tips are available either nonsterileor sterile/endotoxin-free (individually wrapped), aswell as in BIO-CERT ® quality (see page 118 for detailedinformation).Liquid Handling PD-Tips can be used with compatible third-partydispensing systems. The automatic size detection optionis available in HandyStep ® electronic, GILSON ®REPETMAN and Rainin AutoRep E.In addition, PD-Tips can be used with the repetitivepipette HandyStep ® S, Rainin AutoRep M,Rainin AutoRep S, Eppendorf ® Multipette ® 4780and EDOS 521 among others. PD-Tips are made from high-quality materials(cylinder: PP, piston: PE-HD, 0.1 ml: LCP). PD-Tips work on the positive displacement principleand are therefore particularly suitable for dispensing offluids with high viscosity, high vapor pressure, etc.Information about the HandyStep ® S andHandyStep ® electronic on pages 87-94.Accuracy table PD-Tips with HandyStep ® electronic repetitive pipette from BRANDPD-Tipsize, mlVolume range Nominal volume (A* ≤ ± %)100% 50% 10% 1%Nominal volume (CV* ≤ %)100% 50% 10% 1%0.1 1.0 µl - 100 µl 1.0 1.2 1.6 16.0 0.5 1.0 2.0 12.00.5 5.0 µl - 500 µl 0.9 0.9 0.9 9.0 0.25 0.5 1.0 6.01.0 10.0 µl - 1 ml 0.6 0.6 0.9 8.0 0.2 0.3 0.6 4.01.25 12.5 µl - 1250 µl 0.6 0.6 0.9 8.0 0.15 0.3 0.6 3.52.5 25.0 µl - 2500 µl 0.5 0.5 0.8 8.0 0.1 0.2 0.4 2.55.0 50.0 µl - 5000 µl 0.5 0.5 0.8 8.0 0.08 0.15 0.3 1.510.0 100 µl - 10 ml 0.4 0.4 0.5 5.0 0.08 0.15 0.25 1.2512.5 125 µl - 12.5 ml 0.4 0.4 0.5 5.0 0.08 0.15 0.25 1.2525.0 250 µl - 25 ml 0.3 0.3 0.3 3.0 0.08 0.15 0.25 1.2550.0 500 µl - 50 ml 0.3 0.3 0.3 3.0 0.08 0.25 0.5 2.5* Error limits refer to the nominal volumes and partial volumes relative to the PD-Tip, obtained with instrument and distilledwater at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and with smooth operation. The error limits defined in ISO 8655are not exceeded. A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variationwww.brand.de95

PD-Tips · Ordering informationLiquid HandlingPD-Tips, non-sterilePrecision Dispenser TipsCapacitymlPackofCat. No.0.1 100 7024 020.5 100 7023 701.0 100 7024 061.25 100 7023 722.5 100 7023 745 100 7023 7610 100 7024 0712.5 100 7023 7825* 50 7023 8050* 25 7023 82PD-Tip Set (20 PD tips each in sizes of 0.5, 1, 1.25, 2.5, 5, 10 and 12.5 ml) 7023 68* incl. 1 adapterPD-Tips, sterilePrecision Dispenser Tips, individually wrappedCapacitymlPackofsterile/endotoxin-freeCat. No.BIO-CERT ®Cat. No.0.1 100 7024 04 7026 830.5 100 7023 84 7026 841.0 100 7024 36 7026 851.25 100 7023 86 7026 862.5 100 7023 88 7026 885 100 7023 90 7026 9010 100 7024 38 7026 9112.5 100 7023 92 7026 9225* 25 7023 94 7026 9450* 25 7023 96 7026 96* incl. 1 adapterAdapterfor size 25 and 50 ml PD-Tips, PP,autoclavable. Non-sterile or sterile.For detailed information aboutBIO-CERT ® , see page 118'Life Science'.DescriptionCat. No.non-sterile 7023 98BIO-CERT ® 7023 99Note!PD-Tips are not autoclavable.25 ml 50 ml0.1 ml 0.5 ml 1 ml 1.25 ml 2.5 ml 5 ml 10 ml1.5 ml96info@brand.de

Pipetting aids from BRAND excel by theircomfortable grips, superior control, lightweight and rugged reliability:■ accu-jet ® pro■ macro■ micro■ micro-classicPipetting Aids

accu-jet ® proLiquid HandlingA Closer Look...Recharging-indicator (LED)Battery compartment coverMode selection(gravity-delivery/blow-out)Variable motor speedSpecifications Weight: 190 g Operating and charging temperature:+10 °C to + 35 °C Pipetting speed:50 ml in less than 10 seconds For glass and plastic pipettesfrom 0.1 to 200 ml Approx. eight hours of continuouspipetting (with a 10 ml pipette) withoutrecharging Battery pack:NiMH battery 2.4 V / 700 mAhPipettingbuttonsDirect exhaust of liquidvapors protects againstcorrosion ensuring longinstrument life.Pipette adapter firmly holdspipettes from 0.1 to 200 ml.The safety valve and 0.2 µmhydrophobic membrane filterprovide double protectionagainst fluid penetration.Use and HandlingComfortableSensitivePowerful and quietPower to spareErgonomic handgrip, weightonly 190 g, perfectly balanceddesign – for fatigue-freepipetting even in prolongedoperations.With the accu-jet ® pro pipettecontroller, you have continuouslyvariable speed controlusing just two buttons. Inaddition, you can select yourpreferred maximum motorspeed to improve sensitivityand control with low-volumepipettes.At maximum motor speed, a50 ml pipette is filled in lessthan 10 seconds. Now that’sfast! Motor and pump operatequietly and with very low vibration.The longer you use it, themore you will appreciate it.No need to worry about havingenough battery power left tofinish your series. A flashingLED light will alert you approx.two hours in advance.98info@brand.de

accu-jet ® pro Single-handed operationAll with one hand: select the deliverymode (gravity-delivery/blow-out) andadjust the motor speed range with yourthumb; use variable button pressure forfine control of filling and delivery speed.Liquid Handling Advanced chargingThe intelligent battery charger preventsovercharging of the NiMH battery.It effectively reduces the lazy-batteryeffect(shortened operating time due topremature recharging).A flashing LED indicates when the storagebattery needs charging. Chargingtime is 4 hours. After that, the chargerautomatically switches to a pulsed, longtermcharging mode. The pipette controlleris always ready for action, even whilebeing charged. Tidy storageKeep your instrument within reach byplacing it inverted on your lab bench. Orstore it in the space saving wall support. Four colorsSelect from four colors to individualizeyour pipette controller.Ordering Dataaccu-jet ® proItems supplied:Each pipette controller is supplied with nickel-metal hydride battery, 2 battery compartmentcovers, wall support, AC adapter (100-240 V; 50/60 Hz) and 2 spare membrane filters0.2 µm, sterile.Coloraccu-jet ® prodark blueCat. No.magentaCat. No.greenCat. No.royal blueCat. No.Spare Parts(Other spare parts and accessories can befound in the operating manual.)with AC adapter forEurope (continental) 263 00 263 01 263 02 263 03UK/Ireland 263 10 263 11 263 12 263 13USA 263 30 263 31 263 32 263 33Australia 263 20 263 21 263 22 263 23Japan 263 40 263 41 263 42 263 43without AC adapter 263 04 – – –DescriptionMembrane filter 0,2 µm(PP, PTFE), sterilePipette adapterwith non-return valveNickel-metal hydridebattery packCat. No.265 30265 08266 30www.brand.de99

macroLiquid Handlingmacro Pipette ControllerNew Design – optimized handlingConvenient operationwithout effortThe unique valve system allowsfor easy compression of thenewly designed bellows. 50 mlof fluid can be drawn in withinjust 11 seconds. The springloaded lever enables an evenmore sensitive filling and deliveryof liquids. The meniscus iseasily adjustable.NEW!Broad area of applicationsOne single macro pipette controllercovers the entire rangeof bulb and graduated pipettesfrom 0.1 to 200 ml. The conicalsilicone adapter offers a securefit for the different diameters.The unit is fully autoclavable at121 °C (2 bar) according to DINEN 285. A hydrophobic membranefilter protects the systemfrom liquid penetration.Ergonomic designThe optimized design, the practical arrangementof functions, and the low weight of125 g offer reliable operation during serialpipetting tasks, even for inexperiencedusers.Ordering DataBLAUBRAND ®Pipetting PackageItems supplied:n 1 macro pipette controller, grayn 6 BLAUBRAND ® graduated pipettes,type 23 pipettes 5 ml and 10 ml each,class AS, conformity certified, with batchcertificaten Useful product informationBLAUBRAND ® volumetric instruments,handling of pipettesn Handy plastic containerIdeal for storage of pipettes up to360 mm lengthCat. No. 260 07macro Pipette ControllerItems supplied:Each pipette controller is suppliedwith a 3 µm spare membrane filter.ColorCat. No.gray 262 00green 262 01blue 262 02magenta 262 03Spare parts for macro Pipette ControllerDescription Pack of Cat. No.Bulb and graduated pipettescan be found on pages 174-182.Membrane filter 3 µm (PP, PTFE), non-sterile 1 260 52Membrane filter 3 µm (PP, PTFE), non-sterile 10 260 56Adapter (silicone), length 44 mm 1 261 46Adapter support (PP), gray, length 49 mm 1 262 20Valve system (PP, PTFE, silicone) 1 261 28Suction bellows (silicone) with screw ring (PP) 1 262 25100info@brand.de

micro · micro-classicmicro Pipette ControllerThe micro pipette controller is an indispensableaccessory for sampling with disposablemicropipettes with ring mark and manysmall volume pipettes up to 1 ml (e.g.,blood diluting and blood sugar pipettes)with aspiration end-Ø max. 5 mm.The micro reduces the hazards of infectionand is autoclavable at 121 °C.The integrated ejection device allows thedisposal of contaminated pipettes up to50 µl without touching them, thus helpingto prevent the transmission of dangerousviruses such as hepatitis B or HIV.The micro is extremely light and veryconvenient.micro Pipette ControllerPack of 1.Cat. No. 258 00Spare suction systemPack of 3.Cat. No. 258 05A high-performance team:micro Pipette Controller andBLAUBRAND ® DisposableMicropipettes, page 251.Liquid Handlingmicro-classic Pipette ControllerWorking under a microscope requiresutmost concentration and thereforecomfortable and reliable instruments.The micro-classic pipette controller withits ergonomic shape and simple handlingoffers comfort and convenience for thisstrenuous job. It is a must in IVF and medicallaboratories. Suitable for disposablemicropipettes with ring mark and othersmall volume pipettes up to 1 ml (e.g.,blood diluting pipettes) with aspirationend-Ø max. 5 mm. The micro-classicadapts to right- and left-handed operation.Adapter and suction tube are autoclavableat 121 °C.The micro-classic minimizes the riskof contamination when working withinfectious material.micro-classicPipette ControllerEach pipette controller is supplied with2 spare suction tubes. Pack of 1.Cat. No. 259 00Spare adapter with suction tubePack of 3.Cat. No. 259 31www.brand.de101

Pipette fillersLiquid HandlingPipette fillersSimple pipetting aids made of natural rubber for one-mark and graduated pipettes.Control of the functions by squeezing the appropriate valves between thumb andforefinger.Pipette fillerStandard model, for pipettes up to 10 ml.Pipette filler with 3 valves.Valve A: Release airValve S: FillingValve E: DeliveryPack of 1.Cat. No. 253 00Pipette fillerUniversal model, for pipettes up to 100 ml.Pipette filler with 3 valves.Valve A: Release airValve S: FillingValve E: DeliveryPack of 1.Cat. No. 253 15Pipette fillerFlip model, for pipettes up to 100 ml.Pipette filler with 2 valves.Release air through an automatic valve.Valve ↑: FillingValve ↓: DeliveryPack of 1.Cat. No. 254 00102info@brand.de

The QuikSip bottle-top aspirator fromBRAND is designed for safe and fast aspirationof common laboratory liquids used inbiology, food chemistry and medicine.■ Safe removal of supernatants (up to max.25 ml per plunger stroke), e.g., biologicalsolutions, nutrient media, polar solvents,aqueous soutions■ Ideal for use with the new BRANDplates ®Insert System■ Works without vacuum pump.■ Fingertip vacuum control using thecell-culture -unit.■ Works as single channel or 8-channelaspirator (manifold optional).■ For use with disposable pipette tips, micropipettesand glass pasteur pipettes.■ Adapter and suction tube of thecell-culture -unit are autoclavable at121 °C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285.Dispensing cartridge and pump unit arenot autoclavable.QuikSip BT-Aspirator

QuikSip · Ordering DataLiquid HandlingOrdering DataQuikSip BT-AspiratorItems supplied:1 QuikSip BT-Aspirator,1 cell-culture -unit incl. suction tube and3 adapters, spare dispensing cartridgeand 2 PP adapters (GL 45/32 andGL 45/S 40).Cat. No. 4723 150Spare parts Quik-SipDescriptionCat. No.Seals for QuikSip (Pack of 5) 6788Filling tube (PP)with filling valve (PP/EDPM)7045 75Discharge valve (PP/EDPM)with seal (EDPM)7045 80cell-culture-unitSingle channel device. Completewith suction tube and 3 adapters.Cat. No. 259 50Spare parts cell-culturePack of 1.Spare partsCat. No.Adapter (SI, PVC) for glass Pasteur pipettes 259 60Adapter (PVC) for capillaries, micro pipettes 259 33Adapter (PP) for pipette tips 259 61Suction tube (SI), 2 m 259 62BRANDplates ® Insert System,please see page 159.Accessoriesand Spare Parts8-channel manifoldPP. Autoclavable (121 °C).Pack of 1.Cat. No. 7045 26Dispensing cartridgePiston (PE), cylinder (PP).Pack of 3.Cat. No. 7045 04Outerthread104for bottlethreadAdapterPP. Pack of 1.Cat. No.GL 32 GL 25 7043 25GL 32 GL 28 7043 28GL 45 S* 40 7043 43GL 32 GL 45 7043 45GL 45 GL 32 7043 96GL 45 GL 38 7043 97* buttress rimCapPP. Cap for valve block.Autoclavable (121 °C).Pack of 1.Cat. No. 7045 54Membrane filterMembrane filter, 0.2 µm.Pack of 10 in PE-bag,non-sterile, autoclavable(121 °C). Pack of 1.Cat. No. 265 35info@brand.de

The most frequent cause of inaccuracy in airdisplacement pipettes is leakage. This arisesfrom damage either to the seals, pistons, ortip cones. Often not detectable by the nakedeye, leaks lead to significant volume errors.The BRAND pipette leak tester (PLT unit)for air displacement pipettes finds even thesmallest leaks within seconds.PLT unitPipette Leak Testing Unit

PLT unitLiquid HandlingA Closer Look...According to monitoring of measuring instruments, air-displacementpipettes must be checked at regular intervals and the resultsmust be compared with the ISO 8655-2 error limits.However, a calibration certificate only reflects the results at thetime of testing. The time between these calibrations is crucial,since leaks can occur at any time.Well over 80% of pipettes sent in for repair have leaks and areoutside their volume tolerances, even if they don’t drip.While the PLT unit cannot replace regular gravimetric testing,daily pipette checks can provide a safeguard during the periodsbetween calibrations. Even the smallest leaks are detected! Processreliability for the pipettes is thus significantly improved.Leak rates and their detectionThe leak rate is a measure of the quantity of material that flowsthrough a leak per time unit. For air-displacement pipettes thePLT unit determines the rate through a differential pressuremeasurement, i.e., after creating a negative pressure, the pressurerise over a given time is measured.n Complex determinations n The pV valueThe leak rate is determinedby considering complexphysical relationships. Calculationof the limit valuesresident in the PLT mustinclude factors such as thedead volume of the pipette/tip system, flow crosssectionof the pipette tip,pressure rise per time unit,pipette volume and type, etc.The pV value is the productof the pressure and the volumeof a certain quantity ofa gas at the prevailing temperature.This is a measureof the quantity of material orthe mass of the gas.n The leak rate Q LThe leak rate Q L is the ratioof the pV value and theperiod of time during whichthe gas flows through a pathcross-section.DisplaySingle-channeladaptern The volume lossFor the pipette test,hPa ml/s is a suitable unitfor the leak rate. A leak rateof e.g., 1 hPa ml/s at anair pressure of 1000 hPameans a volume loss ofabout 1 μl/s."Start/Execute"button"Back" buttonSelect knobLED displaySingle-channeladapter for pipetteswith tipSingle-channeladapter for pipetteswithout tipPE filter in singleandmultichanneladaptersMultichannel adapterfor pipettes with andwithout tipBack of the instrumentwith AC adapter socketand USB port106info@brand.de

PLT unitUse and HandlingTesting with and without tipTo check the overall pipettesystem, the test is conductedwith a mounted, unused tip.When a leak has been identified,the test can be repeatedwithout a tip to determinewhether the leak arises fromthe tip cone/tip couplingregion.Dynamic or static test?The dynamic test can rapidlydetermine whether a defectivepiston (contamination,scratches, etc.) has caused aleak. The pipette button mustbe pushed down numeroustimes during the measurementperiod. The associated pistonmovement allows a defectivepiston to be recognized.In the static test, the pipettebutton is not pressed duringthe test procedure, i.e. thepiston doesn't move. This willonly determine a leak in a generalway, without attributing itto a particular component.Featuresn Limit values for the commerciallyavailable singleandmultichannel pipettesin the volume range 1 µl to10 ml are pre-programmed.n Testing with and withouttipsn Test results in secondsn Patent pendingLiquid HandlingMain MenuA wide variety of submenuscan be selected from themain menu, e.g., pipette type,volume range, self-test, andsettings (language, shut-offtime, pressure units, etc.)Main MenuPipette TypeSelf TestSwitch OFFSettings...Auswahl selectzurück backLimit valuesThe limit values referencedduring testing represent awarning limit, from which significantlylower volume valuescan also be determined gravimetrically.This is one quarterof the volume tolerances,according to ISO 8655-2.The limit value for the leak volumeof a given pipette allowsthe leak rate to be calculated.These calculations, which arebased on over 35 years ofexperience in the developmentand production of pipettes, includethe dead volume and theintake characteristics, amongother things.If the pipette is mechanicallydefect-free, clean, and thetest is carried out properly withthe BRAND PLT unit, then theinstrument is within the ISO8655-2 tolerances.The marks in the verticalprogress bars in the displayrepresent the resident limitvalues for the leak rate Q L .PASSSC – 100 µlQ L: 0.04 hPa * ml/sstartWith the correlation table inthe PLT operating manual,the missing volume can beapproximately determined fromthe leak rate. The level of theprogress bar in the displayindicates whether the pipetteis leak-tight, and whether itlies within the tolerance limitsor leaks.FAILSC – 100 µlQ L: 4.6 hPa * ml/sstartwww.brand.de 107

PLT unit · Ordering DataLiquid HandlingOrdering DataPLT unit(Pipette Leak Testing Unit)Including one 1-channel pipette adapter*each for testing of single-channel airdisplacementpipettes with tip (mounted)and without tip, 2 plugs, 3 replacement PEfilters for the pipette adapters, universal ACadapter, quality certificate and operatingmanual. Pack of 1.Cat. No. 7039 70* 4-channel pipette adapter optionalAccessories1- channel pipette adapterfor testing of single-channelair-displacement pipettes withtip mounted, including 1 plug.Pack of 1.Cat. No. 7039 75for testing of single-channelair-displacement pipetteswithout tip, including 1 plug.Pack of 1.Cat. No. 7039 764- channel pipette adapterfor testing of multichannel airdisplacementpipettes with andwithout tips, including 4 plugs.Pack of 1.Cat. No. 7039 77FiltersPE, for pipette adapter.Pack of 10.Cat. No. 7039 78Universal AC adapterInput: AC 100 V - 240 V,50/60 HzOutput: DC 6,5 V, 800 mAPack of 1.Cat. No. 7039 79108info@brand.de

BRAND calibration software is compatiblewith nearly all liquid handling instruments andglass or plastic volumetric instruments. Nowyou can calibrate and track measuring instrumentsto GLP and ISO 9001 standards withoutcalculators or scratch paper. EASYCAL 4.0 software from BRAND performs all accuracyand precision calculations, matchesthem to standards and generates a report.EASYCAL 4.0Calibration Software

EASYCAL 4.0Liquid HandlingA Closer Look...n For testing of liquid handlinginstruments and volumetricinstruments of glass and plastic,according to ISO 8655, ISO4787 etc.n Open software, suitable forall volumetric instruments, irrespectiveof the manufacturer.n Continual control of the actualresults during testing by meansof a traffic-light indicator.n Reminder function for outstandingcalibrations.n Recording of primary data inaccordance with GLP.n Reliable transmission, calculationand saving of measurement data.EASYCAL 4.0 carries out allcalculations automatically andcompares them with the error limitsspecified in current standards oryour individual preset limit values.The error limits of many instruments,and the settings of over 100balances, are already preset in thesoftware.In the case of multichannel pipettes,the result of each individual channelis compared with the error limits.Start screen:This determines whether a liquidhandling or volumetric measuringdevice of glass/plastic is to betested.After entering the weighing values(primary data), all calculations arecarried out automatically.Automatic import of the weighingvalues is only available in theprofessional version.You can print out a clear and conclusivereport to GLP standards.The test results are also stored inan easily sorted database. The testcertificate can be saved in variousformats (e.g., MICROSOFT ® Wordor Excel).110info@brand.de

EASYCAL 4.0 · Ordering DataQuit calibration early?After entering three weighing values(either manually or via data transmissionfrom the balance), EASYCAL 4.0 executes a background comparisonof the results with the error limits.A traffic-light indicator (green/red) displays whether your resultsexceed the error limits.EASYCAL also helps you withtesting times and intervals. Youwill be automatically remindedwhich tests are due.In the event of unsuccessful testing,the test equipment can bedesignated as a 'defective device'.You can cancel this selection aftersuccessful cleaning or repair.Liquid HandlingOrdering DataEASYCAL 4.0Items supplied:CD-ROM with EASYCAL software in 5 languages (German/English/French/Spanish/Dutch), manual and testing instructions (SOPs) in 4 languages in PDF format for singleandmultichannel pipettes, hand-held dispensers, bottletop burettes and dispensers andvolumetric measuring instruments of glass/plastic.Version Description Cat. No.Professional Version automatic import of measurement values 7084 40Basic Version manual entry of measurement values 7084 45Upgradeon requestNetwork licenseon requestDemo version EASYCAL 4.0A demo version of our software is availablefor download from www.brand.de. With this,you can test EASYCAL for 4 weeks beforedeciding to purchase the full version.System requirements:PC with 32 MB RAM, MICROSOFT ®WINDOWS ® 98/NT with SP6 / ME / 2000 /XP, SVGA graphic card with 256 colors,mouse, CD-ROM drive, MICROSOFT ® Paint.For connection of the professional version ofEASYCAL with the balance, please obtainthe necessary interface cable from the balancemanufacturer.EASYCAL supports balances such asthose from sartorius ® , Kern, A&D, OHAUS ® ,etc. METTLER TOLEDO ® balances are onlypartially compatible (AT and AG series).www.brand.de111

EASYCAL 4.0 · AccessoriesLiquid HandlingAccessoriesProtection against evaporationAvoid time-consuming evaporation traps or an expensivedual-pan balance! Pipettes < 50 µl can be surprisingly easyto calibrate using EASYCAL testing tubes (available as anaccessory) or using the new micro-weighing container.EASYCAL test tubesFor pipettes < 50 µl.Pack of 250.Cat. No. 7084 62Pipette holder (clip)For test tubes.Pack of 10.Cat. No. 7086 05Attach testing tube1. Tare the testing tube andclip. Remove the testingtube from the balance aftertaring. Pipette the samplefrom the pipette tip into thetesting tube.2. Place filled testing tubewith clip on the balance;note mass. Done!Micro-weighing containerincl. 10 filters and3 cover caps.Cat. No. 7084 70Filter pack20 replacement filters(capacity approx. 1000 µl).Cat. No. 7084 71Cover cap set3 spare closures.Cat. No. 7084 72Micro-weighing containerThe extremely small cap openingand internal filter providessimple protection againstevaporation.112info@brand.de

Liquid HandlingBRAND onlineLiquid HandlingNotes:www.brand.de113

© altrendo nature/altrendo/Getty Images

Life ScienceResearch – and even routine applications – in the biosciencesare unimaginable today without high qualityplastic consumables. Increasingly sensitive detectionmethods rely on ever higher quality from lab disposables.In addition to pipette tips, filter tips, microcentrifugetubes and PD-Tips, BRAND Life Science also providesa variety of other high-performance products forPCR, storage, immunology and cell culture technology.

Life ScienceLife ScienceLife Science productsQuality is our highest priority – for reliableanalyses and reproducible resultsIt is hard to imagine carrying out analyses in the life sciences field these days without usinghigh-quality disposables. For almost 25 years, BRAND has offered high-performance plasticproducts for various applications. We start by asking users around the world for input on productdetails, and then select raw materials and design injection-molding tools to ensure thehighest product performance. Finally, the entire manufacturing process is strictly controlled,with quality assurance testing in accredited internal and external laboratories.Starting materialsSensitive applications, such as enzyme tests,PCR or DNA purification, require plastic disposableproducts of the highest quality. Theproper selection of raw materials is a significantstep in the manufacture of high-qualityproducts. Over many years, polypropyleneand polystyrene have earned their place aspreferred materials for life science consumables.These materials often come into directcontact with expensive reagents and valuablesamples.For manufacturing pipette tips, BRAND usesspecially selected PP types, free from theadditives di-(2-hydroxyethyl) methyldodecylammonium(DiHEMDA) and 9-octadecenamide(oleamide). Both of these additivesare frequently found in PP granules, andcan interfere with biological tests, leading tospurious results*.The starting materials for life science productsare carefully selected by BRAND sothat substances that can dissolve out of theraw material (leachables), which could affectthe results of biological tests, are reduced tothe minimum necessary for processing. Moldrelease agents, such as stearates and erucicacid amide, are not used in the productionprocess.Advantages of PPAdvantages of PS(Foto © Fraunhofer/Rafael Krötz) High resistance to chemicalsDeep-well plates and microplates can beused with DMSO and other aggressivechemicals. Good temperature resistanceContainers remain stable even at hightemperatures; these products are generallyautoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar),acc. DIN EN 285. Minimal retentionPCR vessels, micro tubes and tips haveno residual wetting and the material isbiologically inert – no adhesion ofbiomolecules to the surfaces. Good optical characteristicsColorimetric tests like ELISA andmicroanalyses can be carried outwith PS microplates. Easily modifiable surfacePhysiochemical treatments can modifythe surface so as to be suitable forapplications in cell culture or immunoanalytics.* G. R. McDonald, A. L. Hudson, S. M. J. Dunn, H. You, G. B. Baker, R. M. Whittal, J. W. Martin, A. Jha, D. E.Edmondson, A. Holt (2008). Bioactive Contaminants Leach from Disposable Laboratory Plasticware. Science,322 (5903), 917-917.116info@brand.de

Life ScienceCleanroom productionBRAND disposable items for the life sciencesare produced using the most advanced cleanroomtechniques in one of the world's largestcleanrooms for laboratory disposable items.Continuous cleanroom monitoring, togetherwith precise control of environmental conditions,ensures a high level of temperaturestability over the entire production area. Thisuniformity, together with quality testing of thefinal product by batch, guarantees the consistentlyhigh quality of life science productsfrom BRAND.Depending on the desired usage environmentfor the final product, cleanrooms accordingto ISO 14 644-1 (Classes 5, 7 and 8) areavailable for manufacturing.Life ScienceSurface modificationTo produce optimal properties, surface modificationusing various physical and chemicalmethods is required for the products used inmany life sciences applications.Depending on the modification conditionsemployed, starting materials can be customized,e.g., with either hydrophilic or hydrophobicsurfaces. To take a specific case, PSsurfaces can either be made hydrophobic sothat membrane proteins can bind, or hydrophilicto enable cell growth.As exemplified by BRAND Ultra Low Retentiontips, even PP surfaces can be modifiedto be as hydrophobic as PTFE, and sucha material will not be wetted by liquids inwhich the surface tension has been reducedthrough the use of detergents.SurfaceBRAND ® PP Ultra Low RetentionPTFESiliconeUntreated PPWaterSurface tension9 mN/m19 mN/m21.5 mN/m30 mN/m72 mN/mInternal quality controls andindependent laboratory testsAll products are subjected to a number ofoptical and functional tests before they aretested for molecular-biological contaminants.For example, PCR products are tested forevaporation losses and PCR plates are subjectedto stringent vacuum tests to ensurethat the systems satisfy your highest expectations.After the disposable items have successfullycompleted this internal process, theproducts are examined by an independentaccredited laboratory. Sensitive detectionmethods are used to ensure that the products,depending on the intended use, containno DNA, DNase, RNase, endotoxins orATP.www.brand.de117

Life ScienceLife ScienceThe proper quality grade for every applicationThe right quality grade should be used in each application. Consequently, BRAND offersa range of quality grades so that the optimal one is always available.sterile acc.ISO 11 137free ofhuman DNAfree ofRNasefree ofendotoxinsfree ofATPfree of cytotoxicsubstances acc.ISO 10 993Pipette tips and filter tips standard 4 4 4 4Pipette tips and filter tips BIO-CERT ® 4 4 4 4 4PD-Tips sterile/endotoxin-free 4 4PD-Tips BIO-CERT ® 4 4 4 4 4Microcentrifuge tubes sterile BIO-CERT ® 4 4 4 4 4Microcentrifuge tubes with lid closure 4 4 4Micro tubes with screw cap, sterile 4 4 4 4 4PCR products 4 4 4Deep-well plates 4 4 4Cryogenic tubes 4 4 4 4 4BRANDplates ® standard 4 4 4 4BRANDplates ® sterile 4 4 4 4 4UV-Cuvettes micro 4 4 4BIO-CERT ® products correspond to thehighest quality grade. They are sterile, free from human DNA,RNases, endotoxins and ATP.Sterility Sterility means being free of living organisms.BRAND products are sterilized with beta radiation according toISO 11 137 and the AAMI Guidelines. The radiation dose is atleast 12.1 kGy. The inertGrade microplates are an exception;these are sterilized with ethylene oxide due to their special surfacecharacteristics.An SAL (sterility assurance level) of 10 -6 is guaranteed, meaningno more than one part in 1 x 10 6 is contaminated! This level ofsterility complies with the requirements of USP 29 and the Ph.Eur.Endotoxins Endotoxins refer to the components presentin the outer membranes of Gram-negative bacteria. These componentsare lipopolysaccharides that are released when cells aredestroyed. Endotoxins make up the largest group of pyrogens,and these two are often falsely believed to be synonymous.Depending on the concentration, these heat-stable substanceslead to fever, circulatory collapse, shock, etc., and can be fatalin very high doses. The concentration of endotoxins in productsfrom BRAND is determined by the kinetic-turbidimetric limulusamebocyte lysate (LAL) test. The detection limit is 0.01 EU/ml.This corresponds to an endotoxin concentration of < 1 x 10 -12 g/tip(1 pg/tip). Freedom from endotoxins is required in pharmaceuticalmanufacture and cell culture.DNA and RNases DNA (deoxyribonucleic acid) is thecarrier of genetic information. RNases (ribonucleases) are enzymesthat can degrade ribonucleic acid (RNA) through hydrolysis.Ribonucleic acids serve as transmitters of genetic information.RNases are ubiquitous and extremely stable. To protect the RNAmolecules from undergoing enzymatic degradation, one must beabsolutely certain that plastic items are free from RNases.Products from BRAND are free from DNA (< 4 x 10 -14 g/tip =40 fg), to avoid false positive results, e.g., in PCR*, and freefrom RNases (< 8.6 x 10 -15 g/tip = 8.6 fg), to make it possibleto work with RNA.* The Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) is covered by international patents.Use of the PCR process may require a license.ATP Adenosine triphosphate is the energy source for everyliving cell. ATP is an energy-rich, transportable molecule. It is anindicator for living cells, and can serve as a marker for detecting viablebacteria, yeasts, and human cells, etc. Products from BRANDare free of ATP (ATP concentration < 1 x 10 -15 g/tip = 1 fg) andthus are especially suitable forluminescence measurements,e.g., those employed in the hygienemonitoring field accordingto the HACCP concept.Cytotoxicity Various substances are capable of damagingcells. Extracts from BRANDplates ® for cell culture are checkedfor their effects on cell cultures using an in vitro cytotoxicity test.BRANDplates ® are free from cytotoxic substances according toDIN EN ISO 10 993.118info@brand.de

Microcentrifuge TubesMicrocentrifuge TubesLife ScienceQuality featuresn Uniform lid thickness ensurestrouble-free piercing.n Consistent wall thickness.n Tight fitting attached lid providesleak-free seal, yet reopens easily.n High clarity.n Autoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar),acc. DIN EN 285Relative Centrifugal Force (RCF)Quoted RCF (g) values are determined with20 °C water being centrifuged for 20 min.Actual stress limit may be affected by conditionssuch as rotor positioning, reagents,run time and temperature. Specified RCFvalues should only be used as a comparativeguide (DIN 58 970).To calculate RCF:RCF = 1.118 · r ·Example:Rotation radius r = 180 mm(vertical distance between centerof rotation axis and bottom ofcentrifuge tube)Speed n = 6000 min -1RCF = 1.118 · 180 ·= 7245( n ) 21000( 6000 ) 21000www.brand.de119

Microcentrifuge TubesLife ScienceMicrocentrifuge tubes0.5 ml, with lidPP.RCF max.Lid membrane ØmmThicknesslid membranemmOuter-ØmmHeightmm10000 (at 20 °C, t e 20 min) 5.4 0.3 7.9 31.4Pack of 1000(1 bag).Cat. No. 7805 071.5 ml, with lidPP. Frosted marking area, subdivisions for approximate volume determination.CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.RCF max.Lid membrane ØmmThicknesslid membranemmOuter-ØmmHeightmm20000 (at 20 °C, t e 20 min) 8.5 0.3 10.75 40.8Pack of 500(1 bag).Cat. No. 7805 00Pack of 3000(6 bags of 500).Cat. No. 7805 02BIO-CERT ®Sterile and free of endotoxins, DNA,RNase and ATP.Pack of 450 (30 blister packs of 15 tubes).Cat. No. 7804 00ColoredPack of 500.ColorCat. No.yellow 7805 21blue 7805 22green 7805 23orange 7805 24amber* 7805 25* The amber-colored microcentrifuge tubes are particularlysuitable for light-sensitive reagents.120info@brand.de

Microcentrifuge Tubes1.5 ml, with lid closureNEW!PP. RNase-, DNA- and endotoxin-free. Lid closure to achieve especially effective sealingand prevent accidental opening! Frosted marking area, subdivisions for approximate volumedetermination.Life ScienceRCF max.Outer-ØmmHeightmm30 000 (at -5 °C, t e 20 min) 10.7 38.8Pack of 1000(1 bag).Cat. No. 7805 40lid closure1.5 ml, without lidPP.RCF max.Outer-ØmmHeightmm6000 (at 20 °C, t e 20 min) 11 39.5Pack of 12 000(6 bags of 2000).Cat. No. 7805 05Microcentrifuge tube racksand adapters can be foundon page 125.2 ml, with lidPP. Frosted marking area, subdivisions for approximate volume determination.RCF max.Lid membrane ØmmThicknesslid membranemmOuter-ØmmHeightmm20000 (at 20 °C, t e 20 min) 8.5 0.3 10.7 41.15Pack of 500(1 bag).Cat. No. 7805 50www.brand.de121

Micro TubesLife ScienceMicro tubes with screw capsScrew cap micro tubes are ideal for storage of serumsand blood samples, and for boiling, centrifugation, etc.SafePositive sealing screwcap with sealing coneor silicone seal.ColoredCap inserts for coding,available in a variety ofcolors.FastFast opening and closingwith 1¼ turn of cap.AccurateDimensions: outer Ø11 mm, height 47 mm.RuggedWithstands RCF to17 000 g at 20 °C,for 20 min.ConvenientMicro tubes with ring stands(self-standing) can be placedin suitable racks one-handed.ClearAll tubes are made ofhigh-transparency PPfor easy visibility ofsamples.VersatileMicro tubes with screw capsare available in differentformats, designs and qualitygrades. Micro tubes of PP andscrew caps of PE or PP areprecisely matched to ensure asecure seal.with sealing coneMicro tubes with sealing coneare particularly suitable for thestorage of sensitive samples,since they avoid the risk ofcontamination from existingsilicone seals. These tubesare not autoclavable.with silicone sealMicro tubes are sealedextremely well with siliconeseals, without contact betweenthe sample and thesealing ring. The containersare suitable for the storage ofsamples in the gaseous (vapor)phase of liquid nitrogen.Micro tubes with silicone sealsare autoclavable at 121 °C(2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285.with silicone seal,tamper-evident screw capThe tamper-evident screwcap guarantees the user anuncontaminated sample. A visiblering acts as an anti-tamperseal, which breaks when thecap is first opened. The microtubes have a silicone seal, andare suitable for the storage ofsamples in the gaseous (vapor)phase of liquid nitrogen.The micro tubes with tamperevidentscrew cap are autoclavableat 121 °C (2 bar),acc. DIN EN 285.122info@brand.de

Micro TubesMicro tubesattached screw cap with sealing cone, non-sterilePP, ungraduated, screw cap PE. Operating range: -90 °C to +100 °C.Pack of 1000.Colored screw caps and coloredcap inserts are available separately(page 124).Life ScienceCapacitymlDescriptionCat. No.0.5 self-standing 7807 001.5 self-standing 7807 011.5 round-bottom 7807 022 self-standing 7807 032 round-bottom 7807 04attached screw cap with silicone seal, non-sterilePP, graduated, screw cap PP. With frosted marking area.Operating range: -196 °C to +121 °C. Pack of 1000.CapacitymlSubdiv. up tomlDescriptionCat. No.0.5* – self-standing 7807 101.5 1 self-standing 7807 111.5 1 round-bottom 7807 122 1.2 self-standing 7807 132 1.4 round-bottom 7807 14* ungraduatedbulk screw cap with silicone seal, sterilePP, graduated, screw cap PP. With frosted marking area. Operating range: -196 °C to+121 °C. DNA-, DNase-, and RNase-free, endotoxin-free, non-mutagenic, non-toxic.Pack of 500.CapacitymlDescriptionsterilewith capCat. No.0.5* self-standing 7807 501.5 self-standing 7807 511.5 round-bottom 7807 522 self-standing 7807 532 round-bottom 7807 54* ungraduatedwithout screw cap, non-sterilePP, graduated. With frosted marking area. Operating range: -196 °C to +121 °C.Pack of 1000.CapacitymlDescriptionnon-sterilewithout capCat. No.0.5* self-standing 7807 301.5 self-standing 7807 311.5 round-bottom 7807 322 self-standing 7807 332 round-bottom 7807 34* ungraduatedwww.brand.de123

Micro TubesLife ScienceMicro tubeswith tamper-evident screw cap, sterilePP, graduated. With frosted marking area. Operating range: -196 °C to +121 °C.DNA, DNase, and RNase-free, endotoxin-free, non-mutagenic, non-toxic.Pack of 500.CapacitymlDescriptionCat. No.0.5* self-standing 7807 551.5 self-standing 7807 561.5 round-bottom 7807 572 self-standing 7807 582 round-bottom 7807 59* ungraduatedwithout screw cap, non-sterilePP, ungraduated. Operating range: -196 °C to +121 °C.Pack of 1000.CapacitymlDescriptionCat. No.0.5 self-standing 7807 601.5 self-standing 7807 611.5 round-bottom 7807 622 self-standing 7807 632 round-bottom 7807 64Caps, coloredCapColorCat. No.Screw capsfor micro tubes 7807 30 - 7807 34,7807 50 - 7807 54PP. Applications: -196 °C to +121 °C.Pack of 1000.white 7807 40blue 7807 41red 7807 42green 7807 43yellow 7807 44Cap insertColorCat. No.Cap insertsfor micro tubes with attached orbulk screw capsPP. Applications: -196 °C to +121 °C.Pack of 500.white 7807 20blue 7807 21red 7807 22green 7807 23yellow 7807 24CapColorCat. No.Tamper-evident screw capsfor micro tubes 7807 60 - 7807 64PP. Applications: -196 °C to +121 °C.Pack of 1000.transparent 7807 70blue 7807 71green 7807 72purple 7807 73red 7807 74yellow 7807 75124info@brand.de

AccessoriesMicrocentrifuge TubesAccessories microcentrifuge tubesMicrocentrifuge tube rackPP, grey. Numbered positions for 20 microcentrifuge tubes, 1.5 ml.Autoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285.Pack of 1.Life SciencePositionsLengthmmWidthmmHeightmmCat. No.20 210 70 37 7806 050.5 ml adapterfor Cat. No. 7806 05PP. Microcentrifuge tube racks can beequipped with inserts to accommodate0.5 ml microcentrifuge tubes. Easy permanentassembly. Pack of 20.Cat. No. 7806 08Microcentrifuge tube racksPP. Stackable racks with alphanumerical positions. Operating temperature -20 °C to+90 °C. Autoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285. Density 1.2 g/cm³. Will notfloat in waterbath. Racks are supplied in two-pieces (Ø 11 mm, for microcentrifuge tubes)or three-pieces (Ø 13 mm, for cryogenic tubes) for convenient and permanent assembly.L x W x H in mm: 265 x 126 x 38. Pack of 5.For Ø up tommPositionswhiteCat. No.blueCat. No.redCat. No.yellowCat. No.11 8 x 16 43410 50 43410 51 43410 52 43410 5313 6 x 14 43410 00 43410 01 43410 02 43410 03Mini coolerPC. Mini coolers are designed to protect a wide range of solutions (enzymes, DNA, RNA,cell suspensions) by helping to maintain freezer temperatures on the lab bench. Durablepolycarbonate filled with non-toxic gel. Mini coolers hold twelve 0.5 ml to 2.0 ml tubes.Bench temp.maintainedTime held Color Cat. No.0 °C 60 min. red 1149 30-20 °C 60 min. yellow 1149 35-70 °C 45 min. white 1149 40www.brand.de125

PCR ProductsLife SciencePCRTubes, strips, plates and accessoriesBRAND has significantly expanded its productrange of extra-thin-wall disposable products,which were specially developed to satisfy thedemands of PCR applications, particularly in 96-well PCR plates. Single tubes, strips of 8 and 12,and, for high sample throughput, PCR plates in24-well, 48-well, 96-well, and 384-well formatsare available. Thus, there is an optimal productfor every application.Featuresn Suitable for use in common thermal cyclers.n PP, extra-thin uniform wall thicknesses to provide theoptimal thermal transfer and short cycle times.n 96-well PCR plates with blue alphanumeric code andcut corner markingn Highly transparent flat covers optimally suited for qPCRn DNase-, DNA- and RNase-freen Autoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285Real-Time PCR?q! PCRoutstanding!q! PCRq! PCRq! PCRPCR Plates:Plates that fit in quantitative Real-Time thermal cyclers,also available in whitePCR Tubes:Tubes with highly transparent caps for sensitive detectionof fluorescence signalsPCR Seals:Seals, highly transparent for sensitive detectionof fluorescence signalsNote!Autoclaves can be a source of contaminationfor disposable products.The Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) is covered by international patents.Use of the PCR process may require a license.126info@brand.de

PCR TubesSingle PCR tubes0.2 ml and 0.5 ml PCR tubes with attached caps are compatible with leading thermal cyclerswith heated lids. The caps are easy to open and close without tools, yet ensure a tight fitto reduce sample evaporation. The various colors of the PCR tubes allow fast sample classification.Life Science0.2 ml and 0.5 mlwith attached capsPP. Pack of 1000.CapacitymlDescription Color Cat. No.0.2 domed cap clear 7813 000.2 flat cap clear 7813 05flat cap rose 7813 01flat cap yellow 7813 02flat cap green 7813 03flat cap blue 7813 040.5 flat cap clear 7813 10flat cap rose 7813 11flat cap yellow 7813 12flat cap green 7813 13flat cap blue 7813 14domed capflat capwww.brand.de127

PCR StripsLife SciencePCR StripsWhite PCR products offer significantly better results for qPCR, and are specificallyrecommended by many thermal cycler manufacturers.Strips of 8with detached cap stripsPP. 8 connected 0.2 ml tubes. Separate, domed or flat caps are available in strips of 8.They are easy to open and close without tools. The tubes have a holding strap at one end,and the cover strips on each cap have a small lip on the side for careful, contaminationfreeopening.Pack of 125 strips, 1000 vessels or caps, total.CapacitymlColor Strips of 8PCR tubesCat. No.Strips of 8PCR caps domedCat. No.Strips of 8PCR caps flat*Cat. No.0.2 clear 7813 20 q! PCR 7813 40 7813 34rose 7813 21 7813 41 –yellow 7813 22 7813 42 –green 7813 23 7813 43 –blue 7813 24 7813 44 –white 7813 25 q! PCR – –q! PCRNEW!Pack of 250 strips each, 2000 tubes and 2000 caps, total.CapacitymlColorStrips of 8 PCR tubes andstrips of 8 PCR caps domedCat. No.Strips of 8 PCR tubes andstrips of 8 PCR caps flat*Cat. No.0.2 clear 7813 27 7813 26q! PCR* flat caps suitable for Real-Time PCRNEW!Strips of 8 PCR tubeswith attached flat individual capsPP. 8 connected 0.2 ml or 0.15 ml tubes with attached, flat individual caps – ideal protectionagainst contamination. The highly transparent cap makes them ideal for real-time PCR.Available in standard and low-profile versions.Pack of 120 Strips, 960 vessels total.DescriptionCapacitymlColor Pack of Cat. No.Standard 0.2 clear 120 strips per bag 7813 32Standard 0.2 white 120 strips per bag 7813 16Low Profile 0.15 clear 120 strips per bag 7813 33Low Profile 0.15 white 120 strips per bag 7813 17q!q! PCRPCRq! PCRq! PCRNEW!NEW!128info@brand.de

PCR Strips · PCR PlatesStrips of 8 PCR tubeswith attached cap stripsPP. 8 connected 0.2 ml tubes with attached cap strips. Domed caps facilitate one-handedoperation. Pack of 125 strips, 1000 vessels, total.Life ScienceCat. No. 7813 30Strips of 12with detached cap stripsPP. 12 connected 0.2 ml tubes. The separate domed caps are available in strips of 12.They ensure a secure seal. Pack of 125 strips, 1500 vessels or caps, total.CapacitymlColorStrips of 12 PCR tubesCat. No.Strips of 12 PCR capsCat. No.0.2 clear 7812 80 7812 90rose 7812 81 7812 91yellow 7812 82 7812 92green 7812 83 7812 93blue 7812 84 7812 94q! PCR24-well and 48-well PCR PlatesThese plates reduce material costs and allow work on a compact PCR plate even with smallsample throughputs.24-well, non-skirtedPP. 0.2 ml wells. Suitable for most commercially available thermal cyclers.A detailed compatibility table can be found on page 134.Description Color Pack of Cat. No.Standard profile, elevated rim clear 40 (5 plates per bag) 7814 11Standard profile, elevated rim white 40 (5 plates per bag) 7814 1248-well, non-skirtedPP. 0.2 ml wells. Suitable for most commercially available thermal cyclers.A detailed compatibility table can be found on page 134.Description Color Pack of Cat. No.Standard profile, elevated rim clear 20 (5 plates per bag) 7814 15Standard profile, elevated rim white 20 (5 plates per bag) 7814 16www.brand.de129

PCR PlatesLife Scienceq! PCR96-well PCR PlatesThe ultra thin-walled PCR plate design facilitates constant, rapid and precise heat transfer.The smooth vessel interior minimizes the binding of enzymes and nucleic acid to the walls.The rim of the wells are designed to protect against cross-contamination, allowing a reliableseal with the sealing mats tailored to the plates.The use of Real-Time PCR (qPCR) is becoming increasingly widespread. In particular,the direct quantification of the DNA formed can be achieved by the use of fluorescencemeasurement. White PCR products by BRAND offer significantly better results in this applicationthan transparent tubes. The different products in this line are uniformly coloredwith TiO 2(titanium dioxide), so that in combination with the smooth surfaces, the optimumreflection of the fluorescence signal is provided.The new 96-well PCR plates from BRANDoffer features such as blue alphanumericcoding and cut corner design to facilitateorientation.12NEW!Low profile Standard profile Standard profile,elevated rim96-well, non-skirtedPP. 0.2 ml wells. 96-well non-skirted PCR plates are suitable for most commercially availablethermal cyclers. A detailed compatibility table can be found on page 134.Description Color Cut corner Pack of Cat. No.312Low profile clear H12 50 (5 plates per bag) 7813 66Low profile white H12 50 (5 plates per bag) 7813 67Standard profile clear A12 50 (5 plates per bag) 7813 68Standard profile white A12 50 (5 plates per bag) 7813 693 Standard profile, elevated rim clear H12 50 (5 plates per bag) 7813 50Standard profile, elevated rim white H12 50 (5 plates per bag) 7813 54Please note the thermal cyclercompatibility table on page 134.96-well PCR plates in standard profile can be sealed with PCR caps (strips of 8),Cat. No. 7813 40 - 7813 44 and 7813 34 page 128.130info@brand.de

PCR Plates1Life ScienceLow profileLow profile,raised skirtStandard profileStandard profile,elevated rimNEW!296-well, semi-skirtedPP. 0.2 ml wells. 96-well semi-skirted PCR plates can easily be labeled or tagged with abarcode. A detailed compatibility table can be found on page 134.Description Color Cut corner Pack of Cat. No.312Low profile clear A12 50 (5 plates per bag) 7813 71Low profile white A12 50 (5 plates per bag) 7813 72Low profile, raised skirt clear A1 50 (5 plates per bag) 7813 73Low profile, raised skirt white A1 50 (5 plates per bag) 7813 743 Standard profile clear A12 50 (5 plates per bag) 7813 75Standard profile white A12 50 (5 plates per bag) 7813 764 Standard profile, elevated rim clear H12 50 (5 plates per bag) 7814 00Standard profile, elevated rim white H12 50 (5 plates per bag) 7813 57496-well, semi-skirtedSuitable for Roche ® LightCycler ® 480 and other thermal cyclersNEW!PP. 0.15 ml wells. Semi-skirted. With black alphanumeric code.Available with or without self-adhesive sealing film (polyester, high-transparent, for qPCR).Description Color Cut corner Pack of Cat. No.Low profile* white H12 50 (10 plates per bag) 7813 64Low profile* white H1250 (10 plates per bag)+ 50 films for qPCR7813 65* black alphanumeric code, no additional markings on the cut corner.96-well, skirtedNEW!PP. 0.2 ml wells. 96-well skirted PCR plates are especially rigid, and are optimally suitedfor use with automatic pipetting systems and for being transported. A detailed compatibilitytable can be found on page 134.Description Color Cut corner Pack of Cat. No.Low profile* clear A12 50 (10 plates per bag) 7813 77Low profile* white A12 50 (10 plates per bag) 7813 78* black alphanumeric code, no additional markings on the cut corner.www.brand.de131

PCR PlatesLife Scienceq! PCR384-well PCR Plates384-well, skirtedPP. The 40 μl wells can hold sample volumes of 2 μl to 30 μl. This helps to reduce reagentcosts and shortens cycle times. The plates can be filled using multichannel pipettes orrobotic systems. A detailed compatibility table can be found on page 134.Description Color Cut corner Pack of Cat. No.Skirted, PP clear A12, H12 50 (10 plates per bag) 7813 45Skirted, PP clear A12 50 (10 plates per bag) 7813 47Skirted, rigid plate clear A12 50 (10 plates per bag) 7813 48384-well, skirtedSuitable for Roche ® LightCycler ® 480 and other thermal cyclersPP. 0.03 ml tubes. The wells can hold sample volumes of 2 µl to 30 µl. This helps to reducereagent costs and shortens cycle times. The plates can be filled using multichannel pipettesor robotic systems.Description Color Cut corner Pack of Cat. No.Skirted white A12, H12 50 (10 plates per bag) 7813 58Please note the thermal cyclercompatibility table on page 134.Accessories PCR tubesPCR-Box/-Racksorted by color (red, yellow, green, purple, blue)PP. Suitable for sample preparation, for keeping and storing 0.2 ml single tubes,8-strips, and 12-strips, and 96-well PCR plates. These racks can also be stackedwithout lids. Withstand temperatures from -80 to +121 °C.Pack of 5.Cat. No. 7813 62PCR Mini coolerwith transparent lidPP. For protecting samples from warming. The mini PCR cooler keeps samples at 4 ºCfor approximately 3 hours. The insulating gel changes from violet to pink at 7 ºC.Suitable for 0.2 ml single tubes, 8-strips, and 12-strips, as well as 96-well PCR plates.Pack of 2.Cat. No. 7812 60132info@brand.de

PCR Sealing Mats andSealing FilmsPCR sealing matsPCR sealing mats have been designed to fit BRAND PCR plates exactly and reduce evaporationlosses by up to 75% compared to conventional systems. They are characterized by theirhigh flexibility, tight sealing, autoclavability and are easily pierced by pipette tips.Life Science24-, 48- and 96-wellProduct Material Pack of Cat. No.24-well mat (for Cat. No. 7814 11) TPE 10 7814 0248-well mat (for Cat. No. 7814 15) TPE 10 7814 0396-well mat (for Cat. No. 7813 50, 7814 00) TPE 5 7814 05384-wellProduct Material Pack of Cat. No.384-well mat (for Cat. No. 7813 45, 7813 47) silicone* 10 7814 08* autoclavable five timesPCR sealing films, self-adhesiveIn case the PCR plates need not only to be covered, but also securely sealed, self-adhesivesealing films are available. These film sheets can be easily applied on the plates and removedwithout the use of expensive equipment.for ELISA, PCRPP. Allows visual inspection. Temperature range -40 °C to +125 °C. Single film.Packs of 100 sheets.Cat. No. 7813 90for ELISA, Real-Time PCR (qPCR)Polyester. High-transparency. Allows visual inspection. Temperature range -20 °C to+120 °C. Single film. Packs of 100 sheets.Cat. No. 7813 91q! PCRfor storage, ELISA, PCRPP. DMSO resistant. Allows visual inspection. Temperature range -80 °C to +120 °C.Single film. Pack of 100 sheets.Cat. No. 7013 67www.brand.de133

Thermal Cycler CompatibilityLife ScienceThermal Cycler CompatibilityOne glance at the table will tell you which BRAND PCR plates are compatible with your thermal cycler. We are continuously updating the tablewith information from manufacturers and feedback from our customers. Ask for a free sample of our PCR plates to check compatibility with yourthermal cycler (www.brand.de), with no obligation.non-skirted semi-skirted r.s.-s.* skirted7814 117814 727814 157814 167813 667813 677813 687813 697813 507813 547814 007813 577813 647813 717813 727813 757813 767813 737813 747813 777813 787813 457813 477813 48rigid7813 58white color x x x x x x x x x x x x xnumber of wells 24 48 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 384 384 384 384standard well x x x x x x xLow Profile well x x x xcut corner H12 A12 H12 H12 H12 A12 A12 A1 A12 A12 + H12 A12 A12 A12 + H12APPLIED BIOSYSTEMS ®2700 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●3100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●3130 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●3500 ● ● ● ●3700 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●3730/ 3730x ● ● ● ● ● ● ●9600 ● ● ● ● ● ●9700 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●9800 Fast ●5700 ● ● ● ● ●7000 ● ● ● ● ● ●7300 ● ● ● ● ● ●7500 ● ● ● ● ● ●7700 ● ● ● ● ● ●7900 HT ● ● ● ● ●7500 Fast ●Step One Plus●Veriti 0.2 ml●Veriti 0.1 ml●AMERSHAM ® BioscienceMegaBace ® 500●MegaBace ® 1000●MegaBace ® 4000 ● ● ● ● ●BECKMAN ®CEQ ● ●MegaBace ® 4000 ● ● ● ● ●BIOMETRA ® Analytik Jena AGUno ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●Uno II ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●T1 Thermal Cycler ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●Tgradient ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●Trobot ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●BIORAD ® /MJ RESEARCH ®Genecycler●C1000 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●S100 ● ● ● ●PTC-200 DNA-Engine ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●PTC-220 DNA-Eng. Dyad ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●PTC-221 Dyad-Disciple ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●PTC-225 DNA-Tetrad ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●PTC-240 DNA-Tetrad 2●Base Station●iCycler ● ● ● ● ● ●MyCycler ● ● ● ● ●MyiQ ● ● ● ● ● ●iQ4 ● ● ●iQ5 ● ● ● ● ● ●CFX96 ● ●Chromo 4 ● ● ● ●Opticon ● ● ●Opticon 2 ● ● ●Opticon 4 ● ●Corbett ResearchPalm Cycler 96●Palm Cycler 384 ● ● ● ●Eppendorf ®Mastercycler ® Gradient ● ● ● ● ● ●Mastercycler ® ep ● ● ● ● ● ●Mastercycler ® ● ● ● ●Mastercycler ® M384 ● ● ● ●Mastercycler ® ep Realplex ● ● ● ● ●134info@brand.de

Thermal Cycler Compatibilitycontinuednon-skirted semi-skirted r.s.-s.* skirtedLife Science7814 117814 727814 157814 167813 667813 677813 687813 697813 507813 547814 007813 577813 647813 717813 727813 757813 767813 737813 747813 777813 787813 457813 477813 48rigid7813 58white color x x x x x x x x x x x x xnumber of wells 24 48 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 384 384 384 384standard well x x x x x x xLow Profile well x x x xcut corner H12 A12 H12 H12 H12 A12 A12 A1 A12 A12 + H12 A12 A12 A12 + H12EricompSingle Block ● ● ● ● ● ●Twin Block ● ● ● ● ● ●Power Block ● ● ● ●Delta Cycler ● ● ● ● ● ● ●EscoSwift ● ●FlexiGene ● ● ●Genius ● ●G-StormGS1/ GS4/ GSX ● ● ● ●Thermo HybaidMulti Block System ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●Omnigene ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●Omn-E ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●PCR-Express ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●PCR-Sprint − − ● ● − − ● ● ●pxe ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●px2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●Touchdown ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●MWG ®Primus 96 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●Primus 384 ● ● ● ● ●The Q LifeCycler ● ●PEQLAB ®PeqStar 96 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●Roche ®LightCycler ® 480 ● ●STRATAGENE ®Robocycler ● ● ● ● − ● ● ● ● ●Robocycler Gradient ● ● ● ● ●Mx 3000 ● ● ●Mx 3000 P ● ● ● ●Mx 3005 P ● ● ●Mx 4000 ● ● ● ● ●TaKaRa ®TP2400 ● ● ● ●TP3000 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●TECHNE ®TC-412 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●Flexigene ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●Genius ● ● ● ● ● ● ●Genius Quad ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●TC-512 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●Touchgene Gradient ● ● ● ● ● ● ●Touchgene X ● ● ● ●TC-3000X ● ● ● − − − −QuanticaCyclogene ● ● ● ● ●TRANSGENOMIC ®Wave System ● ●* r. s.-s. = raised skirt semi-skirted● = compatible − = not compatible= no informationStatus as of: 0713www.brand.de135

Sample StorageLife ScienceSample StorageBRAND has developed a number of disposableproducts of polypropylene and polystyrene especiallyfor the storage of life science samples.These products are popular for applicationsincluding cell biology, molecular biology, drugdiscovery tests, and screening.Featuresn Polypropylene for high chemical resistance,e.g., DMSO, phenol, chloroformn Autoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar),acc. DIN EN 285 (PP-plates)n Optimal sample mixing and recovery usingU-bottom wellsn Alphanumeric code and cut-away cornersimplify sample identification and orientationn Can be used with multichannel pipettes andautomatic liquid handling systems from allleading manufacturers136info@brand.de

Deep-well PlatesDeep-well PlatesThe most important application for deep-well plates is sample storage (e.g., in substancelibraries). Deep-well plates are also an important component in numerous other applications,e.g., cultivation of microorganisms, extraction of nucleic acids and proteins, screening studies,etc.Life ScienceEssential features of the 96-well deep-well plates made from PPn Free from DNA, RNases, and DNasesn High chemical resistance, e.g., against DMSOn Temperature range -80 °C to 121 °Cn According to ANSI/SLAS 1 and 4n Stackable1,2 elevated skirtThe 1.2 ml Low Profile model reduces the space requirements by approx. 30%.1296-wellU-bottom wells, non-sterilePP and PS. Capacities 0.5 ml, 1.1 ml, 1.2 ml Low Profile and 2.2 ml.NEW!3CapacitymlMaterialwellshapeHeightmmPackofCat. No.12340,5 PP round 28.5 48 7013 461,1 PP round 40.6 24 7013 501,1* PS round 41.0 32 7013 521,2 elevated skirt PP round 41.4 32 7013 421,2 Low Profile** PP round 26.5 50 7013 402,2 PP square 44.0 24 7013 54* Not autoclavable, usable down to -20 °C** Not checked for absence of DNA, RNases, and DNasesNEW!4www.brand.de137

Deep-well PlatesLife Science384-wellV-bottom wells, non-sterilePP. Capacity 0.3 ml. Designed for a wide range of applications, such as High-ThroughputScreening (HTS), tests requiring a mother plate, cell and tissue cultures, serial dilutions,reagent transfer and sample storage down to -80 °C. Deep-well plates are manufacturedin the ANSI/SLAS format and are stackable for easy storage. Pack of 48.Cat. No. 7013 55Cover mats for Deep-well platesCover mats reduce the maximum volume of wells.Adhesive sealing films can also be used.Description Material Pack of Cat. No.for 0.3 ml 384-well plates Silicone 50 7013 57for 0.5 ml 96-well plates PP 50 7013 58for 1.1 ml 96-well plates mod. PE 24 7013 60for 1.2 ml 96-well plates, Low Profile TPE 50 7013 68for 2.2 ml 96-well plates EVA 24 7013 62Microtitration plates and deep-well platesare also available with bar codes. Moreinformation at www.brand.de.96-well microplateU-bottom wells, non-sterilePP. For volumes up to 300 µl. Compatible with virtually all leading microplate centrifuges.Raised rings around the orifice of each well minimize possible cross-contamination.The plates can be sealed using self-adhesive films, such as DMSO-resistant sealing film(for more information, see page 140).Pack of 100 (10 per bag).Cat. No. 7013 30138info@brand.de

Racks · Tubes96 tube rackswith 0.65 ml or 1.2 ml tubes, non-sterile, for use with robotsTubes and rack are autoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285 (cover mat/strip,TPE, not autoclavable). Tubes, racks, and lids can withstand temperatures as low as-80 °C. The seal of the tubes is pressure-tested. Thanks to the stable connection betweenthe mounting plate and the racks, the stackable racks in ANSI/SLAS format are especiallywell-suited for use with robots and other automated dispensing systems. Coded tubes (A1- H12) and rack sides suitable for barcode labels simplify sample organization.Life ScienceDescription Material PackofCat. No.Rack with lid for 0.65 ml tubes, empty* PP 50 7815 62Rack with lid with 96 coded 0.65 ml tubes* PP 50 7815 65Refill unit of 96 coded 0.65 ml tubes* PP 50 7815 72Single 0.65 ml tube w/o coding PP 5000 7815 75Rack with lid for 1.2 ml tubes, empty* PP 50 7815 63Rack with lid with 96 coded 1.2 ml tubes* PP 50 7815 66Refill unit of 96 coded 1.2 ml tubes* PP 50 7815 73Single 1.2 ml tube w/o coding PP 5000 7815 76Strip of 8 lids, piercable TPE 1000 7815 82Cover mat for 96 tubes, piercable TPE 100 7815 83* Not available in the USA.Tubes 1.2 ml, rack packedTubes and rack, non-sterilePP tubes and rack are autoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285 (caps, PE, arenot autoclavable). Ideal for biological tests, such as PCR, cell uptake studies, RIA andEIA. Designed for storing and freezing down to -80 °C, and for transporting reagents andsamples. Compatible with standard microplates and suitable for working with multichannelpipettors. (Size of tubes: outer Ø 8.8 mm, height 45 mm.)Description Material PackofCat. No.Rack with 96 individual tubes PP 10 7815 00Rack with 12 strips of 8 tubes PP 10 7815 10Individual tubes PP 960 7815 20Strip of 8 tubes PP 120 7815 25Individual caps PE 960 7815 30Strip of 8 caps PE 120 7815 35Rack with grid, empty PP 10 7815 40www.brand.de139

Sealing FilmsLife ScienceSealing films, self-adhesiveIn case the microplates need not only to be covered, but also securely sealed, self-adhesive sealingfilms are available. These film sheets can be easily applied on the plates and also removed withoutthe use of expensive equipment. They are available in different versions and are especially wellsuitedfor storage or cell- and tissue-culture.for ELISA, PCRPP. Allows visual inspection.Temperature range -40 °C to+125 °C. Single film.Packs of 100 sheets.Cat. No. 7813 90for automationPE top, underside PP withadhesive. Easy to pierce withpipette tips. Inert, chemicallyresistant. Temperature range-40 °C to +90 °C. Single film.Packs of 50 sheets.Cat. No. 7013 70for ELISA, Real-Time PCRPolyester. High-transparency.Allows visual inspection.Temperature range -20 °C to+120 °C. Single film.Packs of 100 sheets.Cat. No. 7813 91for storage, ELISA, PCRPP. DMSO resistant. Allowsvisual inspection. Temperaturerange -80 °C to +120 °C.Single film.Pack of 100 sheets.Cat. No. 7013 67for fluorescencemeasurementVinyl, black. Light-absorbent.Temperature range -40 °C to+80 °C. Single film.Packs of 50 sheets.Cat. No. 7013 71q! PCRfor cold storageAluminum. Easy to piercewith pipette tips. Temperaturerange -80 °C to +120 °C.Packs of 100 sheets.Single film or 1 roll.Single sheetsCat. No. 7813 81RollCat. No. 7813 80for cell and tissue cultureRayon. Gas-permeable.Temperature range -20 °C to+80 °C. Single film.Non-sterile: pack of 100sheets, sterile: pack of 50sheets.Non-sterileCat. No. 7013 64SterileCat. No. 7013 65for luminescencemeasurementVinyl, white. Reflective.Temperature range -40 °C+80 °C. Single film.Packs of 50 sheets.Cat. No. 7013 72RollerHard rubber. For simple, evenpressure of self-adhesivefilms. Pack of 1.Cat. No. 7013 80140info@brand.de

Cryogenic TubesCryogenic TubesDesigned for storage of biological material, such as microorganisms, human and animal cells,etc. in the gaseous phase of liquid nitrogen.PP, graduated, outer-Ø 12.5 mm. Large frosted marking area and colored cap inserts foreasy sample identification. Temperature stability to -196 °C, γ-sterilized (SAL 10 -6 ) and autoclavableat 121 °C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285.Marked with the CE symbol according to the IVD Directive 98/79 EC. Tubes without ringstands can be centrifuged at up to an RCF of 14 000 g.Cryogenic tubes are sterile,RNase-, DNase-, DNA- andendotoxin-free.Life Sciencewith external threadScrew-on cap with silicone sealPack of 1000 (10 bags of 100).CapacitymlSubdivision up tomlDescriptionHeightmmCat. No.1.2 1.0 self-standing 41 1148 302.0 1.8 round-bottom 47 1148 312.0 1.8 self-standing 49 1148 323.0 3.0 self-standing 70 1148 334.0 3.6 self-standing 76 1148 345.0 4.5 self-standing 90 1148 35with internal threadScrew-on cap with sealing conePack of 1000 (10 bags of 100).CapacitymlSubdivision up tomlDescriptionHeightmmCat. No.1.2 1.0 self-standing 41 1148 402.0 1.8 self-standing 49 1148 412.0 1.8 round-bottom 48 1148 424.0 3.6 round-bottom 70 1148 434.0 3.6 self-standing 71 1148 445.0 4.6 round-bottom 90 1148 45Cap insertsPP. Fit for all sizes.Pack of 500.ColorCat. No.white 1148 50blue 1148 51red 1148 52green 1148 53yellow 1148 54www.brand.de141

Accessories Cryogenic TubesLife ScienceAccessories Cryogenic TubesStorage boxesPC. For cryogenic tubes. Operating range (in the gaseous phase of liquid nitrogen)-196 °C to +121 °C. Autoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285.Pack of 4.for cryogenic tubesmlPositionsLengthmmWidthmmHeightmmCat. No.1.2 and 2 81 132 132 52 1148 623, 4 and 5* / *** 81 132 132 95 1148 641.2 and 2** 100 132 132 52 1148 66* Pack of 5 ** internal thread *** external threadCryogenic tube rackPP, blue. For 50 self-standing cryogenictubes. Pack of 4.Cat. No. 1148 60Microcentrifuge tube racksPP. Operating temperature -20 °C to +90 °C. Autoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar),acc. DIN EN 285. Density 1.2 g/cm 3 , will not float in waterbath.L x W x H in mm: 265 x 126 x 38. Pack of 5.PositionswhiteCat. No.blueCat. No.redCat. No.yellowCat. No.6 x 14 43410 00 43410 01 43410 02 43410 03Mini coolerPC. Mini coolers are designed to protect a wide range of solutions (enzymes, DNA, RNA,cell suspensions) by helping to maintain freezer temperatures on the lab bench. Durablepolycarbonate filled with non-toxic gel. Mini coolers hold twelve 0.5 ml to 2.0 ml tubes.Pack of 1.Bench temperaturemaintainedTime held Color Cat. No.0 °C 60 min. red 1149 30-20 °C 60 min. yellow 1149 35-70 °C 45 min. white 1149 40142info@brand.de

BRANDplates ® MicroplatesBRANDplates ®MicroplatesLife ScienceModern research methods require high-qualitydisposables.BRANDplates ® microplates can be used in allimportant fields of life science. For this comprehensiveline, three immunological and four cellculture surfaces have been developed under themost modern production conditions.The product line covers a multitude of standardapplications (e.g., homogenous assays, screenings)as well as applications in the fields of immunologyand cell culture technique.nnNon-treated surfacespureGrade pureGrade SImmunologyimmunoGrade hydroGrade lipoGrade n Cell culturecellGrade cellGrade pluscellGrade premiuminertGrade The BRANDplates ® product range has grownto more than 115 different microplates.To assist you in the selection and to give aquick overview, we offer the BRANDplates ®Selection Guide, available on the internet atwww.brand.de.www.brand.de143

BRANDplates ® MicroplatesLife ScienceBRANDplates ®pureGrade pureGrade SMicroplates,non-treated surfaceNon-treated microplates made of PS are usedin the most diversified application fields, suchas homogenous standard assays and extensivescreening assays. The hydrophobic characteristicsof non-treated PS are often helpful in performingthese applications.pureGrade (medium binding)*Non-treated surface, non-sterile• The standard plate for most applications.• Particularly applicable for homogenous assays,screening, and for storage.* high binding surface, see page 150pureGrade SNon-treated surface, sterile• Sterilized via β-radiation.• Especially suited for bacteriological assays.144info@brand.de

BRANDplates ®non-treatedApplication SpecificationsApplicationTypes (see below)96-well 384-well 1536-wellLife SciencepureGrade medium binding, non-sterilefor homogenous assays, screening, andfor storage, for DNA, RNA and proteinquantification1 2 3 41 21pureGrade Ssterilefor bacteriological assays, screenings etc.1 21 21Types96-well microplatesNEW!NEW!1 Standard2 with transparent bottom 3 with UV-transparent film 4bottomStrip plates(without and with grid)384-well microplates1 Standard2with transparent bottom1536-well microplatesInsert System microplatespureGrade S 6-well and 24-wellcan be found on page 159.1Standardwww.brand.de145

BRANDplates ®non-treatedLife Science96-well MicroplatespureGrade (medium binding)PS. Non-treated, non-sterile.For homogenous assays, screenings, storage, etc.Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.12NEW!1 96-well standard microplatestransparent U-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7816 00transparent V-bottom 360 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7816 01transparent F-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7816 02transparent C-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7816 03white U-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7816 04white F-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7816 05black U-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7816 07black F-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7816 082 96-well microplates with transparent bottomwhite F-bottom 330 µl 100 (4 bags of 25 plates) 7816 10black F-bottom 330 µl 100 (4 bags of 25 plates) 7816 113 96-well microplates with UV-transparent film bottomtransparent,UV-transparent*F-bottom 350 µl 50 (5 bags of 10 plates) 7816 14 14 96-well strip platestransparent, without grid,strips of 8 wells, not divisibleF-bottom 360 µl 100 (4 bags of 25 plates) 7823 00transparent, with grid,strips of 8 wells, divisibleF-bottom 350 µl 100 (4 bags of 25 plates) 7823 01* PS with UV-transparent film bottom, slightly hydrophilized, 25 μm bottom thickness, transmission at 240 nm 80%1not available in USANEW!NEW!NEW!3NEW!4pureGrade SPS. Non-treated, sterile.For bacteriological assays, screenings, storage, etc.Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.1 96-well standard microplatestransparent U-bottom 330 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7816 60transparent V-bottom 360 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7816 61transparent F-bottom 350 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7816 62transparent C-bottom 350 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7816 63white F-bottom 350 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7816 65black F-bottom 350 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7816 682 96-well microplates with transparent bottomwhite F-bottom 330 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7816 70black F-bottom 330 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7816 71Lids for BRANDplates ®microplates can be foundon page 164.146info@brand.de

BRANDplates ®non-treated384-well MicroplatespureGrade (medium binding)PS. Non-treated, non-sterile.For homogenous assays, screenings, storage, etc.Life ScienceColor Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.1 384-well standard microplatestransparent F-bottom 100 µl 50 (5 bags of 10 plates) 7816 20white F-bottom 100 µl 50 (5 bags of 10 plates) 7816 21black F-bottom 100 µl 50 (5 bags of 10 plates) 7816 222 384-well microplates with transparent bottomwhite F-bottom 120 µl 50 (2 bags of 25 plates) 7816 26black F-bottom 120 µl 50 (2 bags of 25 plates) 7816 271pureGrade SPS. Non-treated, sterile.For bacteriological assays, screenings, storage, etc.2Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.1 384-well standard microplatestransparent F-bottom 100 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7816 80white F-bottom 100 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7816 81black F-bottom 100 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7816 822 384-well microplates with transparent bottomwhite F-bottom 120 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7816 86black F-bottom 120 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7816 87www.brand.de147

BRANDplates ®non-treatedLife Science1536-well MicroplatespureGrade PS. Non-treated, non-sterile.For homogenous assays, screenings, storage, etc.Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.1 1536-well standard microplatestransparent F-bottom 10 µl 50 (5 bags of 10 plates) 7816 40white F-bottom 10 µl 50 (5 bags of 10 plates) 7816 41black F-bottom 10 µl 50 (5 bags of 10 plates) 7816 421pureGrade SPS. Non-treated, sterile.For bacteriological assays, screenings, storage, etc.Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.1 1536-well standard microplatestransparent F-bottom 10 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7817 00white F-bottom 10 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7817 01black F-bottom 10 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7817 02Information on untreated Petridishes made of PS and inoculationloops can be found on page 244.148info@brand.de

BRANDplates ® MicroplatesBRANDplates ®Life ScienceimmunoGrade hydroGrade lipoGrade Microplatesfor ImmunoassaysDiagnosis of disease, pregnancy or verificationof doping substances – many analyses in themodern laboratory are performed with immunologicalassays in microplates.They are characterized by their high specificityand provide the opportunity to detect the lowestconcentrations of defined substances in complexliquids, such as blood serum.www.brand.de149

BRANDplates ® MicroplatesLife ScienceBRANDplates ®Surfaces for ImmunoassaysimmunoGrade , hydroGrade and lipoGrade – three surfaces with differentaffinities to different types of molecules. The BRANDplates ® microplates aresuitable for a broad section of applications like ELISA, RIA, FIA, etc.immunoGrade (high-binding)*Optimized for the immobilization of IgG• Optimized for the immobilization of IgG, offering highest binding capacity formolecules with mixed hydrophilic and hydrophobic regions.• The surface of choice for the majority of standard ELISAs.• Suitable for solid phase immunoassays.• Comparable to 'high-binding' plates from other manufacturers.* medium binding surface, see page 144hydroGrade For the immobilization of hydrophilic molecules• Strongly hydrophilic, with high affinity to hydrophilic molecules, such as glycoproteins andpeptides, antibodies with predominantly hydrophilic regions, and nucleic acids.• An alternative to the immunoGrade surface when performing solid phase assays.• Alternative for homogeneous assays with hydrophobic molecules, that remain in solution.lipoGrade For the immobilization of hydrophobic molecules• Strongly hydrophobic (lipophilic), for immobilization of biomolecules with predominantlyhydrophobic regions.• An alternative to the immunoGrade surface for the immobilization of molecules, suchas lipoproteins or peptides.• Specially suited for liquid phase assays when the reaction component should stay insolution. The majority of hydrophilic biomolecules are not immobilized on this surface.150info@brand.de

BRANDplates ®ImmunoassaysApplication SpecificationsApplicationTypes (see below)96-well384-wellLife ScienceimmunoGrade Standard ELISA, solid phase immunoassays,optimized for the immobilization of IgG,high-binding, non-sterile comparable to other 'high-binding' plates1 2 3 1lipoGrade hydroGrade Solid phase with hydrophilic molecules,non-sterileliquid phase with hydrophobic molecules1 1non-sterileSolid phase with hydrophobic molecules,liquid phase with hydrophilic molecules1 2 1 2Types96-well microplatesNEW!1 Standard2 with transparent bottom 3Strip plates(without and with grid)384-well microplates1 Standard2with transparent bottomwww.brand.de151

BRANDplates ®ImmunoassaysLife Science96-well MicroplatesimmunoGrade (high-binding)PS, non-sterile.Optimized for the immobilization of IgG, standard ELISA assay.Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.12NEW!12396-well standard microplatestransparent U-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 20transparent V-bottom 360 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 21transparent F-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 22transparent C-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 23white U-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 24white C-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 26black U-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 27black C-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 2996-well microplates with transparent bottomblack F-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 3196-well strip platestransparent, without grid,strips of 8 wells, not divisibletransparent, with grid,strips of 8 wells, divisiblehydroGrade F-bottom 360 µl 100 (4 bags of 25 plates) 7823 05F-bottom 350 µl 100 (4 bags of 25 plates) 7823 06PS, non-sterile. Hydrophilic. For solid phase with hydrophilic moleculesand liquid phase with hydrophobic molecules, respectively.Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.NEW!NEW!31 96-well standard microplatestransparent U-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 80transparent F-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 82transparent C-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 83white U-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 84white C-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 86black U-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 87black C-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 89lipoGrade PS, non-sterile. Lipophilic/hydrophobic. For solid phase with hydrophobic moleculesand liquid phase with hydrophilic molecules, respectively.Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.1 96-well standard microplatestransparent U-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 40transparent V-bottom 360 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 41transparent F-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 42transparent C-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 43white U-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 44white C-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 46black U-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 47black C-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 492 96-well microplates with transparent bottomwhite F-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 50black F-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 51152info@brand.de

BRANDplates ®Immunoassays384-well MicroplatesimmunoGrade (high-binding)PS, non-sterile.Optimized for the immobilization of IgG, standard ELISA assay.Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.Life Science1 384-well standard microplatestransparent F-bottom 100 µl 50 (10 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 40white F-bottom 100 µl 50 (10 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 41black F-bottom 100 µl 50 (10 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 421hydroGrade PS, non-sterile. Hydrophilic. For solid phase with hydrophilic moleculesand liquid phase with hydrophobic molecules, respectively.Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.1 384-well standard microplatestransparent F-bottom 100 µl 50 (10 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 00white F-bottom 100 µl 50 (10 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 01black F-bottom 100 µl 50 (10 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 022lipoGrade PS, non-sterile. Lipophilic/hydrophobic. For solid phase with hydrophobic moleculesand liquid phase with hydrophilic molecules, respectively.Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.1 384-well standard microplatestransparent F-bottom 100 µl 50 (10 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 60white F-bottom 100 µl 50 (10 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 61black F-bottom 100 µl 50 (10 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 622 384-well microplates with transparent bottomwhite F-bottom 120 µl 50 (10 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 66black F-bottom 120 µl 50 (10 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 67Lids for BRANDplates ®microplates can be foundon page 164.www.brand.de153

BRANDplates ® MicroplatesLife ScienceBRANDplates ®cellGrade cellGrade pluscellGrade premiuminertGrade Microplatesfor Cell CultureCell culture is increasing in popularity in theresearch and development area. Outside ofbasic research, cells are cultivated today for anumber of reasons, including the production ofproteins and, in particular, as assay systems.As cell cultures can sometimes be quite demandingregarding their environment, the disposablesused for cultivation have to be of highest quality.BRAND has drawn upon its extensive experiencein the production of high-quality plasticdisposables to expand the product range ofBRANDplates ® microplates into the field of cellculture.154info@brand.de

BRANDplates ® MicroplatesBRANDplates ®Surfaces for Cell CultureAdherent cells prefer polar surfaces that possess hydrophilic functional groups.In contrast suspension cells prefer extremly hydrophobic or hydrophilic surfaces,that don’t allow any immobilization. Four different plate surfaces – cellGrade ,cellGrade plus, cellGrade premium, inertGrade – allow the optimum combinationbetween microplate and specific cell line.Life SciencecellGrade For the cultivation of adherent cells• Standard surface for the cultivation of adherent cell lines.• PS-surface with different chemical groups, such as carboxyl and hydroxyl groups,that are freely accessible.• Surface is hydrophilic compared with non-treated PS.• Serum components are easily bound onto the freely accessible chemical groups,allowing an indirect adhesion of cells.cellGrade plusFor reduced-serum media cultivation of cells• For cultivation of fastidious cell lines.• In addition to carboxyl and hydroxyl chemical groups, free amino groups are present onthe surface.• The surface has a protein-like composition, so cells can directly attach and spread out.• Cells adhere faster, better rate of yield.• Sensitive cell lines can be cultivated.• Suited for serum-reduced cultivation of cells.cellGrade premiumPoly-D-Lysine-equivalent surface• Poly-D-Lysine-equivalent surface, with analogous results regarding growth performanceand cell morphology.• Optimal adhesion of cells to the surface reduces cell damage when washing frequently.• Cultivation of cell lines with the highest demands on their environment.• Surface suited for serum-free and serum-reduced cultivation of cells.• Good shelf life at room temperature.• The alternative option to biologically coated surfaces.inertGrade For cultivation of suspension cells• Especially suited for cell cultures, when adhesion is not desired.• Optimized surface characteristics reduce cell adhesion and protein adsorptionto a minimum.• Inhibits early differentiation of stem cells.• Sterilized with ethylene oxide.www.brand.de155

BRANDplates ®Cell CultureLife SciencecellGrade sterile1 2cellGrade plusSerum-reduced cultivation for fastidioussterilecell cultures1 2cellGrade premium For fastidious cell lines, serum reducedsterileand -free cultivation1 2sterileApplication SpecificationsApplicationFor standard applications in cell culture,e.g., for the cultivation of adherent celllinesCultivation of cells (including normallyadherent types) in suspensionTypes (see below)96-well 384-well 1536-well1 21 211221Types96-well microplatesAccessories for cell cultureapplications (Transferpette ®multichannel pipettes, accujet® pro, QuikSip ) can befound on page 59, 99, 104.1 Standard2with transparent bottom384-well microplates1 Standard2with transparent bottom1536-well microplatesInsert System microplatescellGrade plus 6-welland 24-well can be foundon page 159.1Standard156info@brand.de

BRANDplates ®Cell CulturecellGrade PS, sterile. For standard cell culture applications.Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.1296-well standard microplatestransparent U-bottom 330 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7819 60transparent V-bottom 360 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7819 61transparent F-bottom 350 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7819 62transparent C-bottom 350 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7819 63white F-bottom 350 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7819 65black F-bottom 350 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7819 6896-well microplates with transparent bottomwhite F-bottom 330 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7819 70black F-bottom 330 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7819 71cellGrade plusPS, sterile.For cultivation of fastidious cell lines and for serum-reduced cultivation.Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.96-well Microplates1Life Science1296-well standard microplatestransparent F-bottom 350 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7820 22white F-bottom 350 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7820 25black F-bottom 350 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7820 2896-well microplates with transparent bottomwhite F-bottom 330 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7820 30black F-bottom 330 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7820 31cellGrade premiumPS, sterile. For the most demanding cell lines, and for serum-reduced and serum-freecultivation.Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.21 96-well standard microplatestransparent F-bottom 350 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7820 82white F-bottom 350 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7820 85black F-bottom 350 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7820 882 96-well microplates with transparent bottomnwhite F-bottom 330 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7820 90black F-bottom 330 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7820 91inertGrade PS, sterile. For cultivation of suspension and stem cells.Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.1 96-well standard microplatestransparent U-bottom 330 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7819 00transparent F-bottom 350 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7819 02white U-bottom 330 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7819 04white F-bottom 350 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7819 05white C-bottom 350 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7819 06black U-bottom 330 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7819 07black F-bottom 350 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7819 08black C-bottom 350 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7819 092 96-well microplates with transparent bottomwhite F-bottom 330 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7819 10black F-bottom 330 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7819 11www.brand.de157

BRANDplates ®Cell CultureLife Science384-well MicroplatescellGrade PS, sterile. For standard cell culture applications.Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.11 384-well standard microplatestransparent F-bottom 100 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7819 80white F-bottom 100 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7819 81black F-bottom 100 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7819 822 384-well microplates with transparent bottomwhite F-bottom 120 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7819 86black F-bottom 120 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7819 872cellGrade plusPS, sterile.For cultivation of fastidious cell lines and for serum-reduced cultivation.Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.1 384-well standard microplatestransparent F-bottom 100 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7820 402 384-well microplates with transparent bottomwhite F-bottom 120 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7820 46black F-bottom 120 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7820 47cellGrade premiumPS, sterile. For the most demanding cell lines, and for serum-reduced and serum-freecultivation.Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.Lids for BRANDplates ®microplates can be foundon page 164.1 384-well standard microplatestransparent F-bottom 100 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7821 002 384-well microplates with transparent bottomwhite F-bottom 120 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7821 06black F-bottom 120 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7821 071536-well MicroplatescellGrade PS, sterile. For standard cell culture applications.Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.11 1536-well standard microplatestransparent F-bottom 10 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7820 00white F-bottom 10 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7820 01black F-bottom 10 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7820 02158info@brand.de

BRANDplates ®Insert SystemNEW!BRANDplates ®Insert SystemLife ScienceThe new BRANDplates ® Insert System offersan innovative expansion of the existing cell cultureproduct line at BRAND. Perfect for manualapplications and for use with pipetting robots!The new cell culture plates and the associatedinserts are available in both a 24-well standardand a 6-well special plate. These can be usedin a wide variety of applications. The standardmodel is used in such applications as co-culture,secretion studies, and chemotaxis tests, and thespecial model finds application in the automatedin vitro preparation of human tissues (3-D tissueculture). Skin, epidermis, and corneal models,etc., have taken on greater importance due tolegislation that restricts animal experimentationto a minimum. These tissues are now employedon a daily basis for tolerance studies, toxicitytests, and irritation tests in the pharmaceuticaland cosmetics industries.www.brand.de159

BRANDplates ®Insert SystemLife ScienceNEW!BRANDplates ® Insert SystemFor manual and automated cell and tissue culture work.The BRAND Insert System, co-developed with the Fraunhofer Society, includestwo different cell culture plates and two types of cell culture inserts, which canalso be used in combination.24-well Standard PlatecellGrade plus and pureGrade S surface• The plate includes 24 individually fillable wells that can be fitted with strips of 4 insertsand/or individual inserts.• Manufactured according to the requirements in ANSI/SLAS Standards 1 and 4• cellGrade plus surface: sterile, hydrophilic with different chemical groups,such as carboxyl and hydroxyl groups, that are freely accessible.• pureGrade S surface: untreated, sterile6-well Special PlatecellGrade plus and pureGrade S surface• The 4 wells are all connected as one large, elongated well. This well can be fitted with astrip of 4 inserts so that all 4 of the inserts in the strip can be supplied with medium atthe same time.• Manufactured according to the requirements in ANSI/SLAS Standards 1 and 4• cellGrade plus surface: sterile, hydrophilic with different chemical groups,such as carboxyl and hydroxyl groups, that are freely accessible.• pureGrade S surface: untreated, sterileCell Culture Insert Stripssmooth-walledcellGrade plus surface• Smooth-walled, for standard applications such as secretion studies, co-culture,migration studies, chemotaxis tests, etc.• cellGrade plus surface: sterile, hydrophilic with different chemical groups,such as carboxyl and hydroxyl groups, that are freely accessible.Cell Culture Insert StripsInlet Opening System*cellGrade plus surface• With special inlet channels, for automated in vitro preparation of human tissues. The InletOpening System* enables rapid, consistent changing of media, from submersion cultureto air-lift culture. The special inlet channels enable adjustment of the medium level withoutdamage to the skin model.• cellGrade plus surface: sterile, hydrophilic with different chemical groups,such as carboxyl and hydroxyl groups, that are freely accessible.* Patent pending160info@brand.de

BRANDplates ®Insert SystemA Closer Look...The well and insert are perfectlycoordinated:The guide grooves in the support collars forthe wells in the standard 24-well plate holdthe guide ridges of the insert in position.This prevents the individual inserts from rotating– the feed ports on the wells remainopen. At the same time, the guide ridgescenter the insert in the well.Hanging InsertsThe distance from the well bottom to theinsert membrane is 4 mm.Guide grooves in thestandard 24-well platesGuideridgeFeedingportn Innovative, specially designedwells with side feeding portsn Track-etched PC and PET membranesn Sterile according to ISO 11 137and AAMI Guidelines, SAL 10 -6n Non-cytotoxic according toISO 10 993-5, endotoxins-free(< 0.01 EU/ml), free from DNA,DNase, and RNase.Life ScienceThe cultures remain undisturbed!Media can be changed simply and with minimaldisruption using the plate’s feed ports,without moving or shifting inserts already inplace – perfect for working with pipettingrobots!Membrane pore size / application examplesPore sizeAreas of application0.4 µm Co-culture, transport studies, secretion studies, cell polarity studies, etc.1.0 µm Co-culture, transport studies, secretion studies, etc.3.0 µm Migration studies, chemotaxis studies, metastasis experiments, etc.8.0 µm Migration studies, chemotaxis studies, metastasis experiments, etc.See also the construction of full-thickness skin models by the Fraunhofer IGB(www.tissue-factory.com)Membrane pore size and densityProperties PC PETOptical properties translucent transparentCell visibility under Light Microscopy – +Membrane thicknessPore size 0.4 µm 10 µm 12 µmPore size 1.0 µm 11 µm 12 µmPore size 3.0 µm 9 µm 15 µmPore size 8.0 µm 7 µm 23 µmPore density (pores per cm²)Pore size 0.4 µm 1 x 10 8 2 x 10 6Pore size 1.0 µm 2 x 10 7 2 x 10 6Pore size 3.0 µm 2 x 10 6 6 x 10 5Pore size 8.0 µm 1 x 10 5 6 x 10 4Comparison of individual insert vs. individual well in the 24-well plateIndividual insertIndividual wellGrowth surface 59 mm 2 184 mm 2Maximum volume 772 µl 3.1 mlwww.brand.de161

BRANDplates ®Insert SystemLife ScienceOrdering DataInsert strips and plates available individually packed or as a system(6-well plates filled with 6 insert strips).BRANDplates ® Microplates24-well standard plates or 6-well platesPS. pureGrade S or cellGrade plus surface, sterile. With lid with condensation rings.Description Surface Pack of Cat. No.24-well standard plate pureGrade S 10 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7828 806-well plate pureGrade S 10 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7828 8124-well standard plate cellGrade plus 10 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7828 906-well plate cellGrade plus 10 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7828 91BRANDplates ® Insert StripsInsert Strips, smooth-walled or with inlet channels (Inlet Opening System*)PS. cellGrade plus surface, sterile. Strips of 4 inserts (divisible).DescriptionPore sizeµmPack ofPC membraneCat. No.PET membraneCat. No.smooth-walled 0.4 12 (individually wrapped) 7828 00 7828 101 12 (individually wrapped) 7828 20 7828 303 12 (individually wrapped) 7828 40 7828 508 12 (individually wrapped) 7828 60 7828 70with Inlet Opening System 0.4 12 (individually wrapped) 7828 01 7828 111 12 (individually wrapped) 7828 21 7828 313 12 (individually wrapped) 7828 41 7828 518 12 (individually wrapped) 7828 61 7828 71* patent pendingBRANDplates ® Insert System6-well plates filled with 6 insert stripsPS. cellGrade plus surface, sterile. Insert strips, smooth-walled or with inlet channels(Inlet Opening System*). With lid with condensation rings.DescriptionPore sizeµmPack ofplates with lidPC membraneCat. No.PET membraneCat. No.smooth-walled 0.4 5 (30 insert strips) 7828 02 7828 121 5 (30 insert strips) 7828 22 7828 323 5 (30 insert strips) 7828 42 7828 528 5 (30 insert strips) 7828 62 7828 72with Inlet Opening System 0.4 5 (30 insert strips) 7828 03 7828 131 5 (30 insert strips) 7828 23 7828 333 5 (30 insert strips) 7828 43 7828 538 5 (30insert strips) 7828 63 7828 73* patent pending162info@brand.de

BRANDplates ®OverviewAt a Glance96-well MicroplatesUse our BRANDplates ® microplatesSelection Guide at www.brand.deType Non-treated Immunological surfaces Cell culture surfacesStandardColor Bottom /Well volumepureGrade pureGrade S immunoGrade hydroGrade lipoGrade cellGrade cellGrade pluscellGrade premiuminertGrade Life Sciencetransparent U / 330 µl 7816 00 7816 60 7817 20 7817 80 7818 40 7819 60 – – 7819 00transparent V / 360 µl 7816 01 7816 61 7817 21 – 7818 41 7819 61 – – –transparent F / 350 µl 7816 02 7816 62 7817 22 7817 82 7818 42 7819 62 7820 22 7820 82 7819 02transparent C / 350 µl 7816 03 7816 63 7817 23 7817 83 7818 43 7819 63 – – –white U / 330 µl 7816 04 – 7817 24 7817 84 7818 44 – – – 7819 04white F / 350 µl 7816 05 7816 65 – – – 7819 65 7820 25 7820 85 7819 05white C / 350 µl – – 7817 26 7817 86 7818 46 – – – 7819 06black U / 330 µl 7816 07 – 7817 27 7817 87 7818 47 – – – 7819 07black F / 350 µl 7816 08 7816 68 – – – 7819 68 7820 28 7820 88 7819 08black C / 350 µl – – 7817 29 7817 89 7818 49 – – – 7819 09with transparent bottomColor Bottom /Well volumepureGrade pureGrade S immunoGrade hydroGrade lipoGrade cellGrade cellGrade pluscellGrade premiuminertGrade white F / 330 µl 7816 10 7816 70 – – 7818 50 7819 70 7820 30 7820 90 7819 10black F / 330 µl 7816 11 7816 71 7817 31 – 7818 51 7819 71 7820 31 7820 91 7819 11with UV film bottomColor Bottom /Well volumepureGrade pureGrade S immunoGrade hydroGrade lipoGrade cellGrade cellGrade pluscellGrade premiumUV-transparent F / 350 µl 7816 14 1 – – – – – – – –Strip platesColor Bottom /Well volumepureGrade pureGrade S immunoGrade hydroGrade lipoGrade cellGrade cellGrade pluscellGrade premiuminertGrade inertGrade transparent,without gridtransparent,with gridF / 360 µl 7823 00 – 7823 05 – – – – – –F / 350 µl 7823 01 – 7823 06 – – – – – –1not available in USA384-well HTS MicroplatesType Non-treated Immunological surfaces Cell culture surfacesStandardColor Bottom /Well volumepureGrade pureGrade S immunoGrade hydroGrade lipoGrade cellGrade cellGrade pluscellGrade premiumtransparent F / 100 µl 7816 20 7816 80 7817 40 7818 00 7818 60 7819 80 7820 40 7821 00 –white F / 100 µl 7816 21 7816 81 7817 41 7818 01 7818 61 7819 81 – – –black F / 100 µl 7816 22 7816 82 7817 42 7818 02 7818 62 7819 82 – – –with transparent bottomColor Bottom /Well volumepureGrade pureGrade S immunoGrade hydroGrade lipoGrade cellGrade cellGrade pluscellGrade premiumwhite F / 120 µl 7816 26 7816 86 – – 7818 66 7819 86 7820 46 7821 06 –black F / 120 µl 7816 27 7816 87 – – 7818 67 7819 87 7820 47 7821 07 –inertGrade inertGrade 1536-well UHTS MicroplatesType Non-treated Immunological surfaces Cell culture surfacesStandardColor Bottom /Well volumepureGrade pureGrade S immunoGrade hydroGrade lipoGrade cellGrade cellGrade pluscellGrade premiumtransparent F / 10 µl 7816 40 7817 00 – – – 7820 00 – – –white F / 10 µl 7816 41 7817 01 – – – 7820 01 – – –black F / 10 µl 7816 42 7817 02 – – – 7820 02 – – –inertGrade www.brand.de163

Lids for BRANDplates ®MicroplatesLife ScienceAccessoriesLids for 96-well standard platesFor BRANDplates ® microplates Cat. No.:7816 00-08, 7816 60-68, 7817 20-29, 7817 80-89, 7818 40-49, 7819 00-09,7819 60-68, 7820 22-28, 7820 82-88Condensation rings Height Sterile Pack of Cat. No.yes 8 mm – 100 (5 lids per bag) 7821 50no 8 mm – 100 (5 lids per bag) 7821 51Lids for 96-well plates with transparent bottomLids for all 384-well platesFor BRANDplates ® microplates Cat. No.:7816 10-28, 7816 70-88, 7817 31-42, 7818 00-02, 7818 50-67,7819 10-27, 7819 70-87, 7820 30-47, 7820 90-7821 07Condensation rings Height Sterile Pack of Cat. No.no 4.5 – 50 (10 lids per bag) 7821 52Lids for all 1536-well platesFor BRANDplates ® microplates Cat. No.:7816 40-42, 7817 00-02, 7820 00-02Condensation rings Height Sterile Pack of Cat. No.no 5.5 – 50 (10 lids per bag) 7821 53Sealing films for microplatescan be found on page 140.164info@brand.de

CuvettesCuvettesLife ScienceFor more than 25 years, BRAND has been oneof the leading manufacturers of disposable plasticcuvettes. Macro and semi-micro cuvettesof PS and PMMA are now standard in everylaboratory. This product line was extended withthe plastic UV-Cuvettes. The UV-transparent cuvettesare available in various types and replacesensitive and expensive glass or quartz cuvettesin many areas.Quality features:n Clear, clean optical path with indication ofoptical path orientationn Manufactured under controlled room conditionsand packaged fully automatically,without human contactn Packed grouped by mold cavity number toensure lowest variation of extinction coefficientn UV-Cuvettes available as micro, semi-microand macro cuvetteswww.brand.de165

UV-CuvetteLife ScienceUV-Cuvette microCenter height: 8.5 mm or 15 mmSpecially designed for photometric determination of proteins, ssDNA, dsDNA,RNA and oligonucleotides in the UV range. Usable starting from 230 nm.Ideally suited for measurements at 260 nm, 280 nm and in the visible range.Standard 10 mm light path. Sample volumes as small as 70 µl are sufficient.Individually wrapped UV-Cuvettes micro are free of DNase, DNA and RNase!Center heightmmPack ofCat. No.8.5 100 7592 008.5 500 7592 108.5 100 single wrapped, free of DNase, DNA and RNase 7592 1515 100 7592 2015 500 7592 3015 100 single wrapped, free of DNase, DNA and RNase 7592 35Information on selecting the UV-Cuvettecompatible with the beam height of yourphotometer can be found at www.brand.deCaps for UV-Cuvette microPE. Round covers allow a tight closureand make it possible to store samplesdown to -20 °C. Pack of 100.ColorCat. No.blue 7592 40yellow 7592 41green 7592 42orange 7592 43UV-transparent microplates canbe found on page 146.UV-Cuvette macro and semi-microIdeally suited for determinations in water analysis, chemistry, and in life scienceapplications. Usable with most polar solvents, acids and alkaline solutions.Drastically reduced risk of contamination and lower costs compared to quartz glasscuvettes. 10 mm light path. Pack of 100 per carton.DescriptionCat. No.UV-Cuvette semi-micro 7591 50UV-Cuvette macro 7591 70166info@brand.de

CuvettesLife ScienceStandard Cuvettes macro and semi-microPS and PMMA. Grouped by mold cavity number. 10 mm light path.Pack of 1000 (10 boxes of 100 cuvettes per box.)Description Material Cat. No.macro cuvette PS 7590 05semi-micro cuvette PS 7590 15macro cuvette PMMA 7591 05semi-micro cuvette PMMA 7591 15Magnetic stir bars for macro cuvettescan be found on page 292-295.Cuvette rackPP, grey. Numbered positions. Autoclavable (121 °C).Suitable for standard 10 mm path-length cuvettes. Pack of 1.DescriptionLengthmmWidthmmHeightmmCat. No.for 16 cuvettes 210 70 38 7595 00Disposable stirring spatulaPS. Pack quantity 10000 = 20 bags of 500 per pack.DescriptionStem diametermmLengthmmCat. No.PS 3 120 mm 7598 00www.brand.de167

CuvettesLife ScienceTechnical DataOverview TableCuvette typeFilling volumemin. max.Dimensionswindow (w x h)Range of applicationStandard deviationin extinction unitsUV-Cuvette micro, z = 8.5 70 µl 850 µl 2 x 3.5 mm (min.)UV-Cuvette micro, z = 15 70 µl 550 µl 2 x 3.5 mm (min.)UV-Cuvette macro 2.5 ml 4.5 ml 10 x 35 mmUV-Cuvette semi-micro 1.5 ml 3.0 ml 4.5 x 23 mmfrom 230 to 900 nm240 nm

Life ScienceBRAND onlineLife ScienceNotes:www.brand.de169

© allison mcd photography/Flickr open/Getty Images

VolumetricInstrumentsPrecision analysis requires measuring instrumentswith consistently high precision. Every BLAUBRAND ®volumetric instrument is individually calibrated. Statisticalprocess control ensures with a certainty of at least99.6 % (AQL ≤ 0.4) compliance with predefined specifications.BLAUBRAND ® – quality from the very start.

Volumetric InstrumentsVolumetric InstrumentsVolumetric InstrumentsPrecisionThe intended application determineswhich measuring instrument shouldbe used. Precision analysis requiresmeasuring instruments with consistentlyhigh precision. Even the mostsophisticated automated systemswill only deliver reliable results ifthe volumetric instruments usedin preparing the samples meet therequired precision.BLAUBRAND ® volumetric instrumentsrepresent the highest degreeof technical perfection. They aremade of glasses which are highlyresistant to nearly all chemical substances– a prerequisite for durableprecision.Class A/ASVolumetric instruments of class A/AS are within the error limits defined by DIN and ISO andare according to DIN 12 600 admissible for conformity certification.Graduation:ring marks at major graduationsMarks and inscriptions in high contrast blueenamel. It represents the optimum combinationof resistance and readability.Marks and inscriptions in ETERNA amberstain. It diffuses into the glass surfaceand can only be removed by abrasion. It isused for volumetric instruments which aresubjected to particularly aggressive cleaningmethods.CalibrationEvery glass volumetric measuringinstrument is individually calibrated.Computer-controlled systems ensuremaximum precision in a fully automatedproduction line.'Statistical Process Control' (SPC)guarantees production of volumetricinstruments with the smallest deviationfrom nominal capacity (accuracy)and narrow scatter of individualvalues (coefficient of variation).Class BVolumetric instruments of class B are within twice the error limits for class A/AS as definedby DIN and ISO.Marks and inscriptions in high contrastwhite enamel.ETERNA marks and inscriptions in amberstain are particularly resistant to aggressivecleaning methods.Types of calibration'TC, In': The contained quantity ofliquid corresponds exactly to thecapacity indicated on the instrument(e.g., graduated cylinders andvolumetric flasks).'TD, Ex': The delivered quantity ofliquid corresponds exactly to thecapacity indicated on the instrument(e.g., pipettes and burettes).Silk-screeningSilk-screen printing follows calibration.BRAND uses flexible screenstencils for all graduated pipettes,burettes, graduated cylinders, andmixing cylinders. Thus, the volumemarkings on the stencil exactlymatch the calibration marks, at allcapacities. Even intermediate volumeson BRAND volumetric instrumentsare extremely precise. Forsilk-screen printing BRAND usesspecial inks designed for volumetricinstruments.Graduation:short graduation marksFiringHigh quality inks combined with carefully controlled annealing processes provide durablegraduations. The most modern manufacturing technology is used for controlled heating andcooling. The maximum temperature is between 400 and 550 °C, depending on the type ofglass.Quality assurance, AQL ≤ 0,4The QM system is DIN EN ISO 9001 certified, and includes ongoing testing during themanufacturing process with final random sample testing in compliance with DIN ISO 3951at final inspection. The accepted quality level (AQL) is less than or equal to 0.4 (see page318 for further information.)Heating of volumetric instrumentsAll reusable BLAUBRAND ® and SILBERBRAND volumetric instruments can be heated upto 250 ºC in a dry box or sterilizer without having to worry about a change in volume. Useonly gradual heating and cooling because abrupt temperature changes cause thermal stressand may result in glass breakage.172info@brand.de

CertificatesBLAUBRAND ® Volumetricinstruments with certificateConformity certifiedAll BLAUBRAND ® volumetricinstruments are conformitycertified. With the sign ,BRAND confirms that theinstruments are manufacturedaccording to "Eichordnung",the German Federal Weightsand Measures Regulations.This sign of conformity is printeddirectly on the instruments,according to DIN 12 600.One batch certificate per packing unit!All reusable BLAUBRAND ® volumetric instruments are individuallycalibrated and are supplied with one batch certificate perpacking unit. This facilitates the initial performance verification– also with the monitoring of measuring equipment – as the datacan directly be transferred from the certificate. Batch and individualcertificates can also be downloaded at www.brand.de.Volumetric InstrumentsCertificatesBatch certificateThe batch number, and meanvalue plus standard deviationfor the batch, along with thedate of issue are documentedon the certificate. The measuringinstrument bears the batchnumber that is burnt in usingeasy-to-read digital numbers:Individual certificateThe batch number, theindividual serial number, themeasured volume, measurementuncertainty, and the dateof issue are documented onthe certificate. The measuringinstrument bears the batchand serial numbers that areburnt in using easy-to-readdigital numbers:USP certificateSelected BLAUBRAND ® volumetricinstruments can be deliveredwith volume error limits incompliance with United StatesPharmacopeia (USP) with batchcertificate and on request, withindividual certificate.The measuring instrumentshows the requested error limitand the USP sign.DAkkS calibration certificate13.02(Batch number:year of manufacture/batch)13.02 0756(Individual serial number: yearof manufacture/batch/consecutiveinstrument number)This certificate is issued by theDAkkS calibration laboratory atBRAND. Due to the extensiveinternational cooperation of theDAkkS (formerly DKD) Germanaccreditation body (EAAgreement, ILAC-MRA), theDAkkS calibration certificateis internationally recognized.Both the instrument and thecertificate show an individualserial number and the laboratory'sregistration number aswell as the year and month ofissue.Ordering noteIf you require all of yourBLAUBRAND ® volumetricinstruments to come from onebatch for statistical testingequipment monitoring, pleaseso indicate by placing a 2 infront of the BRAND catalognumber. With dealer-specificcatalog numbers please add thephrase "from one batch". Requestsfor individual, USP andDAkkS certificates should behandled in the same manner.How it's done! Ordering example:Volumetric instrument/CertificateBRAND Cat. No.100 ml Volumetric flask with batch certificate 372 49100 ml Volumetric flask, total order from one batch (to the extent possible) 2 372 49100 ml Volumetric flask with individual certificate 9 372 49100 ml Volumetric flask with USP individual certificate USP 369 49100 ml Volumetric flask with DAkkS calibration certificate DAkkS 372 49www.brand.de173

Bulb PipettesVolumetric InstrumentsSingle VolumePipettesManufacturerInscriptions on a BLAUBRAND ® bulb pipetteSymbol for the conformitycertification of BRAND, accordingto 'Eichordnung', theGerman Federal Weights andMeasures Regulations and toDIN 12 600BRAND trademark forthe highest quality gradevolumetric instrumentsNominal volumeError limitISO association markCountry of originReference temp. (20 °C),waiting time (5 seconds),calibration (TD, Ex = to deliver)Class 'A', the highestquality grade,'S' for swift deliveryDIN EN ISO 648In the DIN EN ISO 648,the waiting time for singlevolume pipettes of classAS was reduced from 15to 5 seconds.Specifications, available sizesBulb pipettes with one or two marks,calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).BLAUBRAND ®waiting time 5 sSILBERBRANDno waiting timeCapacitymlColor-Code(ISO 1769)PatternLength mm(± 10 mm)Error limit± mlError limit± ml0.5 2 x black straight 300 0.005 0.0071 blue straight 300 0.008 0.0102 orange bulb 330 0.010 0.0152.5 – bulb 330 0.010 –3 black bulb 330 0.010 0.0154 2 x red bulb 400 0.015 –5 white bulb 400 0.015 0.0256 2 x orange bulb 400 0.015 –7 2 x green bulb 400 0.015 –8 blue bulb 440 0.02 –9 black bulb 440 0.02 –10 red bulb 440 0.02 0.0315 green bulb 510 0.03 0.0420 yellow bulb 510 0.03 0.0425 blue bulb 520 0.03 0.0430 black bulb 520 0.03 –40 white bulb 540 0.05 –50 red bulb 540 0.05 0.07100 yellow bulb 585 (± 15 mm) 0.08 0.12174Single volume pipettes are also known asbulb pipettes.BRAND bulb pipettes provide the highestaccuracy. Strict statistical quality controlsassure maintenance of these high standards.All BLAUBRAND ® bulb pipettes are suppliedwith a batch number and an accompanyingbatch certificate in the original packaging.On request, they are also available with an individualcertificate, USP individual certificateor DAkkS calibration certificate (orderinginformation, page 173).info@brand.de

Bulb PipettesBulb pipettes, 1 markBLAUBRAND ® , class AS,conformity certifiedAR-GLAS ® . DIN EN ISO 648.Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).Incl. one batch certificate.0.5 to 2 ml: pack of 12;2.5 to 100 ml: pack of 6.NEW!Bulb pipettes, 1 mark,USPBLAUBRAND ® , class AS,conformity certifiedAR-GLAS ® . DIN EN ISO 648.Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).Incl. one USP batch certificate.0.5 to 2 ml: pack of 12;2.5 to 100 ml: pack of 6.Note!On request, also availablewith USP individualcertificate.CapacitymlError limit± mlCat. No.0.5 0.005 297 011 0.008 297 022 0.010 297 032.5 0.010 297 043 0.010 297 054 0.015 297 065 0.015 297 076 0.015 297 087 0.015 297 098 0.02 297 109 0.02 297 1110 0.02 297 1215 0.03 297 1320 0.03 297 1425 0.03 297 1530 0.03 297 1640 0.05 297 1750 0.05 297 18100 0.08 297 19CapacitymlError limit± mlCat. No.0.5* 0.005 USP 306 011 0.006 USP 306 022 0.006 USP 306 033 0.01 USP 306 054 0.01 USP 306 065 0.01 USP 306 076 0.01 USP 306 087 0.01 USP 306 098 0.02 USP 306 109 0.02 USP 306 1110 0.02 USP 306 1215 0.03 USP 306 1320 0.03 USP 306 1425 0.03 USP 306 1530 0.03 USP 306 1640 0.05 USP 306 1750 0.05 USP 306 18100 0.08 USP 306 19Volumetric Instruments* Error limit USP ± 0.006 mlBulb pipettes, 1 markBLAUBRAND ® ETERNA, class AS,conformity certifiedAR-GLAS ® . DIN EN ISO 648.Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).Incl. one batch certificate.1 and 2 ml: pack of 12;5 to 25 ml: pack of 6.CapacitymlError limit± mlCat. No.1 0.008 305 022 0.010 305 035 0.015 305 0710 0.02 305 1220 0.03 305 1425 0.03 305 1550 0.05 305 18www.brand.de175

Bulb PipettesVolumetric InstrumentsCapacitymlError limit± mlCat. No.0.5 0.005 297 211 0.008 297 222 0.010 297 233 0.010 297 255 0.015 297 2710 0.02 297 3215 0.03 297 3320 0.03 297 3425 0.03 297 3550 0.05 297 38Bulb pipettes, 2 marksBLAUBRAND ® , class AS,conformity certifiedAR-GLAS ® . DIN EN ISO 648.Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).Incl. one batch certificate.0.5 to 2 ml: pack of 12;3 to 50 ml: pack of 6.CapacitymlError limit± mlCat. No.0.5 0.007 295 011 0.010 295 022 0.015 295 033 0.015 295 055 0.025 295 0710 0.03 295 1215 0.04 295 1320 0.04 295 1425 0.04 295 1550 0.07 295 18100 0.12 295 19Bulb pipettes, 1 markSILBERBRAND ETERNA, class BAR-GLAS ® . DIN EN ISO 648.Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).0.5 to 2 ml: pack of 12;3 to 100 ml: pack of 6.Bulb pipettes, made of plastic, 1 markPP, high clarity. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Resistant to breakage. Exposure totemperatures up to 60 °C will not cause permanent exceeding of error limits!Cleaning temperature below 60 °C is recommended to preserve marks and inscriptions.1 and 2 ml: pack of 12; 5 to 50 ml: pack of 6.CapacitymlPatternError limit± mlLength mm± 10 mmCat. No.1 straight 0.02 300 300 022 straight 0.02 300 300 035 bulb 0.03 300 300 0710 bulb 0.04 440 300 1225 bulb 0.06 450 300 1550 bulb 0.1 460 300 18176info@brand.de

Graduated PipettesGraduated PipettesIn the DIN EN ISO 835 standard, thewaiting time for graduated pipetteswas reduced from 15 to 5 secondsand the type 2, total delivery, nominalvolume at top, was included.We recommend the graduatedpipette type 2 as with these pipettesthe meniscus needs to be set onlyonce to achieve exact pipetting.In contrast, with types 1 and 3, thereis a risk of over-dispensing while settingthe meniscus for partial volumesthe second time. In such a case, thesample would have to be preparedagain.BLAUBRAND ® Graduated Pipettes, Class ASType 2totaldeliverynominal volumeat the topType 1partialdeliveryzero pointat the topType 3totaldeliveryzero pointat the topVolumetric InstrumentsPrecision pipette tipOptimized flow geometry in the tipensures reliable liquiddispensing from bulband graduated pipettes.The mechanical resilienceof the tip andits fire-polished edgesensure a long servicelife.Setmeniscus1 timeSetmeniscus2 timesSetmeniscus2 timesTechnical data, available sizesGraduated pipettes are calibrated to contain(TC, In) respectively to deliver (TD, Ex).Capacitymlwww.brand.deSubdiv.mlColor-Code(ISO 1769)Length mm(± 10 mm)BLAUBRAND ®waiting time 5 sCalibr.Error limit± mlSILBERBRANDno waiting timeCalibr.Error limit± ml0.1 0.001 2 x green 360 In 0.001 – –0.2 0.002 2 x white 360 In 0.002 – –0.5 0.01 2 x yellow 360 Ex 0.006 Ex 0.0081 0.01 yellow 360 Ex 0.007 Ex 0.0101 0.1 red 360 Ex 0.007 Ex 0.0102 0.01 2 x white 360 Ex 0.010 Ex 0.0152 0.02 black 360 Ex 0.010 Ex 0.0152 0.1 green 360 Ex 0.010 Ex 0.0155 0.05 red 360 Ex 0.030 Ex 0.055 0.1 blue 360 Ex 0.030 Ex 0.0510 0.1 orange 360 Ex 0.05 Ex 0.0820 0.1 2 x yellow 360 Ex 0.1 Ex 0.1525 0.1 white 450 Ex 0.1 Ex 0.1550 0.5 – 450 Ex 0.2 – –DIN EN ISO 835In the DIN EN ISO 835,the waiting time forgraduated pipettes ofclass AS was reducedfrom 15 to 5 seconds.All BLAUBRAND ® graduated pipettesare supplied with a batch number andan accompanying batch certificate inthe original packaging.On request, they are also availablewith an individual certificate, USP individualcertificate or DAkkS calibrationcertificate (ordering information,page 173).177

Graduated PipettesVolumetric InstrumentsGraduated pipettes, Type 2, total deliveryBLAUBRAND ® , class AS, nominal volume at the top, conformity certifiedAR-GLAS ® . DIN EN ISO 835. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Incl. one batch certificate.Pack of 12 (20, 25, 50 ml: pack of 6).CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± ml* in addition to the ISO range ** in addition to the ISO range, not conformity certifiedCotton plugupper endCat. No.0.5 0.01 0.006 no 278 161 0.01 0.007 no 278 171 0.01 0.007 yes 278 271 0.1 0.007 no 278 182** 0.01 0.010 no 278 292 0.02 0.010 no 278 192 0.02 0.010 yes 278 282 0.1 0.010 no 278 205 0.05 0.030 yes 278 215 0.1 0.030 yes 278 2210 0.1 0.05 yes 278 2320 0.1 0.1 yes 278 2425 0.1 0.1 yes 278 2550* 0.5 0.2 yes 278 26Graduated pipettes, Type 2, total delivery, USPBLAUBRAND ® , class AS, nominal volume at the top, conformity certifiedNEW!AR-GLAS ® . DIN EN ISO 835. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Incl. USP batch certificate.Pack of 12.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlCotton plugupper endCat. No.1* 0.01 0.007 USP yes 275 062 0.02 0.01 USP yes 275 095 0.05 0.02 USP yes 275 1110 0.1 0.03 USP yes 275 13* Error limit USP ± 0.01 mlNote!On request, also available withUSP individual certificate.Graduated pipettes, Type 2, total deliveryBLAUBRAND ® ETERNA, class AS, nominal volume at the top, conformity certifiedAR-GLAS ® . DIN EN ISO 835. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Incl. one batch certificate.Pack of 12 (20, 25, 50 ml: pack of 6).CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlCotton plugupper endCat. No.0.5 0.01 0.006 no 278 361 0.01 0.007 no 278 371 0.01 0.007 yes 278 472 0.02 0.010 no 278 392 0.02 0.010 yes 278 485 0.05 0.030 yes 278 415 0.1 0.030 yes 278 4210 0.1 0.05 yes 278 4320 0.1 0.1 yes 278 4425 0.1 0.1 yes 278 45178info@brand.de

Graduated PipettesGraduated pipettes, Type 2, total deliverySILBERBRAND ETERNA, class B, nominal volume at the topAR-GLAS ® . DIN EN ISO 835. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).Pack of 12 (20, 25 ml: pack of 6).CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlCotton plugupper endNEW!Cat. No.0.5 0.01 0.008 no 270 011 0.01 0.010 no 270 021 0.01 0.010 yes 270 031 0.1 0.010 no 270 042* 0.01 0.015 no 270 052 0.02 0.015 no 270 062 0.02 0.015 yes 270 072 0.1 0.015 no 270 085 0.05 0.05 yes 270 095 0.1 0.05 yes 270 1010 0.1 0.08 yes 270 1120 0.1 0.15 yes 270 1225 0.1 0.15 yes 270 13Volumetric Instruments* in addition to the ISO rangeGraduated pipettes, Type 1, partial deliveryBLAUBRAND ® , class AS, zero point at the top, conformity certifiedAR-GLAS ® . DIN EN ISO 835. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).Incl. one batch certificate. Pack of 12 (25 ml: Pack of 6).CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlCotton plugupper endCat. No.0.5 0.01 0.006 no 277 211 0.01 0.007 no 277 222* 0.01 0.010 no 277 242 0.02 0.010 no 277 255 0.05 0.030 yes 277 2710 0.1 0.05 yes 277 2925 0.1 0.1 yes 277 31* in addition to the ISO range, not conformity certifiedwww.brand.de179

Graduated PipettesVolumetric InstrumentsGraduated pipettes, Type 3, total deliveryBLAUBRAND ® , class AS, zero point at the top, conformity certifiedAR-GLAS ® . DIN EN ISO 835. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Incl. one batch certificate.0.5 to 10 ml: Pack of 12; 20 to 50 ml: Pack of 6.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlCotton plugupper end* in addition to the ISO range ** in addition to the ISO range, not conformity certifiedCat. No.0.5 0.01 0.006 no 277 051 0.01 0.007 no 277 061 0.01 0.007 yes 273 061 0.1 0.007 no 277 072** 0.01 0.010 no 277 082 0.02 0.010 no 277 092 0.02 0.010 yes 273 092 0.1 0.010 no 277 105 0.05 0.030 yes 277 115 0.1 0.030 yes 277 1210 0.1 0.05 yes 277 1320 0.1 0.1 yes 277 1425 0.1 0.1 yes 277 1550* 0.5 0.2 yes 277 16Graduated pipettes, Type 3, total deliveryBLAUBRAND ® ETERNA, class AS, zero point at the top, conformity certifiedAR-GLAS ® . DIN EN ISO 835. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Incl. one batch certificate.0.5 to 10 ml: Pack of 12; 20 and 25 ml: Pack of 6.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlCotton plugupper endCat. No.0.5 0.01 0.006 no 284 051 0.01 0.007 no 284 061 0.01 0.007 yes 273 162 0.02 0.010 no 284 092 0.02 0.010 yes 273 195 0.05 0.030 yes 284 115 0.1 0.030 yes 284 1210 0.1 0.05 yes 284 1320 0.1 0.1 yes 284 1425 0.1 0.1 yes 284 15Cotton cord100% cotton wool, degreased, approx.13 g/10 m. Pack of 1 kg.Cat. No. 282 05The use of cotton plugsCotton plugs may prolong delivery timeand may therefore influence the accuracyof measurement. In tests using BRANDpipettes that have had cotton plugs insertedby a cotton plugging machine, the resultswere within the indicated error limits.180info@brand.de

Graduated PipettesGraduated pipettes, Type 3, total deliverySILBERBRAND ETERNA, class B, zero point at the topAR-GLAS ® . DIN EN ISO 835. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).0.5 to 10 ml: Pack of 12; 20 and 25 ml: Pack of 6.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlCotton plugupper endCat. No.0.5* 0.01 0.008 no 270 691 0.01 0.010 no 270 701 0.01 0.010 yes 272 061* 0.1 0.010 no 270 712* 0.01 0.015 no 270 722 0.02 0.015 yes 272 092 0.02 0.015 no 270 732 0.1 0.015 no 270 745 0.05 0.05 yes 270 755* 0.1 0.05 yes 270 7610 0.1 0.08 yes 270 7720* 0.1 0.15 yes 270 7825* 0.1 0.15 yes 270 79* in addition to the ISO rangeVolumetric InstrumentsGraduated pipettes, calibrated to containBLAUBRAND ® , class A, conformity certifiedAR-GLAS ® . Error limits and subdivisions according to DIN 12 689. Length 360 mm.Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Incl. one batch certificate. Pack of 12.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlCotton plugupper endCat. No.0.1 0.001 0.001 no 277 020.2 0.002 0.002 no 277 04Graduated pipettes, serologicalLarge tip diameter, total deliveryAR-GLAS ® . Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Graduations and inscriptions in ETERNA amberstain. Short graduation marks. Length 360 mm (25 ml: 450 mm). Cotton plug upper end.1 to 10 ml: Pack of 12; 25 ml: Pack of 6.CapacitymlTip Øapprox. mmSubdivisionmlError limit± mlNegative rangemlCat. No.1 2 0.01 0.02 -0.2 271 072 2 0.02 0.04 -0.4 271 095 3 0.1 0.1 -2 271 1210 3 0.1 0.2 -3 271 1325 3 0.1 0.4 -5 271 15www.brand.de181

Graduated PipettesVolumetric InstrumentsGraduated pipettes, tissue cultureShort type, total deliveryAR-GLAS ® . Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Graduations and inscriptions in ETERNA amberstain. Ring marks at major graduations. Length 230 mm.1 to 10 ml: Pack of 12; 25 ml: Pack of 6.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlCotton plugupper endCat. No.1 0.1 0.02 yes 271 602 0.1 0.04 yes 271 645 0.1 0.1 yes 271 6610 0.1 0.2 yes 271 6725 0.2 0.4 yes 271 79Graduated pipettes, piston typeSILBERBRAND, total deliveryAR-GLAS ® . Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Integrated piston pipetting aid with retainingspring. Pack of 1.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlCat. No.1 0.01 0.01 311 062 0.02 0.02 311 095 0.05 0.05 311 1110 0.1 0.1 311 1325 0.1 0.2 311 15Graduated pipettes, made of plasticPP, high clarity. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Resistant to breakage. Suction tube outerØ max. 8 mm. Exposure to temperatures up to 60 °C will not cause permanent exceedingof error limits! Cleaning temperature below 60 °C is recommended to preserve marks andinscriptions. Pack of 12.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlLength mm± 10 mmCat. No.1 0.1 0.02 300 276 072 0.1 0.02 300 276 105 0.1 0.05 330 276 1210* 0.1 0.1 330 276 1310 0.1 0.1 320 276 14* Suction tube outer Ø 10 mm182info@brand.de

Volumetric FlasksVolumetric FlasksBRAND volumetric flasks provide the highestaccuracy. Strict statistical quality controlsensure maintenance of these high standards.Volumetric flasks are indispensable for preparingdilutions and standard solutions.Standard volumetric flasks are supplied witha square-grip PP stopper with a dripping tip.These stoppers reduce the danger of breakageif a flask tips over, and help to prevent itfrom rolling off the workbench.All BLAUBRAND ® volumetric flasksare supplied with a batch number andan accompanying batch certificate inthe original packaging.On request, they are also availablewith an individual certificate, USP individualcertificate or DAkkS calibrationcertificate (ordering information,page 173).Volumetric InstrumentsBLAUBRAND ® Volumetric Flasks – Durable QualitySpecifications, available sizesVolumetric flasks are always calibrated to contain (TC, In).Volumetric flasks, trapezoidalBLAUBRAND ®CapacitymlNeck inner ØmmNeck sizeError limit± mlNote!The abbreviation Boro 3.3 representsthe internationally designatedborosilicate glass type 3.3.1 7 ± 1 7/16 0.0252 7 ± 1 7/16 0.0255 7 ± 1 7/16 0.02510 W 9 ± 1 10/19 0.0420 9 ± 1 10/19 0.0425 9 ± 1 10/19 0.0450 11 ± 1 12/21 0.06W = Wide neckTrapezoidal volumetric flasksSmall capacity standard volumetric flasks cantip over more easily due to their higher centerof gravity.Trapezoidal measuring flasks have a muchlarger base area which greatly improvesstability!Twice (!) the base area compared to standardvolumetric flasks of the same capacityVolumetric flask, standard typeVolumetric flasks, standard typeCapacitymlNeck inner ØmmNeck sizeBLAUBRAND ®Error limit± mlSILBERBRANDError limit± ml5 W 9 ± 1 10/19 0.04 –10 W 9 ± 1 10/19 0.04 0.0620 9 ± 1 10/19 0.04 0.0620 W 11 ± 1 12/21 0.06 –25 9 ± 1 10/19 0.04 0.0625 W 11 ± 1 12/21 0.06 –50 11 ± 1 12/21 0.06 0.0950 W 13 ± 1 14/23 0.10 –100 13 ± 1 12/21 0.10 0.15100 13 ± 1 14/23 0.10 –200 15.5 ± 1.5 14/23 0.15 0.25250 15.5 ± 1.5 14/23 0.15 0.25500 19 ± 2 19/26 0.25 0.401000 23 ± 2 24/29 0.40 0.601000 W 27.5 ± 2.5 29/32 0.60 –2000 27.5 ± 2.5 29/32 0.60 0.905000 38 ± 3 34/35 1.2 1.810 000 48 ± 4 45/40 2.0 –W = Wide neckwww.brand.de183

Volumetric FlasksVolumetric InstrumentsVolumetric flasks, trapezoidalBLAUBRAND ® , class A, conformity certifiedBoro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 1042. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Incl. one batch certificate.Pack of 2.CapacitymlError limit± mlNeck sizewith PP stopperCat. No.with glass stopperCat. No.1 0.025 7/16 364 01 364 122 0.025 7/16 364 02 364 135 0.025 7/16 364 03 364 1410 W 0.04 10/19 364 04 364 1520 0.04 10/19 364 06 364 1725 0.04 10/19 364 07 364 1850 0.06 12/21 364 08 364 19W = Wide neckVolumetric flasksBLAUBRAND ® , class A, conformity certifiedBoro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 1042. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Incl. one batch certificate.5 to 500 ml: Pack of 2; 1000 to 10000 ml: Pack of 1.CapacitymlError limit± mlNeck sizewith PP stopperCat. No.with glass stopperCat. No.5 W 0.04 10/19 372 38 372 5610 W 0.04 10/19 372 43 372 6720 0.04 10/19 372 46 372 5720 W 0.06 12/21 372 45 372 6825 0.04 10/19 372 47 372 5825 W 0.06 12/21 372 93 372 9450 0.06 12/21 372 48 372 5950 W 0.10 14/23 372 90 372 88100 0.10 12/21 372 49 372 60100 0.10 14/23 372 91 372 89200 0.15 14/23 372 50 372 61250 0.15 14/23 372 51 372 62500 0.25 19/26 372 52 372 631000 0.4 24/29 372 53 372 641000 W 0.6 29/32 372 34 –2000 0.6 29/32 372 54 372 655000 1.2 34/35 372 55 372 6610 000* 2.0 45/40 372 36 –W = Wide neck * in addition to the ISO range184info@brand.de

Volumetric FlasksVolumetric flasks, USPBLAUBRAND ® , class A, conformity certifiedBoro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 1042. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Incl. one USP batchcertificate. Pack of 2; 1000 ml: pack of 1.CapacitymlError limit± mlNeck inner ØmmNeck sizewith PP stopperCat. No.with glass stopperCat. No.5* 0.02 USP 7 ± 1 10/19 369 38 369 6810* 0.02 USP 7 ± 1 10/19 369 43 369 7320* 0.02 USP 7 ± 1 10/19 369 45 369 7525 0.03 USP 9 ± 1 10/19 369 47 369 7750 0.05 USP 11 ± 1 12/21 369 48 369 78100 0.08 USP 13 ± 1 14/23 369 49 369 79200 0.10 USP 15.5 ± 1.5 14/23 369 50 369 80250 0.12 USP 15.5 ± 1.5 14/23 369 51 369 81500 0.20 USP 19 ± 2 19/26 369 52 369 821000 0.30 USP 23 ± 2 24/29 369 53 369 832000 0.50 USP 27.5 ± 2.5 29/32 369 54 369 84* Neck/ground socket connection enlargedNote! On request, also available withUSP individual certificate.Volumetric InstrumentsVolumetric flasksBLAUBRAND ® ETERNA, class A, conformity certifiedBoro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 1042. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Incl. one batch certificate.5 to 500 ml: Pack of 2; 1000 and 2000 ml: Pack of 1.CapacitymlError limit± mlNeck sizewith PP stopperCat. No.5 W 0.04 10/19 368 3810 W 0.04 10/19 368 4320 0.04 10/19 368 4520 W 0.06 12/21 368 4625 0.04 10/19 368 4125 W 0.06 12/21 368 4250 0.06 12/21 368 4750 W 0.10 14/23 368 48100 0.10 14/23 368 49200 0.15 14/23 368 50250 0.15 14/23 368 51500 0.25 19/26 368 521000 0.4 24/29 368 532000 0.6 29/32 368 54W = Wide neckwww.brand.de185

Volumetric FlasksVolumetric InstrumentsVolumetric flasks, PUR Plastic coatedBLAUBRAND ® PURprotect, class A, conformity certifiedBoro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 1042. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Incl. one batch certificate.50 to 500 ml: Pack of 2; 1000 ml: Pack of 1.CapacitymlError limit± mlNeck sizewith PP stopperCat. No.50 W 0.10 14/23 365 48100 0.10 14/23 365 49200 0.15 14/23 365 50250 0.15 14/23 365 51500 0.25 19/26 365 521000 0.4 24/29 365 53W = Wide neckSynthetic coating for better protectionThe PUR coating envelops the volumetric flasks like a protection skin.In the event of breakage, the safety coating helps contain the glass fragments.Compared to uncoated glass flasks the electrostatic charge is not increased.The light blue coating facilitates optical distinction. The maximum operatingtemperature at dry heat is 135 °C (exposure time < 30 min).Frequent autoclaving at 121 °C reduces splintering protection.Cleaning up to max. 95 °C.Volumetric flasks with 3 marks, DAkkS calibratedBLAUBRAND ® , class A, conformity certifiedBoro 3.3, DIN EN ISO 1042. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Incl. DAkkS certificate.The volumetric flask with 3 marks is used to check the functioning of a dispenser. Themark in the middle shows the nominal volume, the upper and lower marks show the errorlimits as specified in the table below. If the error limit is exceeded even with repeatedmeasurements, the dispenser is defective. The DAkkS calibrated volumetric flask doesnot replace the gravimetric test of the monitoring of measuring instruments according toISO 8655. Pack of 1.Capacitymlupper/lower mark± mlNeck inner ØmmNeck sizewith PP stopperCat. No.10 0.070 7 ± 1 10/19* 382 0425 0.175 9 ± 1 10/19 382 0650 0.35 11 ± 1 12/21 382 08100 0.70 13 ± 1 14/23 382 10* enlarged ground jointFurther sizes on request.186info@brand.de

Volumetric FlasksVolumetric flasks, amber glassBLAUBRAND ® , class A, conformity certifiedBoro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 1042. Calibrated to contain (TC, In).Interchangeable PP or amber glass stopper. Incl. one batch certificate.5 to 500 ml: Pack of 2; 1000 ml: Pack of 1.CapacitymlError limit± mlNeck sizewith PP stopperCat. No.5 W 0.04 10/19 374 01 374 3810 W 0.04 10/19 374 02 374 4320 0.04 10/19 374 03 374 4625 0.04 10/19 374 04 374 4750 0.06 12/21 374 05 374 4850 W 0.10 14/23 374 06 374 45100 0.10 14/23 374 07 374 49200 0.15 14/23 374 08 374 50250 0.15 14/23 374 09 374 51500 0.25 19/26 374 10 374 521000 0.4 24/29 374 11 374 53W = Wide neckVolumetric flasks, amber glass, USPBLAUBRAND ® , class A, conformity certifiedNEW!with glass stopperCat. No.Volumetric InstrumentsBoro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 1042. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Incl. USP batch certificate.Pack of 2; 1000 ml: pack of 1.CapacitymlError limit± mlNeck inner ØmmNeck sizewith PP stopperCat. No.with glass stopperCat. No.5* 0.02 USP 7 ± 1 NS 10/19 374 81 374 6110* 0.02 USP 7 ± 1 NS 10/19 374 82 374 6220* 0.02 USP 7 ± 1 NS 10/19 374 83 374 6325 0.03 USP 9 ± 1 NS 10/19 374 84 374 6450 0.05 USP 11 ± 1 NS 12/21 374 85 374 65100 0.08 USP 13 ± 1 NS 14/23 374 87 374 67200 0.10 USP 15.5 ± 1.5 NS 14/23 374 88 374 68250 0.12 USP 15.5 ± 1.5 NS 14/23 374 89 374 69500 0.20 USP 19 ± 2 NS 19/26 374 90 374 701000 0.30 USP 23 ± 2 NS 24/29 374 91 374 71* enlarged ground jointNote!On request, also available withUSP individual certificate.Volumetric flasks, beaded rimBLAUBRAND ® , class A, conformity certifiedBoro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 1042. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Incl. one batch certificate.10 to 500 ml: Pack of 2; 1000 ml: Pack of 1.CapacitymlError limit± mlCat. No.10 W 0.04 370 4520 0.04 370 4625 0.04 370 4750 0.06 370 48100 0.10 370 49200 0.15 370 50250 0.15 370 51500 0.25 370 521000 0.4 370 53W = Wide neckwww.brand.de187

Volumetric FlasksVolumetric InstrumentsVolumetric flasksSILBERBRAND, class BBoro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 1042. Calibrated to contain (TC, In).10 to 500 ml: pack of 2; 1000 to 5000 ml: pack of 1.CapacitymlError limit± mlNeck size10 W 0.06 10/19 367 4320 0.06 10/19 367 4625 0.06 10/19 367 4750 0.09 12/21 367 48100 0.15 12/21 367 49200 0.25 14/23 367 50250 0.25 14/23 367 51500 0.4 19/26 367 521000 0.6 24/29 367 532000 0.9 29/32 367 545000 1.8 34/35 367 55W = Wide neckwith PP stopperCat. No.Volumetric flasks for sugar analysisSILBERBRANDBoro 3.3. Error limits according to class B. Calibrated to contain (TC, In).For Kohlrausch sugar analysis. Pack of 2.CapacitymlError limit± mlCat. No.100 0.20 4020 38200 0.30 4020 46Volumetric flask for oil content determinationSILBERBRANDBoro 3.3. DIN 51368. Interchangeable hollow glass stopper size 19/26. Calibrated tocontain (TC, In). For determination of oil content in aqueous oil emulsions (e.g., drilling oil).Pack of 1.CapacitySubdivisionmlError limit± mlCat. No.Sample volume 100 ml – 0.2Volume range 0 - 5 ml 0.1 0.1Volume range > 5 - 30 ml 0.5 0.53655 38188info@brand.de

Volumetric Flasksmade of PlasticVolumetric flasks with screw cap, PFAError limits according to class A, DIN EN ISO 1042. Calibrated to contain (TC, In).Incl. one batch certificate. Autoclavable, easy to clean. PFA screw cap with molded sealingring. Exposure to temperatures up to 121 ºC (autoclaving) will not cause permanentlyexceeded error limits! Cleaning up to max. 60 °C is recommended to preserve marks andinscriptions. Pack of 1.CapacitymlError limit± mlHeight*mmThreadCat. No.10 W 0.04 90 GL 18 362 0825 0.04 108 GL 18 362 2050 0.06 143 GL 18 362 28100 0.10 166 GL 18 362 38250 0.15 222 GL 25 362 48500 0.25 262 GL 25 362 54W = Wide neck * without screw capThreadCat. No. Replacement screw capsfor volumetric flasks PFAGL 18 1292 50GL 25 1292 52 PFA. Pack of 1.Volumetric InstrumentsVolumetric flasks, PMP, transparentWith PP stopper. Error limits (EL) according to class A respectively B, DIN EN ISO 1042.Class A incl. one batch certificate. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Exposure to temperaturesup to 121 ºC (autoclaving) will not cause permanently exceeded error limits! Cleaning up tomax. 60 °C is recommended to preserve marks and inscriptions. Pack of 1.CapacitymlEL 'A'± mlEL 'B'± mlHeight*mmNeck sizeCat. No.EL 'A'Cat. No.EL 'B'10 W 0.04 0.08 90 10/19 361 70 361 0825 0.04 0.08 108 10/19 361 72 361 2050 0.06 0.12 146 12/21 361 74 361 28100 0.10 0.20 173 14/23 361 76 361 38250 0.15 0.30 225 19/26 361 78 361 48500 0.25 0.5 258 19/26 361 80 361 541000 0.4 0.8 298 24/29 361 82 361 62W = Wide neck * without stopperVolumetric flasks, PP, high clarityWith PP stopper. Error limits according to class B, DIN EN ISO 1042. Calibrated to contain(TC, In). Exposure to temperatures up to 60 ºC will not cause permanently exceedederror limits! Cleaning up to max. 60 °C is recommended to preserve marks and inscriptions.Pack of 1.CapacitymlError limit± mlHeight*mmNeck sizeCat. No.10 W 0.08 90 10/19 360 0825 0.08 108 10/19 360 2050 0.12 146 12/21 360 28100 0.20 173 14/23 360 38250 0.30 225 19/26 360 48500 0.5 258 19/26 360 541000 0.8 298 24/29 360 62W = Wide neck * without stopperwww.brand.de189

Graduated CylindersVolumetric InstrumentsGraduated CylindersBRAND graduated and mixing cylinders providethe highest accuracy. Strict statisticalquality controls ensure maintenance of thesehigh standards.All BLAUBRAND ® graduated cylinders aresupplied with a batch number and an accompanyingbatch certificate in the original packaging.On request, they are also availablewith an individual certificate, USP individualcertificate or DAkkS calibration certificate(ordering information, page 173).Note!The abbreviation Boro 3.3 representsthe internationally designatedborosilicate glass type 3.3.Graduation and ReadingBLAUBRAND ® . Ring marks at major graduations.Reading at lowest point of meniscus.SILBERBRAND. Short graduation marks.Reading at lowest point of meniscus.Specifications, available sizesGraduated and mixing cylindersare always calibrated to contain(TC, In).BLAUBRAND ®tall formSILBERBRANDtall formSILBERBRANDlow formCapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlError limit± mlError limit± mlOur class A plastic measuringcylinders made of PMP (conformitycertified) are low-price highqualityalternative to glass cylinders(see page 194-195).5 0.1 0.05 0.08 –10 0.2 0.10 0.15 0.325 0.5 0.25 0.4 0.550 1 0.5 0.8 1100 1 0.5 0.8 1250 2 1.0 1.5 2500 5 2.5 4 51000 10 5 8 102 000 20 10 15 20190info@brand.de

Graduated CylindersGraduated cylinders, tall formBLAUBRAND ® or BLAUBRAND ® ETERNA, class A, conformity certified,ring marks at major graduationsBoro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 4788. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Incl. one batch certificate.With spout and hexagonal base. 5 to 500 ml: pack of 2; 1000 and 2000 ml: pack of 1.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlHeightmmBLAUBRAND ®Cat. No.5 0.1 0.05 115 321 05 327 0510 0.2 0.10 140 321 08 327 0825 0.5 0.25 170 321 20 327 2050 1 0.5 200 321 28 327 28100 1 0.5 260 321 38 327 38250 2 1.0 335 321 48 327 48500 5 2.5 365 321 54 327 541000 10 5 465 321 62 327 622000 20 10 505 321 64 327 64BLAUBRAND ® ETERNACat. No.Volumetric InstrumentsGraduated cylinders, tall form, USPNEW!BLAUBRAND ® , class A, conformity certified, ring marks at major graduationsBoro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 4788. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Incl. USP batch certificate.With spout and hexagonal base. 5 to 500 ml: pack of 2; 1000 ml: pack of 1.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlHeightmmBLAUBRAND ®Cat. No.5 0.1 0.05 USP 115 328 0510 0.2 0.10 USP 140 328 0825 0.5 0.17 USP 170 328 2050 1 0.25 USP 200 328 28100 1 0.5 USP 260 328 38250 2 1.0 USP 335 328 48500 5 2.0 USP 365 328 541000 10 3.0 USP 465 328 622000 20 6.0 USP 505 328 64Note!On request, also available withUSP individual certificate.Graduated cylinders, tall formSILBERBRAND or SILBERBRAND ETERNA, class B, short graduation marksBoro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 4788. Calibrated to contain (TC, In).With spout and hexagonal base. 5 to 500 ml: pack of 2; 1000 and 2000 ml: pack of 1.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlHeightmmSILBERBRANDCat. No.SILBERBRAND ETERNACat. No.5 0.1 0.08 115 – 319 0510 0.2 0.15 140 317 08 319 0825 0.5 0.4 170 317 20 319 2050 1 0.8 200 317 28 319 28100 1 0.8 260 317 38 319 38250 2 1.5 335 317 48 319 48500 5 4 365 317 54 319 541000 10 8 465 317 62 319 622000 20 15 505 317 64 319 64www.brand.de191

Graduated CylindersVolumetric InstrumentsGraduated cylinders, tall formSILBERBRAND ETERNA, class B, short graduation marksBoro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 4788. Calibrated to contain (TC, In).With spout. With detachable hexagonal base and protective collar of PP (not autoclavable).10 to 500 ml: pack of 2; 1000 ml: pack of 1.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlHeightmmCat. No.10 0.2 0.15 135 319 0925 0.5 0.4 170 319 2150 1 0.8 190 319 29100 1 0.8 260 319 39250 2 1.5 335 319 49500 5 4 370 319 551000 10 8 450 319 63Graduated cylinders, low formSILBERBRAND ETERNA, class B, short graduation marksBoro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 4788. Calibrated to contain (TC, In).With spout and hexagonal base.Pack of 2; 1000 ml and 2000 ml: pack of 1.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlHeightmmCat. No.10 1 0.3 90 420 0825 1 0.5 115 420 2050 2 1 145 420 28100 2 1 165 420 38250 5 2 195 420 48500 10 5 250 420 541000 20 10 285 420 622000 50 20 340 420 64192info@brand.de

Graduated CylindersDispensers, tilt measureMixing cylindersBLAUBRAND ® , class A, conformity certified,or SILBERBRAND ETERNA, class BBoro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 4788. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). BLAUBRAND ® mixingcylinders incl. one batch certificate. With PP stopper and hexagonal base.10 to 500 ml: Pack of 2; 1000 ml: Pack of 1.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlNeck sizeHeightmmBLAUBRAND ®Cat. No.SILBERBRAND ETERNACat. No.Volumetric Instruments10 0.2 10/19 160 324 08 339 0825 0.5 14/23 190 324 20 339 2050 1 19/26 220 324 28 339 28100 1 24/29 285 324 38 339 38250 2 29/32 350 324 48 339 48500* 5 34/35 395 324 54 339 541000* 10 45/40 500 324 62 339 62* with octagonal stopper, PEDispensers, tilt measureBottletop dispensing headDispensing head Boro 3.3. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Inscriptions in green enamel.The automatic dispenser is particularly well-suited for dispensing suspensions.Complete with reservoir bottle, borosilicate glass 4.1, capacity 1000 ml, neck size 29/32.Pack of 1.CapacitymlError limit± mlHeight incl. bottlemmDispensing headCat. No.Head with bottleCat. No.5 1.0 270 430 55 430 0510 1.0 270 430 58 430 0820 2.0 280 430 66 430 1625 2.5 280 430 70 430 2050 5 280 430 78 430 28100 10 290 430 88 430 38Accessories for dispensers, tilt measureJoint clipStainless-steel. Neck size 29/32.Pack of 1.Cat. No. 556 18Ground joint sleevePTFE. Neck size 29/32.Pack of 10.Reservoir bottleBorosilicate glass 4.1.Capacity 1000 ml. Neck size 29/32.Pack of 1.DescriptionCat. No.Borosilicate glass 4.1 1269 63Cat. No. 514 22www.brand.de193

Plastic Graduated CylindersVolumetric InstrumentsPlastic Graduated CylindersGraduated cylinders from BRAND aremade of high-quality plastics whichprovide excellent chemical resistance.The nearly perfect cylindrical designallows equal graduation marks.■ Strengthened rim increases overalldimensional stability■ Functional spout minimizes spills■ Hexagonal base with knobs forincreased stability■ Easy-to-read graduations■ Extremely durableGraduated cylinders, class AFrequency of individual test resultsClass A (DIN 12681)Error limit, mlClass A graduated cylinders are characterized by theirvery low measure value scatter, as shown in the exampleabove.Class A error limits are maintained after 20 washing and10 sterilization cycles at 121 °C. (DIN 12 681 requiresonly 10 washing and 3 sterilization cycles.)Graduated cylinders, class A, PMPConformity certified, tall form, with blue printed scalePMP, transparent. DIN 12 681 and ISO 6706. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Incl. onebatch certificate. A particularly high-quality printing ink is used in the plastic graduatedcylinders. Exposure to temperatures up to 121 ºC (autoclaving) will not cause permanentlyexceeded error limits! Cleaning temperature below 60 °C is recommended to preservemarks and inscriptions. 10 to 500 ml: pack of 2; 1000 and 2000 ml: pack of 1.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit A± mlHeightmmCat. No.10 0.2 0.10 145 351 0825 0.5 0.25 170 351 2050 1 0.5 200 351 28100 1 0.5 250 351 38250 2 1.0 315 351 48500 5 2.5 360 351 541000 10 5 440 351 622000 20 10 535 351 64194info@brand.de

Plastic Graduated CylindersGraduated cylinders, PPtall form, class B, with blue printed scale or embossed scalePP, high clarity. DIN 12 681 and ISO 6706. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Exposure totemperatures up to 80 °C will not cause permanently exceeded error limits! Cleaning temperaturebelow 60 °C is recommended to preserve marks and inscriptions.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlHeightmmPackofblue scaleCat. No.10 0.2 0.20 145 10 348 08 350 0825 0.5 0.5 170 10 348 20 350 2050 1 1.0 200 10 348 28 350 28100 1 1.0 250 10 348 38 350 38250 2 2.0 315 5 348 48 350 48500 5 5 360 5 348 54 350 541000 10 10 440 5 348 62 350 622000 20 20 535 1 348 64 350 64embossed scaleCat. No.Volumetric InstrumentsGraduated cylinders, PMPtall form, class B, with blue printed scale or embossed scalePMP, transparent. DIN 12 681 and ISO 6706. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Exposure totemperatures up to 121 ºC (autoclaving) will not cause permanently exceeded error limits!Cleaning temperature below 60 °C is recommended to preserve marks and inscriptions.For autoclaving, we recommend the design with embossed scale.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlHeightmmPackofblue scaleCat. No.embossed scaleCat. No.10 0.2 0.20 145 10 347 08 349 0825 0.5 0.5 170 10 347 20 349 2050 1 1.0 200 10 347 28 349 28100 1 1.0 250 10 347 38 349 38250 2 2.0 315 5 347 48 349 48500 5 5 360 5 347 54 349 541000 10 10 440 5 347 62 349 622000 20 20 535 1 347 64 349 64Graduated cylinders, PP and SANlow form, with embossed scalePP, high clarity. SAN, transparent. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Exposure to temperaturesup to 80 °C will not cause permanently exceeded error limits!CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlPackofPPCat. No.SANCat. No.25 0.5 0.5 10 416 20 415 2050 1.0 1.0 10 416 28 415 28100 2.0 2.0 10 416 38 415 38250 5.0 5 5 416 48 415 48500 10.0 10 5 416 54 415 541000 20.0 20 5 416 62 415 62www.brand.de195

Burettesand Automatic BurettesVolumetric InstrumentsBurettesand Automatic BurettesGraduation and readingBLAUBRAND ®Schellbach StripeRing marks at major graduations.Reading at point ofcontact of the two tips.SILBERBRANDSchellbach StripeShort marks at major graduations.Reading at point ofcontact of the two tips.SILBERBRANDShort marks at major graduations.Reading at lowest pointof meniscus.SpecificationsBurettes and automatic burettes are always calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).Waiting times:BLAUBRAND ® – waiting time 30 sec. SILBERBRAND – no waiting timeNote: A waiting time is usually not neccessary if a titration is performed(see DIN EN ISO 385).All BLAUBRAND ® burettes and automatic burettes are supplied with a batchnumber and an accompanying batch certificate in the original packaging. Onrequest, they are also available with an individual certificate, USP individualcertificate or DAkkS calibration certificate (ordering information, page 173).Note!The abbreviation Boro 3.3 represents the internationallydesignated borosilicate glass type 3.3.The needle-valve stopcockPTFE valve spindleOperates smoothly yet is tight, even without lubrication, so there is nogrease residue on the burette. The valve spindle is replaceable.Tight seal without forceA gentle turn is all it takes to close the burette valve.Precision burette tipPrecise drop by drop control. Drop size remains constant– from the first to the last drop. The liquid stream breaksoff precisely and does not creep along the outside edge.196info@brand.de

BurettesBurettes, lateral stopcockBLAUBRAND ® , class AS, conformity certifiedBoro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Schellbach stripe.Incl. one batch certificate. Length approx. 800 mm. Pack of 2.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlStopcock withCat. No.Volumetric Instruments10 0.02 0.02 PTFE spindle 138 4425 0.05 0.03 PTFE spindle 138 4750 0.1 0.05 PTFE spindle 138 4810 0.02 0.02 Glass key 138 8425 0.05 0.03 Glass key 138 8750 0.1 0.05 Glass key 138 88Note!On request, BLAUBRAND ® classAS burettes are also available withUSP individual certificate.Burettes, straight stopcockBLAUBRAND ® , class AS, conformity certifiedBoro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Schellbach stripe.Incl. one batch certificate. Length approx. 800 mm. Pack of 2.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlStopcock withCat. No.10 0.02 0.02 PTFE spindle 124 8425 0.05 0.03 PTFE spindle 124 8750 0.1 0.05 PTFE spindle 124 8810 0.02 0.02 Glass key 124 6425 0.05 0.03 Glass key 124 6750 0.1 0.05 Glass key 124 68www.brand.de197

BurettesVolumetric InstrumentsMicro burettes, Bang pattern, straight stopcockBLAUBRAND ® , class AS, conformity certifiedBoro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Schellbach stripe. Incl. onebatch certificate. Available with needle valve stopcock with PTFE spindle (PTFE key inintermediate stopcock) or STJ glass stopcock (glass key in intermediate stopcock).Pack of 2.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlLengthmmStopcock withCat. No.2 0.01 0.01 600 PTFE spindle 242 655 0.01 0.01 820 PTFE spindle 242 6710 0.02 0.02 820 PTFE spindle 242 692 0.01 0.01 600 Glass key 242 555 0.01 0.01 820 Glass key 242 5710 0.02 0.02 820 Glass key 242 59Note!On request, BLAUBRAND ® classAS burettes are also available withUSP individual certificate.Micro burettes, Bang pattern, lateral stopcockBLAUBRAND ® , class AS, conformity certifiedBoro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Schellbach stripe. Incl. onebatch certificate. Available with needle valve stopcock with PTFE spindle (PTFE key inintermediate stopcock) or STJ glass stopcock (glass key in intermediate stopcock).With base. Pack of 2.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlLengthmmStopcock withCat. No.2 0.01 0.01 660 PTFE spindle 245 955 0.01 0.01 900 PTFE spindle 245 9710 0.02 0.02 900 PTFE spindle 245 992 0.01 0.01 660 Glass key 245 455 0.01 0.01 900 Glass key 245 4710 0.02 0.02 900 Glass key 245 49198info@brand.de

BurettesBurettes, lateral stopcockSILBERBRAND, class BBoro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Schellbach stripe.Length approx. 800 mm. Pack of 2.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlStopcock withCat. No.Volumetric Instruments10 0.02 0.03 PTFE spindle 135 6325 0.05 0.05 PTFE spindle 135 6650 0.1 0.08 PTFE spindle 135 6825 0.05 0.05 Glass key 135 0650 0.1 0.08 Glass key 135 08Burettes, straight stopcockSILBERBRAND, class BBoro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Schellbach stripe.Length approx. 800 mm. Pack of 2.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlStopcock withCat. No.10 0.02 0.03 PTFE spindle 120 9325 0.05 0.05 PTFE spindle 120 9650 0.1 0.08 PTFE spindle 120 98www.brand.de199

BurettesVolumetric InstrumentsBurettes, straight stopcockSILBERBRANDBoro 3.3.10 ml and 25 ml: Error limit according to class B, DIN EN ISO 385.50 ml: DIN EN ISO 385, class B.Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Schellbach stripe. Pack of 2.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlLengthmmStopcock withCat. No.10* 0.05 0.05 470 Glass key 120 1325* 0.1 0.08 520 Glass key 120 1650 0.1 0.08 790 Glass key 120 18* reduced distance between subdivision marksBurettes, amber glass, straight stopcockSILBERBRANDBorosilicate glass 5.4.25 ml: Error limit according to class B, DIN EN ISO 385.50 ml: DIN EN ISO 385, class B.Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Pack of 2.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlLengthmmStopcock withCat. No.25* 0.1 0.08 550 PTFE key 135 3650 0.1 0.10 800 PTFE key 135 3825* 0.1 0.08 550 Glass key 135 3250 0.1 0.10 800 Glass key 135 34* reduced distance between subdivision marks200info@brand.de

BurettesThe Modular Burette Concept!The Compact Burette from BRAND.n with PTFE stopcockn fast to dismantle and easy to cleann simple repair – all individual components replaceable!Compact BurettesBLAUBRAND ® , class AS, conformity certifiedBoro 3.3, removable PTFE stopcock. DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).Items supplied: Burette tube with Schellbach stripe; Stopcock with precision tip.Incl. one batch certificate. Pack of 1.Volumetric InstrumentsCapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlLengthmmCat. No.10 0.02 0.02 795 139 1325 0.05 0.03 800 139 1650 0.1 0.05 800 139 18Note!On request, BLAUBRAND ® classAS burettes are also available withUSP individual certificate.Compact BurettesSILBERBRANDAR-GLAS ® , removable PTFE stopcock. Error limits according to class B, DIN EN ISO 385.Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Items supplied: Burette tube with Schellbach stripe;Stopcock with precision tip. Pack of 1.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlLengthmmCat. No.10* 0.05 0.05 445 139 0325* 0.1 0.08 510 139 0650* 0.1 0.10 710 139 08* reduced distance between subdivision marksCompact Burettes, amber glassSILBERBRANDBorosilicate glass 5.4, removable PTFE stopcock.25 ml: Error limit according to class B, DIN EN ISO 385.50 ml: DIN EN ISO 385, class B.Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).Items supplied: Burette tube with white graduation; Stopcock with precision tip. Pack of 1.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlLengthmmCat. No.25* 0.1 0.08 520 139 2650 0.1 0.10 790 139 28* reduced distance between subdivision markswww.brand.de201

BurettesVolumetric InstrumentsSpare burette tubesfor the Compact buretteBLAUBRAND ® , incl. batch certificate, Pack of 1.DesriptionCapacitymlLengthmmCat. No.BLAUBRAND ® , Boro 3.3 10 700 139 43BLAUBRAND ® , Boro 3.3 25 705 139 46BLAUBRAND ® , Boro 3.3 50 705 139 48SILBERBRAND, AR-GLAS ® 10* 350 139 33SILBERBRAND, AR-GLAS ® 25* 410 139 36SILBERBRAND, AR-GLAS ® 50* 610 139 38SILBERBRAND, amber glass 25* 425 139 56SILBERBRAND, amber glass 50 695 139 58* reduced distance between subdivision marksSpare burette stopcockfor all Compact burettes and Compact automatic burettesPTFE. With screw couplings and seals, without burette tip.Pack of 1.Cat. No. 118 05Spare burette tipsfor Compact burettes and Compact automatic burettesPack of 1.For burettes Desription Cat. No.clear glass 10 ml clear glass, Boro 3.3 115 10clear glass 25 ml clear glass, Boro 3.3 115 11clear glass 50 ml clear glass, Boro 3.3 115 12amber glass 25 and 50 ml amber glass, Boro 5.4 115 15202info@brand.de

BurettesCompact burettes, 'Economy'SILBERBRANDAR-GLAS ® , removable PTFE stopcock with PP tip. Error limits according to class B, DINEN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Items supplied: burette tube, stopcock with PPtip.Pack of 2.Volumetric InstrumentsCapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlLengthmmCat. No.25* 0.1 0.08 510 100 1250* 0.1 0.10 710 100 14* reduced distance between subdivision marksBurette tubesSILBERBRANDAR-GLAS ® . Error limits according to class B, DIN EN ISO 385.Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Discharge tube with outer Ø 8 mm.For use with PTFE stopcock (Cat. No. 118 00).Pack of 2.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlLengthmmCat. No.25* 0.1 0.08 400 100 0250* 0.1 0.10 620 100 04* reduced distance between subdivision marksPTFE stopcockfor burette tubesWith PP tip. Complete with mounting tool.Pack of 1.Cat. No. 118 00Spare burette tipfor PTFE stopcockPP, with screw cap. Pack of 1.Cat. No. 116 00www.brand.de203

Automatic BurettesVolumetric InstrumentsAutomatic burettes, Dr. Schilling patternSILBERBRANDBurette: AR-GLAS ® . Error limits according to class B, DIN EN ISO 385.Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Schellbach stripe. Automatic zeroing.Pack of 1.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlWith bottlemlTotal heightmmCat. No.10* 0.05 0.05 500 530 237 5315* 0.1 0.08 500 510 237 5525* 0.1 0.08 1000 620 237 5650* 0.1 0.10 1000 830 237 5825*, amber glass 0.1 0.08 1000, amber 650 237 6650, amber glass 0.1 0.10 1000, amber 900 237 68* reduced distance between subdivision marksSpare parts for automatic burettes, Dr. Schilling patternSpare burettesPack of 1.BasesPack of 1.CapacitymlLengthmmCat. No.For bottlemlØ bottlemmCat. No.■ Materials:Filling tube: PVCDischarge tube: siliconeReservoir bottle: PE-LDBase: PE-HDFitting, grey: PolyamideMicrometer screw: brass/PP■ Squeezing bottle allows rapidfilling■ Automatic zeroing■ Micrometer screw allows finetitration■ Rough titration by releasing themicrometer screw and usingthe press button10* 340 237 1315* 320 237 1525* 390 237 1650* 600 237 1825*, amber glass 420 237 2350, amber glass 670 237 24* reduced distance between subdivision marksReservoir bottlesPE-LD. Narrow-mouth bottle with tube bushing. Pack of 1.CapacitymlØmmHeightmm500 75 237 251000 94 237 28ThreadGLCat. No.500 75 180 25 1290 551000 94 212 28 1290 601000, amber 94 212 28 1302 60Note!Burettes not in use forlonger periods should bedrained and tubing pressurereleased by openingthe stopcock.FittingsMicrometer screw with push-button, incl.support clamp. Pack of 1.Glass discharge tipAR-GLAS ® . With silicone tubing.Pack of 10.For capacitymlfor reservoir bottlemlCat. No.Clear glassCat. No. 115 0010 500 237 4515 500 237 46 Amber glass25 - 50 1000 237 48 Cat. No. 115 05204info@brand.de

Automatic BurettesAutomatic burettes, Pellet pattern,with intermediate stopcockBLAUBRAND ® , class AS, conformity certifiedBoro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Schellbach stripe.Incl. one batch certificate. Available with needle valve stopcock with PTFE spindle (PTFEkey in intermediate stopcock) or STJ glass stopcock (glass key in intermediate stopcock).Automatic zeroing. Intermediate stopcock 4 NS/19 for recirculating residual liquid.Total height approx. 1 m incl. 2000 ml bottle (soda-lime glass). Pack of 1.Needle-valve stopcock (PTFE key in intermediate stopcock)Volumetric InstrumentsCapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlDescriptionCat. No.10 0.02 0.02 with bottle 227 6425 0.05 0.03 with bottle 227 6750 0.1 0.05 with bottle 227 6810 0.02 0.02 without bottle 227 6125 0.05 0.03 without bottle 227 6250 0.1 0.05 without bottle 227 63Glass stopcock (glass key in intermediate stopcock)CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlDescriptionCat. No.10 0.02 0.02 with bottle 227 3425 0.05 0.03 with bottle 227 3750 0.1 0.05 with bottle 227 3810 0.02 0.02 without bottle 227 3125 0.05 0.03 without bottle 227 3250 0.1 0.05 without bottle 227 33Note!On request, BLAUBRAND ® classAS burettes are also available withUSP individual certificate.Automatic burettes, Pellet pattern,without intermediate stopcockBLAUBRAND ® , class AS, conformity certifiedBoro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Schellbach stripe.Incl. one batch certificate. With needle-valve stopcock with PTFE spindle.Automatic zeroing. Total height approx. 1 m incl. 2000 ml bottle (soda-lime glass).Pack of 1.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlDescriptionCat. No.10 0.02 0.02 with bottle 225 2425 0.05 0.03 with bottle 225 2850 0.1 0.05 with bottle 225 3010 0.02 0.02 without bottle 225 2125 0.05 0.03 without bottle 225 2250 0.1 0.05 without bottle 225 23www.brand.de205

Automatic BurettesVolumetric InstrumentsAutomatic burettes, Pellet pattern,without intermediate stopcockSILBERBRAND, class BBoro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Schellbach stripe.With needle-valve stopcock with PTFE spindle. Automatic zeroing.Total height approx. 1 m incl. 2000 ml bottle (soda-lime glass). Pack of 1.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlDescriptionCat. No.10 0.02 0.03 with bottle 219 1425 0.05 0.05 with bottle 219 1750 0.1 0.08 with bottle 219 1810 0.02 0.03 without bottle 219 1125 0.05 0.05 without bottle 219 1250 0.1 0.08 without bottle 219 13Automatic burettes, Pellet pattern,with intermediate stopcockSILBERBRAND, amber glassBorosilicate glass 5.4.25 ml: Error limits according to class B, DIN EN ISO 385.50 ml: DIN EN ISO 385, class B.Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Available with titration stopcock with PTFE key (PTFE keyin intermediate stopcock) or STJ glass stopcock (glass key in intermediate stopcock).Automatic zeroing. Intermediate stopcock 4 NS/19 for recirculating residual liquid.Total height 25 ml approx. 0.7 m, total height 50 ml approx. 1 m incl. 2000 ml bottle(soda-lime glass). Pack of 1.Titration and intermediate stopcock with PTFE keyCapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlDescriptionCat. No.25* 0.1 0.08 with bottle 223 3250 0.1 0.10 with bottle 223 3425* 0.1 0.08 without bottle 223 3650 0.1 0.10 without bottle 223 38* reduced distance between subdivision marksTitration and intermediate stopcock with glass keyCapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlDescriptionCat. No.25* 0.1 0.08 with bottle 223 2250 0.1 0.10 with bottle 223 2425* 0.1 0.08 without bottle 223 2650 0.1 0.10 without bottle 223 28* reduced distance between subdivision marks206info@brand.de

Automatic BurettesAutomatic burettes, Pellet pattern,without intermediate stopcockSILBERBRAND, amber glassBorosilicate glass 5.4.25 ml: Error limits according to class B, DIN EN ISO 385.50 ml: DIN EN ISO 385, class B.Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Available with titration stopcock with PTFE key or glass key.Total height 25 ml approx. 0.7 m, total height 50 ml approx. 1 m incl. 2000 ml bottle(soda-lime glass). Pack of 1.Titration stopcock with PTFE keyVolumetric InstrumentsCapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlDescriptionCat. No.25* 0.1 0.08 with bottle 223 1250 0.1 0.10 with bottle 223 1425* 0.1 0.08 without bottle 223 1650 0.1 0.10 without bottle 223 18* reduced distance between subdivision marksTitration stopcock with glass keyCapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlDescriptionCat. No.25* 0.1 0.08 with bottle 223 0250 0.1 0.10 with bottle 223 0425* 0.1 0.08 without bottle 223 0650 0.1 0.10 without bottle 223 08* reduced distance between subdivision marksSpare key for intermediate stopcock 4 NS/19for automatic burette, pellet patternPTFE or borosilicate glass 5.4, with retention device.Pack of 1.DescriptionClear glassCat. No.Amber glassCat. No.PTFE key 812 65 812 65Glass key 812 55 812 56www.brand.de207

Automatic BurettesVolumetric InstrumentsPlease order supports, buretteclamps and rubber bellows separately(pages 212-213).The Modular Automatic Burette ConceptCompact Automatic Burettes from BRAND.n fast to dismantle and easy to cleann easy to repair – all individual components replaceable!Compact automatic burettesBLAUBRAND ® , class AS, conformity certifiedBoro 3.3, detachable PTFE stopcock. DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).Incl. one batch certificate.Items supplied:Burette tube with Schellbach stripe and automatic zeroing, stopcock with precision tip,filling tube (PVC, transparent), pumphead and 2000 ml bottle (soda-lime glass). Pack of 1.Please order supports, burette clamps and rubber bellows separately (pages 212-213).CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlLengthmmCat. No.10 0.02 0.02 775 239 1925 0.05 0.03 785 239 2050 0.1 0.05 790 239 21Note!On request, BLAUBRAND ® class ASburettes are also available with USPindividual certificate.Compact automatic burettesSILBERBRANDAR-GLAS ® , detachable PTFE stopcock. Error limits according to class B,DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).Items supplied:Burette tube with Schellbach stripe and automatic zeroing, stopcock with precision tip,filling tube (PVC, transparent), pumphead and 2000 ml bottle (soda-lime glass). Pack of 1.Please order supports, burette clamps and rubber bellows separately (pages 212-213).CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlLengthmmCat. No.10* 0.05 0.05 455 239 0925* 0.1 0.08 520 239 1050* 0.1 0.10 730 239 11* reduced distance between subdivision marks208info@brand.de

Automatic BurettesCompact automatic burettes, amber glassSILBERBRANDBorosilicate glass 5.4, detachable PTFE stopcock. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).25 ml: Error limit according to class B, DIN EN ISO 385.50 ml: DIN EN ISO 385, class B.Items supplied:Burette tube with white graduation and automatic zeroing, stopcock with precision tip,filling tube (PVC, transparent), pumphead and 2000 ml bottle (soda-lime glass). Pack of 1.Please order supports, burette clamps and rubber bellows separately (pages 212-213).Please order supports, buretteclamps and rubber bellows separately(pages 212-213).Volumetric InstrumentsCapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlLengthmmCat. No.25* 0.1 0.08 495 239 2950 0.1 0.10 780 239 30* reduced distance between subdivision marksCompact automatic burettesBLAUBRAND ® , class AS, conformity certifiedBoro 3.3, detachable PTFE stopcock. DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).Incl. one batch certificate.Items supplied: Burette tube with Schellbach stripe and automatic zeroing, stopcock withprecision tip, filling tube (PVC, transparent) and 1000 ml PE-bottle with base. Pack of 1.Please order supports, burette clamps and rubber bellows separately (pages 212-213).CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlLengthmmCat. No.10 0.02 0.02 775 238 1925 0.05 0.03 785 238 2050 0.1 0.05 790 238 21Note!On request, BLAUBRAND ® class ASburettes are also available with USPindividual certificate.www.brand.de209

Automatic BurettesVolumetric InstrumentsPlease order supports andburette clamps separately(pages 212-213).Compact automatic burettesSILBERBRANDAR-GLAS ® , detachable PTFE stopcock. Error limits according to class B,DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).Items supplied:Burette tube with Schellbach stripe and automatic zeroing, stopcock with precision tip,filling tube (PVC, transparent) and 1000 ml PE-bottle with base. Pack of 1.Please order supports and burette clamps separately (pages 212-213).CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlLengthmmCat. No.10* 0.05 0.05 455 238 0925* 0.1 0.08 520 238 1050* 0.1 0.10 730 238 11* reduced distance between subdivision marksCompact automatic burettes, amber glassSILBERBRANDBorosilicate glass 5.4, detachable PTFE stopcock. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).25 ml: Error limit according to class B, DIN EN ISO 385.50 ml: DIN EN ISO 385, class B.Items supplied:Burette tube with white graduation and automatic zeroing, stopcock with precision tip,filling tube (PVC, transparent) and brown 1000 ml PE-bottle with base. Pack of 1.Please order supports and burette clamps separately (pages 212-213).CapacitymlSubdivisionmlError limit± mlLengthmmCat. No.25* 0.1 0.08 495 238 2950 0.1 0.10 780 238 30* reduced distance between subdivision marks210info@brand.de

Spare Burette StopcocksSpare burette tubesfor Compact automatic burettes with automatic zeroingBLAUBRAND ® , incl. batch certificate. Pack of 1.DescriptionCapacitymlLengthmmCat. No.BLAUBRAND ® , Boro 3.3 10 680 238 43BLAUBRAND ® , Boro 3.3 25 690 238 46BLAUBRAND ® , Boro 3.3 50 695 238 48SILBERBRAND, AR-GLAS ® 10* 360 238 33SILBERBRAND, AR-GLAS ® 25* 425 238 36SILBERBRAND, AR-GLAS ® 50* 635 238 38Volumetric InstrumentsSILBERBRAND, amber glass 25* 400 238 66SILBERBRAND, amber glass 50 685 238 68* reduced distance between subdivision marks(Burette clamps, see page 212-213)Spare burette stopcockfor all Compact burettes and Compact automatic burettesPTFE. With screw couplings and seals, without burette tip.Pack of 1.Cat. No. 118 05Spare burette tipsfor all Compact burettes and Compact automatic burettesPack of 1.For burettes Desription Cat. No.clear glass 10 ml clear glass, Boro 3.3 115 10clear glass 25 ml clear glass, Boro 3.3 115 11clear glass 50 ml clear glass, Boro 3.3 115 12amber glass 25 and 50 ml amber glass, Boro 5.4 115 15Spare filling tubePVC, transparent.Inner-Ø 5 mm, Outer-Ø 7 mm, length 1 m.Pack of 1.Cat. No. 115 25BasesPack of 1.For bottlemlØ bottlemmCat. No.500 75 237 251000 94 237 28Reservoir bottlesPE-LD. Narrow-mouth bottle with tube bushing. Pack of 1.CapacitymlØmmHeightmmThreadGLCat. No.500 75 180 25 1290 551000 94 212 28 1290 601000, amber 94 212 28 1302 60www.brand.de211

Burette AccessoriesVolumetric InstrumentsSpare reservoir bottles for automatic burettesAvailable in clear or amber glassBoro 3.3 or soda-lime glass. Capacity 2000 ml. Pack of 1.MaterialØmmHeightmmNeck size Description Cat. No.Boro 3.3 160 200 29/32 Clear glass 233 10Boro 3.3 160 200 29/32 Amber glass 233 20Soda-lime glass 160 200 29/32 Clear glass 1269 65Soda-lime glass 160 200 29/32 Amber glass 1270 65Pumpheadfor glass reservoir bottle,compact automatic buretteBoro 3.3. NS 29/32. Fitting length185 mm. Nozzle outer diameter 7 mm.Pack of 1.DescriptionCat. No.Clear glass 238 75Amber glass 238 76Rubber bellowsfor automatic burettesOrange colored, single-bulb rubberbellows. With valve and tubing. Pack of 1.Cat. No. 234 00Burette clampsZinc alloy, nickel-plated.PVC-coated clamps.Pack of 1.DescriptionCat. No.for 1 burette 165 15for 2 burettes 165 20Joint ClipStainless-steel Neck size 29/32.Pack of 1.Cat. No. 556 18212info@brand.de

Burette AccessoriesBurette clampAlluminium die cast. Two burettes up to50 ml can be mounted in seconds. Withplastic-coated roller grips. Comfortableheight adjustment. Graduations remainvisible.Very sturdy design, easy to operate. Integralsupport connector. Ideal for use with burettesupport (Cat. No. 238 82). Pack of 1.Cat. No. 5780 00Volumetric InstrumentsBurette clampsPP, white. To be mounted on support rodsof 8 to 14 mm Ø. Easily affixes the buretteby clamping with a non-corroding spring.Pack of 1.DescriptionCat. No.for 1 burette 165 05for 2 burettes 165 10Burette supportBaseplate: PP with rubber feet minimizesliding and protect bench-top.Support rod: Stainless steel.Includes baseplate 210 x 155 mm (L x W).Support rod 550 x 12 mm (L x diameter)Pack of 1.Cat. No. 238 82Burette coversPP. Ribbed inside to prevent suctionattachment during titration. Pack of 10.Inner ØmmHeightmmCat. No.20 30 164 00www.brand.de213

Spare Burette StopcocksVolumetric InstrumentsSpare burette stopcocksNeedle-valve stopcocksBISTABIL, Boro 3.3/PTFEValve housing with precision Boro 3.3 burette tip.Interchangeable PTFE valve spindle, PP cap and retention device.Valve opening 0-2.5 mm. Pack of 1.For burette capacitymlLateral needle-valve stopcockCat. No.2 - 10 821 20 822 2025 821 21 822 2150 821 22 822 22Straight needle-valve stopcockCat. No.Spare spindle with retentionfor ml2 - 50 821 70 821 70Glass stopcocksBISTABIL, Boro 3.3Stopcock housing with precision Boro 3.3 burette tip.Interchangeable borosilicate glass stopcock key with retention device.Stopcock size 3NS/12. Pack of 1.For burette capacitymlBoro 3.3Lateral stopcockCat. No.Boro 3.3Straight stopcockCat. No.2 - 10 818 05 818 1525 818 07 818 1750 818 09 818 19Spare key with retentionfor ml2 - 10 811 40 810 5325 811 41 810 5350 811 42 810 53Glass stopcocks, amber glassBISTABIL, Borosilicate glass 5.4Stopcock housing with burette tip.Interchangeable PTFE or borosilicate glass key with retention device.Stopcock size 3NS/12. Pack of 1.For burette capacitymlLateral stopcockPTFE keyCat. No.Lateral stopcockGlass keyCat. No.Straight stopcockPTFE keyCat. No.Straight stopcockGlass keyCat. No.25 819 27 819 07 819 37 819 1750 819 27 819 09 819 39 819 19Spare key with retentionfor ml25 811 67 811 46 812 48 812 4750 811 67 811 47 812 48 812 47214info@brand.de

Volumetric InstrumentsBRAND onlineVolumetric InstrumentsNotes:www.brand.de215

© Mark Newman/Lonely Planet Images/Getty Images

Temperatureand DensityMeasurementFor the measurement of temperature and density,BRAND offers high quality thermometers, individuallycalibrated BLAUBRAND ® density bottles, and fast,reliable hydrometers.

Density BottlesTemperature and DensityDensity BottlesBLAUBRAND ® density bottles are individuallyadjusted. The nominal capacity is indeliblyengraved on each bottle. Each bottle iscalibrated with its own stopper or thermometer;hence, stoppers and thermometers arenot interchangeable.Each bottle and its stopper or thermometeris marked with a unique matching identificationnumber.Certification note:All BLAUBRAND ® density bottles are suppliedwith one accompanying individualcertificate in the original packaging.On request, they are also available with aDAkkS calibration certificate.Density bottles,calibratedBLAUBRAND ®Borosilicate glass 3.3. DIN ISO 3507,Gay-Lussac type. Calibrated to contain(TC, In). Reference temperature 20 °C.Individual certificate included. StopperNS 10/19 with capillary. Top of stopperground and polished. The volume in cm 3is specified to a precision of 3 decimalplaces. Pack of 1.Nominal capacitycm³Cat. No.5 433 0510 433 0825 433 2050 433 28100 433 38Inscriptions in highcontrast blue enamelDensity bottles,calibratedBLAUBRAND ® .With thermometer and side capillaryBorosilicate glass 3.3. DIN ISO 3507.Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Referencetemperature 20 °C. Individual certificateincluded. Side capillary with conical groundcap size NS 7/16. Thermometer withenclosed scale, with standard ground jointNS 10/19, range 10 to 35 °C, divided in0.2 °C, mercury filled. The volume in cm 3is specified to a precision of 3 decimalplaces. Pack of 1.Nominal capacitycm³Cat. No.10 434 0825 434 2050 434 28100 434 38218info@brand.de

Oxygen flasksDensity bottles,uncalibratedBorosilicate glass 3.3. DIN ISO 3507,Gay-Lussac type. Stopper NS 10/19with capillary. Top of stopper ground andpolished. Nominal capacity printed on thebottom. Pack of 2.Nominal capacitycm³Cat. No.5 432 0510 432 0825 432 2050 432 28100 432 38Temperature and DensityOxygen flasks,Winkler patternSoda-lime glass. For the determination ofoxygen dissolved in water. The measuredvolume is indicated to ± 0.01 ml. Whitelabelling area. Solid, obliquely cut standardgroundglass stopper can be secured witha fastening clip.Each flask is calibrated with its own stopper;hence, stoppers and flasks are notinterchangeable.Each flask and its stopper is marked with aunique matching identification number.Pack of 2.Nominal capacitymlNeck SizeCat. No.100 - 150 14/23 3860 38250 - 300 19/26 3860 48Accessories:(please order separately)Fastening clips for oxygen flasksWinkler patternPack of 1.For FlaskCat. No.3860 38 3861 383860 48 3861 48www.brand.de219

Centrifuge TubesTemperature and DensityASTM Centrifuge TubesBLAUBRAND ® ASTM centrifuge tubesBorosilicate glass 3.3. Capacity 100 ml.Withstands RCF up to 700.Design, accuracy, etc. to meet ASTM("American Society for Testing andMaterials") specifications.Pack of 2.Relative Centrifugal Force (RCF)n 2RCF = 1.118 · r · ( 1000)rnNote!(see DIN 58 970)= Rotation radius in mm= SpeedOn request, ASTM centrifugetubes are also available withindividual quality certificate byBRAND.ASTM centrifuge tubes,cylindrical, conical bottomASTM D 91.Length max. 203 mm,neck inner-Ø approx. 17 mm.GraduationmlSubdiv.mlfrom 0 to 0.5 0.05from 0.5 to 2 0.10from 2 to 3 0.20from 3 to 5 0.50from 5 to 10 1from 10 to 25 5from 25 to 100 25Cat. No. 3620 38ASTM centrifuge tubes,cylindrical, conical bottomFormer standard ASTM D 96.Length max. 167 mm,neck inner-Ø approx. 17 mm.GraduationmlSubdiv.mlfrom 0 to 0.5 0.05from 0.5 to 2 0.10from 2 to 3 0.20from 3 to 5 0.50from 5 to 10 1from 10 to 25 5from 25 to 100 25Cat. No. 3623 38220info@brand.de

Sedimentation ConesASTM centrifuge tubes,pear-shaped,cylindrical bottomFormer standard ASTM D 96.Length max. 160 mm,neck inner-Ø approx. 17 mm.GraduationmlSubdiv.mlfrom 0 to 1.5 0.10from 1.5 to 3 0.50from 3 to 5 0.50from 5 to 10 1from 10 to 25 5from 25 to 100 25Temperature and DensityCat. No. 3621 38Sedimentation ConesImhoffsedimentation conesSILBERBRAND. Graduated to100 ml, ring mark at 1000 ml.Borosilicate glass 3.3. DIN 12 672.Graduation rangemlSubdiv.mlError limit± ml0 - 2 0.1 0.1> 2 - 10 0.5 0.5> 10 - 40 1 1> 40 - 100 2 2Ring mark 1000 – 10With stopcock.Pack of 1.Cat. No. 3876 62Without stopcock.Pack of 4.Cat. No. 3873 62www.brand.de221

Sedimentation ConesTemperature and DensityImhoff sedimentation coneSILBERBRAND.Graduated to 1000 ml.Borosilicate glass 3.3. DIN 12 672.Without stopcock. Pack of 4.Graduation rangemlSubdiv.mlError limit± ml0 - 2 0.1 0.1> 2 - 10 0.5 0.5> 10 - 40 1 1> 40 - 100 2 2> 100 - 1000 50 10Cat. No. 3874 62Imhoff sedimentation cone,SANGraduated to 1000 ml.SAN, transparent. DIN 12 672.Screw cap allows drainage. Withstands temperaturesup to 85 °C. Pack of 1.Graduation rangemlSubdiv.mlError limit± ml0 - 2 0.1 0.1> 2 - 10 0.5 0.5> 10 - 40 1 1> 40 - 100 2 2> 100 - 1000 50 10Cat. No. 3880 00222info@brand.de

Racks forSedimentation ConesRack for sedimentationcones with and withoutstopcockPMMA/PP, holds 2 Imhoff sedimentationcones (glass or plastic; with and withoutstopcock). Compact design and easy tocarry, even with cones filled. Pack of 1.Temperature and DensityLengthmmWidthmmHeightmmCat. No.300 130 400 3880 60Rack for plasticsedimentation conesPMMA/PP, holds 2 plastic sedimentationcones. Compact design and easy to carry,even with cones filled. Pack of 1.LengthmmWidthmmHeightmmCat. No.300 130 315 3880 50www.brand.de223

HydrometersTemperature and DensityHydrometersMeasuring ProceduresHydrometers determine the density of liquids or the concentrationof dissolved matter.Density is frequently indicated in g/cm 3 (g/ml) or in °Baumé.Concentration is indicated in percentage by volume (Vol.%) or inpercentage by mass (Weight%). Permissible deviations are within± 2 graduation marks.12'from below'/'from above'Temperature correction1. Measuring instrumentCertain applications may requirea correction to accountfor the thermal expansion ofthe hydrometer glass, if themeasuring temperature deviatesfrom the reference temperatureof the hydrometer.This factor corrects the resultfor the corresponding measuringtemperature.K t = (1-γ (t - t 0 )) ρK t For the density aftercorrectionγ Volume expansion coefficientof the hydrometerglass (25 ± 2) 10 -6 K -1t Measuring temperature °Ct 0 Reference temperature °Cρ Density reading g/mlMeasuring procedurePour the sample into a transparentcylinder (see fig. 1) andadjust its temperature to theindicated reference temperatureof the hydrometer. Immediatelybefore measuring, mixwell with a glass rod to reducediffering sample densities andtemperatures.A clean hydrometer shouldonly be touched above thescale. Liquid should not adheremore than 5 mm abovethe reading point.The meniscus should remaineven and not change its shapeor height when the stemmoves up and down.Hydrometer should first becleaned carefully in Mucasol ®(see page 312).Once the hydrometer hasreached its equilibrium, (floatingfreely without touchingthe walls of the cylinder) thedensity is read "from below"for transparent samples,non-transparent samples areread "from above". (see fig. 2).Check the temperature of thesample immediately after thereading. Maximum hydrometermeasuring temperature shouldnot exceed 70 °C.Note!2. SampleConversion tables for measureddensities to differenttemperature can be found inmany chemical references.These tables can provideexpansion coefficients anddensities for different sampletemperatures and concentrations.All scales are shown in originalsize.For hydrometers no certificatesare provided.224info@brand.de

HydrometersRange finder hydrometersGeneral purpose hydrometersTemperature and DensitySubdivisions 0.001 g/cm 3 ,reference temperature 20 °C.Without thermometer,approx. 160 mm long.Pack of 1.Rangeg/cm³Cat. No.0.600 - 0.660 9660 300.650 - 0.710 9660 310.700 - 0.760 9660 320.760 - 0.820 9660 330.820 - 0.880 9660 340.880 - 0.940 9660 350.940 - 1.000 9660 361.000 - 1.060 9660 371.060 - 1.120 9660 381.120 - 1.180 9660 39Subdivisions 0.005 g/cm 3 ,reference temperature 20 °C.Without thermometer,approx. 260 - 300 mm long.Pack of 1.Rangeg/cm³Cat. No.0.700 - 1.000 9700 101.000 - 1.500 9700 121.500 - 2.000 9700 14Subdivisions 0.01 g/cm 3 ,reference temperature 20 °C.Without thermometer,approx. 360 mm long.Pack of 1.Rangeg/cm³Cat. No.0.700 - 2.000 9705 101.180 - 1.240 9660 401.240 - 1.300 9660 411.300 - 1.360 9660 421.360 - 1.420 9660 431.420 - 1.480 9660 441.480 - 1.540 9660 451.540 - 1.600 9660 461.600 - 1.660 9660 471.660 - 1.720 9660 481.720 - 1.780 9660 491.780 - 1.840 9660 501.840 - 1.900 9660 511.900 - 1.960 9660 521.960 - 2.020 9660 53Subdivisions 0.001 g/cm 3 ,reference temperature 20 °C.Without thermometer,approx. 300 mm long.Pack of 1.Rangeg/cm³Cat. No.0.600 - 0.700 9685 100.700 - 0.800 9685 110.800 - 0.900 9685 120.900 - 1.000 9685 131.000 - 1.100 9685 141.100 - 1.200 9685 151.200 - 1.300 9685 161.300 - 1.400 9685 171.400 - 1.500 9685 181.500 - 1.600 9685 191.600 - 1.700 9685 201.700 - 1.800 9685 211.800 - 1.900 9685 221.900 - 2.000 9685 23www.brand.de225

HydrometersTemperature and DensityGeneral purpose hydrometersHydrometers Baumé patternFor aqueous solutions andliquids with similar surfacetensions.The advantage of this patternis that the distances betweengraduation marks remain constantthroughout the entirerange.Without thermometer:Subdivision 0.002 g/cm 3 , referencetemperature 20 °C.Approx. 280 mm long.Pack of 1.With thermometer:Thermometer range:0-30/40 °C (subdivision 1 °C).Petroleum filled, blue colored.Approx. 330 mm long.Pack of 1.Without thermometer.Reference temperature 20 °C.Pack of 1.Rangeg/cm³without thermometerCat. No.with thermometerCat. No.Range°BéSubdivisions°BéLengthapprox. mmCat. No.0.600 - 0.800 9695 10 9696 100.800 - 1.000 9695 11 9696 111.000 - 1.200 9695 12 9696 121.200 - 1.400 9695 13 9696 131.400 - 1.600 9695 14 9696 141.600 - 1.800 9695 15 9696 151.800 - 2.000 9695 16 9696 160 - 35 1 250 9715 280 - 50 1 250 9715 340 - 70 1 250 9715 350 - 10 0.1 285 9715 3610 - 20 0.1 285 9715 3720 - 30 0.1 285 9715 3830 - 40 0.1 285 9715 3940 - 50 0.1 285 9715 4050 - 60 0.1 285 9715 4160 - 70 0.1 285 9715 42The range 0-70 °C Bé corresponds to the range 1-1.94 g/cm 3 .226info@brand.de

HydrometersGeneral purpose alcoholometersSugar hydrometersTemperature and DensitySaccharimeters, Brix pattern (Sugar hydrometers)(1 °Brix = 1% sugar solution)Richter + TrallespatternSubdivisions:1 weight % / 1 vol.%,reference temperature 20 °C,range 0-100% (weight/vol.).Pack of 1.Without thermometer:approx. 260 mm longCat. No. 9805 10Gay-Lussac + CartierpatternSubdivisions:1 vol.% / 0.5 °Cartier, referencetemperature 15 °C,range 0-100 vol.% /10-45 °Cartier. Pack of 1.Without thermometer:approx. 260 mm longCat. No. 9803 10Subdivisions: 1 °Brix.Reference temperature 20 °C.Without thermometer:approx. 210 mm long.Pack of 1.Range°BrixCat. No.0 - 30 9844 1730 - 60 9844 1860 - 90 9844 16Subdivisions: 0.1 °Brix.Reference temperature 20 °C.With thermometer:approx. 330 mm long.Thermometer range: 0-40/50 °C (subdivisions 1 °C).petroleum filled, blue colored.Pack of 1.Range°BrixCat. No.0 - 10 9847 10With thermometer:approx. 330 mm long,thermometer range: 0-30/40 °C (subdivisions 1 °C),petroleum filled, blue colored.With thermometer:approx. 330 mm long,thermometer range: 0-30/40 °C (subdivisions 1 °C),petroleum filled, blue colored.10 - 20 9847 1120 - 30 9847 1230 - 40 9847 1340 - 50 9847 1450 - 60 9847 15Cat. No. 9805 60Cat. No. 9803 60www.brand.de227

HydrometersTemperature and DensityHydrometercylindersHydrometercylindersSpecial-purposehydrometersReference temperature 20 °C.Without thermometer, approx.290-320 mm long.All instruments listed below aresupplied with double scales(weight % and density), eliminatingthe need for cross referencedocumentation.Pack of 1.forRangeWeight %SubdivisionWeight %Cat. No.Ammonium hydroxide, NH 4OH 0 - 35 0.5 9875 10Sodium chloride, NaCl 0 - 27 0.5 9926 10Hydrochloric acid, HCl 0 - 40 0.5 9929 10Borosilicate glass 3.3.Ungraduated, with hexagonalbase and spout.Pack of 1.Capac.mli. H.mmi. ØmmCat. No.250 310 35 9874 02500 340 50 9874 04PP. With spout and overflowvessel. Hydrometers canbe read while the cylinderis completely filled. The elasticityof the jar reduces therisk of hydrometer breakage.Pack of 1.Capac.mli. H.mmi. ØmmCat. No.500 350 50 500 00228info@brand.de

ThermometersThermometerBRAND thermometers – premium instruments for measuringtemperature.These high quality thermometers are manufactured in a singlecasting for a long service life. The dark amber stain is integratedwith the glass surface, and is particularly resistant to chemical andphysical corrosion.Note!At temperatures above 150 °C, the thermometer mustbe carefully preheated approximately to the temperatureto be measured before immersion in the fluid.Temperature and DensityGOLDBRANDPrecision thermometers,suitable for official certificationor officially certified (theofficial certificate is valid for15 years).The accuracy is within thePTB* approved error limits.SILBERBRANDGeneral-purpose thermometersfor routine applications.The accuracy remains withintwice the PTB* approved errorlimits.* PTB (Physikalisch-TechnischeBundesanstalt): German FederalInstitute of Physics and MetrologySolid-stem thermometer,yellow coatedThe vivid yellow coating on theback of these thermometersclearly contrasts the mercurycolumn and graduations.Enclosed-scalethermometerBRAND also carries thermometerswith opal glass scales.Error limits forthermometersThe following error limits areaccording to "Eichordnung EO14-1", the German FederalWeights and Measures Regulations.For thermometers calibratedfor total immersion containingnon-wetting thermometricliquid (e.g., mercury andmercury-thallium alloy) and forthermometers containing wettingthermometric liquid (e.g.,toluene, pentane and petroleum).Official error limits for thermometers containingnon-wetting thermometric liquids, for the subdivisions:Temperature rangefrom °C/to °C0.05 °C 0.1 °C 0.2 °C 0,5 °C 1 °C 2 °C 5 °C-58 / -10 – ± 0.3 ± 0.4 ± 0.5 ± 1 ± 2 ± 5-10 / 110 ± 0.1 ± 0.2 ± 0.3 ± 0.5 ± 1 ± 2 ± 5110 / 210 – – ± 0.4 ± 0.5 ± 1 ± 2 ± 5210 / 410 – – – ± 1 ± 2 ± 2 ± 5410 / 610 – – – – ± 3 ± 4 ± 5Official error limits for thermometers containingwetting thermometric liquids, for the subdivisions:Temperature rangefrom °C/to °C0.5 °C 1 °C 2 °C 5 °C-200 / -110 – ± 3 ± 4 ± 5-110 / -10 ± 1 ± 2 ± 4 ± 5-10 / 110 ± 1 ± 2 ± 3 ± 5110 / 210 – ± 3 ± 4 ± 5Calibration / Temperature correction (approximation)Unless marked otherwise,thermometers are calibrated"for total immersion".This means that the meniscusof the mercury column is levelwith the surface of the liquidbeing measured.If part of the mercury columnis visible above the liquidsurface, a correction may benecessary.Equation for correction:t k= t + (t-t') n6250Example:Temp. reading: t = 160 °CImmersion point: t x = 85 °CEmerging mercurycolumn:Mean temperature: t' = 32 °CLength in °C(on scale): n = 160-85 = 75Corrected temp.: t k= 161.5 °Cwww.brand.de229

ThermometersTemperature and Density1 2 31Solid-stem thermometersDIN 12770, for general purpose, SILBERBRANDCalibrated for total immersion. Stem Ø 6-7 mm, yellow coated, upper end round.Graduation and inscriptions in dark amber stain. Measuring capillary of oval cross sectionimproves readability. Pack of 1.Rangefrom / to °CSubdivision°COverall lengthmmFillingCat. No.-35 / 50 1 260 Mercury 8000 01-10 / 50 1 250 Mercury 8000 02-10 / 110 1 280 Mercury 8000 03-10 / 150 1 280 Mercury 8000 04-10 / 200 1 300 Mercury 8000 05-10 / 250 2 320 Mercury 8000 96-10 / 300 2 320 Mercury 8000 97-10 / 360 2 320 Mercury 8000 98-10 / 410 2 350 Mercury 8000 99-35 / 50 1 260 Petroleum, red colored 8001 01-10 / 100 1 260 Petroleum, red colored 8001 03-10 / 150 1 260 Petroleum, red colored 8001 042Stirring thermometers, solid-stemDIN 12770, for general purpose, SILBERBRANDCalibrated for total immersion. With reinforced bottom end for stirring in beakers, etc.Stem Ø 6-7 mm, yellow coated, upper end round. Graduation and inscriptions in darkamber stain. Measuring capillary of oval cross section for better readability. Mercury filled.Pack of 1.Rangefrom / to °CSubdivision°COverall lengthmmCat. No.-10 / 50 1 300 8005 02-10 / 110 1 300 8005 03-10 / 150 1 300 8005 04-10 / 220 1 300 8005 060 / 360 2 300 8005 480 / 50 1 150 8006 02-10 / 110 1 150 8006 030 / 150 1 150 8006 040 / 220 2 150 8006 460 / 360 2 150 8006 483Enclosed-scale thermometersDIN 12770, for general purpose, SILBERBRANDCalibrated for total immersion. Tube Ø 7-8 mm, upper end with ring. Opal glass scalewith black graduation and inscriptions. Prismatic measuring capillary, in brilliant blue.Mercury filled. Pack of 1.Rangefrom / to °CSubdivision°COverall lengthmmCat. No.-35 / 50 1 260 8004 01-10 / 50 1 200 8004 02-10 / 100 1 260 8004 03-10 / 150 1 260 8004 04-10 / 200 1 300 8004 05-10 / 250 1 300 8004 06-10 / 300 1 340 8004 07-10 / 360 1 340 8004 08-10 / 420 1 340 8004 09230info@brand.de

ThermometersSolid-stem thermometers, without mercuryfor general purpose, SILBERBRANDCalibrated for partial immersion. Immersion depth 76 mm. Stem Ø 6-7 mm, white coated,upper end with ring. Graduation and inscriptions in dark amber stain. Indicator fluid is agreen, wetting, thermometric liquid that is also biodegradable. Measuring capillary withlarge cross section for improved readability. Pack of 1.Temperature and DensityRangefrom / to °CSubdivision°COverall lengthmmCat. No.-10 / 110 1 300 8002 00-10 / 110 0.5 300 8002 02-10 / 150 1 300 8002 04-10 / 250* 2 300 8002 06-10 / 360* 2 300 8002 08* The color may fade due to thermal effects over timePocket thermometers, solid-stemDIN 12770, for general purpose, SILBERBRANDIn nickel-plated metal case with bayonet catch and clip. Case Ø 12 mm, overall length140 mm. Calibrated for total immersion. Stem Ø 6-7 mm, yellow coated. Graduation andinscriptions in dark amber stain. Measuring capillary with oval cross section for improvedreadability. Mercury filled. Pack of 1.Rangefrom / to °CSubdivision°CCat. No.-30 / 50 1 8385 010 / 100 1 8385 03www.brand.de231

ThermometersTemperature and Density1 2,31Precision solid-stem thermometersDIN 12 770, GOLDBRANDCalibrated for total immersion. Stem Ø 6-7 mm, yellow coated, top end round.Black graduation and inscriptions. Measuring capillary with oval cross section forimproved readability. Mercury filled. Pack of 1.Rangefrom / to °CSubdivision°COverall lengthmmSuitable for official certification*Cat. No.-10 / 50 1 250 8040 020 / 50 0.5 250 8040 120 / 50 0.2 320 8040 220 / 50 0.1 420 8040 32-10 / 110 1 300 8040 030 / 100 0.5 300 8040 130 / 100 0.2 400 8040 230 / 100 0.1 550 8040 33-10 / 150 1 300 8040 040 / 150 0.5 320 8040 140 / 150 0.2 450 8040 24-10 / 250 1 350 8040 060 / 250 0.5 350 8040 16-10 / 360 1 380 8040 080 / 360 0.5 450 8040 18-10 / 410 1 400 8040 09* upon request, officially calibrated with calibration certificate and/or DAkkS calibration certificate2Precision thermometers, enclosed-scale patternDIN 12 775, GOLDBRANDCalibrated for total immersion. Tube Ø 7.5-8.5 mm, upper end with Richter-pattern topand knob. Opal glass scale with black graduation and inscriptions. Prismatic measuringcapillary, in brilliant blue. Mercury filled. Pack of 1.Rangefrom / to °CSubdivision°COverall lengthmmSuitable for official certification*Cat. No.0 / 50 0.5 220 8045 120 / 50 0.1 420 8045 320 / 100 ** 1 305 8045 030 / 100 0.5 270 8045 130 / 100 *** 0.1 550 8045 330 / 150 ** 1 305 8045 040 / 150 0.5 350 8045 140 / 250 ** 1 350 8045 060 / 250 0.5 420 8045 160 / 360 ** 1 380 8045 08* upon request, officially calibrated with calibration certificate and/or DAkkS calibration certificate** to DIN 12 778, *** to DIN 12 7703Maximum-precision thermometers, enclosed-scale p.DIN 12 770, GOLDBRANDFor measurements in the autoclave. Reading is carried out at 23 ºC. No temperature correctionis required. Withstands vacuum and pressure to 5 bar. Calibrated for total immersion.Tube Ø 7-8 mm, upper end with Richter-pattern top and knob. Opal glass scale withblack graduation and inscriptions. Prismatic measuring capillary. Mercury filled. Pack of 1.Rangefrom / to °CSubdivision°COverall lengthmmSuitable for official certification*Cat. No.-10 / 150 1 260 8206 00* upon request, officially calibrated with calibration certificate and/or DAkkS calibration certificate232info@brand.de

Thermometers1Precision Anschutz thermometerPrecision solid-stem thermometers, DIN 12770, GOLDBRANDCalibrated for total immersion. Stem Ø 5-6 mm, yellow coated, upper end with knob.Black graduation and inscriptions. Measuring capillary with oval cross section for improvedreadability. Mercury filled. Pack of 1.Rangefrom / to °CSubdivision°COverall lengthmmSuitable for official certification/calibratableCat. No.0 / 50 0.1 340 8080 32*50 / 100 0.1 340 8080 33*100 / 150 0.1 340 8080 34**150 / 200 0.1 340 8080 35**200 / 250 0.1 340 8080 36**250 / 300 0.1 340 8080 37**300 / 360 0.1 340 8080 38*** upon request, officially calibrated with calibration certificate and/or DAkkS calibration certificate** upon request, available officially tested with calibration certificate and/or DKD calibration certificate1 2 3Temperature and Density2Precision high-temperature thermometersolid-stem thermometer, DIN 12 778, GOLDBRANDCalibrated for total immersion. Stem Ø 5-7 mm, frosted reverse side, upper end drawn outand sealed. Black graduation and inscriptions. Measuring capillary with large cross sectionfor improved readability. Mercury filled. Pack of 1.Rangefrom / to °CSubdivision°COverall lengthmmSuitable for official certification*Cat. No.0 / 610 2 450 8120 10* upon request, officially calibrated with calibration certificate and/or DAkkS calibration certificate3Precision low-temperature thermometersolid-stem thermometer, GOLDBRANDCalibrated for total immersion. Stem Ø 6-8 mm, upper end round. Black graduation andinscriptions. Measuring capillary with large cross section for improved readability.Pack of 1.Rangefrom / to °CSubdivision°COverall lengthmmFillingSuitable for official certification*Cat. No.-38 / 50 *** 1 260 Hg 8050 01-38 / 50 *** 0.5 280 Hg 8050 11-50 / 30 1 280 Toluene, dyed red 8052 02-50 / 30 0.5 280 Toluene, dyed red 8052 12-100 / 30 ** 1 305 Toluene, dyed red 8052 03-100 / 30 0.5 320 Toluene, dyed red 8052 13* upon request, officially calibrated with calibration certificate and/or DAkkS calibration certificate** to DIN 12 778, *** to DIN 12 770www.brand.de233

ThermometersTemperature and Density1 2 31Dropping point thermometer, Ubbelohde patternPrecision enclosed-scale thermometer with very small, rapid response mercurybulb, to DIN 12 785, GOLDBRANDCalibrated for total immersion. Top tube Ø 9.0-9.6 mm, bottom 3.3-3.7 mm.Upper end round. Opal glass scale with black graduation and inscriptions.Prismatic measuring capillary. Mercury filled. Mounted with metal fitting. Pack of 1.Rangefrom / to °CSubdivision°COverall lengthmmSuitable for official certification*Cat. No.0 / 110 1 240 8711 01* upon request, officially calibrated with calibration certificate and/or DAkkS calibration certificate2Cloud point and setting point thermometersPrecision enclosed-scale thermometer to DIN 12 785, GOLDBRANDCalibrated for 180 mm immersion. Top tube Ø 9-11 mm, bottom 4.5-5.5 mm.Upper end round. Opal glass scale with black graduation and inscriptions.Prismatic measuring capillary. Toluene filled, dyed red. Pack of 1.Rangefrom / to °CSubdivision°COverall lengthmmSuitable for official certification*Cat. No.-70 / 50 1 360 8705 03* upon request, officially calibrated with calibration certificate and/or DAkkS calibration certificate3Congealing point thermometerPrecision solid-stem thermometer, prismatic, to DIN 12 785, GOLDBRANDCalibrated for total immersion. Stem Ø 6-7 mm, yellow coated, upper end with ring.Black graduation and inscriptions. Measuring capillary of oval cross section for improvedreadability. Mercury filled. Pack of 1.Rangefrom / to °CSubdivision°COverall lengthmmSuitable for official certification*Cat. No.0 / 100 0.5 300 8668 01* upon request, officially calibrated with calibration certificate and/or DAkkS calibration certificate234info@brand.de

ThermometersASTM thermometersASTMNo.Rangefrom / to °CSubdivision°COveralllengthmmImmersiondepthmmSuitable for officialcertification*/calibratableCat. No.1 C -20 / 150 1 322 76 8800 012 C -5 / 300 1 390 76 8800 023 C -5 / 400 1 415 76 8800 035 C -38 / 50 1 230 108 8800 046 C -80 / 20 1 230 76 8800 057 C -2 / 300 1 385 total immers. 8800 068 C -2 / 400 1 385 total immers. 8800 079 C W -5 / 110 0.5 290 57 8800 0810 C W 90 / 370 2 290 57 8800 0911 C -6 / 400 2 310 25 8800 1012 C -20 / 102 0.2 420 total immers. 8800 1114 C 38 / 82 0.1 375 79 8800 1315 C -2 / 80 0.2 395 total immers. 8800 1416 C 30 / 200 0.5 395 total immers. 8800 1517 C W 19 / 27 0.1 275 total immers. 8800 1618 C W 34 / 42 0.1 275 total immers. 8800 1720 C W 57 / 65 0.1 275 total immers. 8800 1922 C W 95 / 103 0.1 275 total immers. 8800 2123 C 18 / 28 0.2 212 90 8800 2224 C 39 / 54 0.2 237 90 8800 2333 C -38 / 42 0.2 420 50 8800 2734 C 25 / 105 0.2 420 50 8800 2835 C 90 / 170 0.2 420 50 8800 2936 C -2 / 68 0.2 405 45 8800 3037 C -2 / 52 0.2 395 100 8800 3139 C 48 / 102 0.2 395 100 8800 3340 C 72 / 126 0.2 395 100 8800 3441 C 98 / 152 0.2 395 100 8800 3542 C 95 / 255 0.5 395 100 8800 3644 C T 18.6 / 21.4 0.05 305 total immers. 8800 8645 C T 23.6 / 26.4 0.05 305 total immers. 8800 8746 C T 48.6 / 51.4 0.05 305 total immers. 8800 8849 C 20 / 70 0.2 305 65 8800 3754 C 20 / 100.6 0.2 310 total immers. 8800 9056 C 19 / 35 0.02 585 total immers. 8800 4057 C W -20 / 50 0.5 287 57 8800 4161 C 32 / 127 0.2 380 79 8800 4262 C -38 / 2 0.1 379 total immers. 8800 4363 C -8 / 32 0.1 379 total immers. 8800 4464 C T 25 / 55 0.1 379 total immers. 8800 4566 C T 75 / 105 0.1 379 total immers. 8800 4767 C T 95 / 155 0.2 379 total immers. 8800 4882 C W -15 / 105 1 162 30 8800 5283 C W 15 / 70 1 171 40 8800 5386 C W 95 / 175 1 167 35 8800 5688 C W 10 / 200 1 287 57 8800 5889 C -20 / 10 0.1 370 76 8800 5990 C 0 / 30 0.1 370 76 8800 6091 C 20 / 50 0.1 370 76 8800 6192 C 40 / 70 0.1 370 76 8800 6293 C 60 / 90 0.1 370 76 8800 6394 C 80 / 110 0.1 370 76 8800 6495 C 100 / 130 0.1 370 76 8800 65**102 C 123 / 177 0.2 395 100 8800 69103 C 148 / 202 0.2 395 100 8800 70104 C 173 / 227 0.2 395 100 8800 71**105 C 198 / 252 0.2 395 100 8800 72**106 C 223 / 277 0.2 395 100 8800 73**107 C 248 / 302 0.2 395 100 8800 74**110 C T 133.6 / 136.4 0.05 305 total immers. 8800 79**114 C -80 / 20 0.5 300 total immers. 8800 78120 C T 38.6 / 41.4 0.05 305 total immers. 8800 84121 C T 98.6 / 101.4 0.05 305 total immers. 8800 85* upon request, officially calibrated with calibration certificate and/or DAkkS calibration certificate,** upon request, available officially tested with calibration certificate and/or DAkkS calibration certificate.WBeaded type, T Thermometer with auxiliary scale at 0 °CASTM thermometersprecision solid-stem thermometers,GOLDBRANDDesign, accuracy, etc. to meetASTM ("American Society for Testingand Materials") specifications.Clear contrast through yellow coating.Black graduation and inscriptions.Mercury filled, under nitrogen(except 6 C and 114 C which aretoluene filled). All thermometerswithout metal fittings. Pack of 1.Temperature and Densitywww.brand.de235

ThermometersTemperature and DensityPrecision thermometers with standardground-glass jointenclosed-scale thermometer, DIN 12 770, NS 14/23, GOLDBRANDCalibrated for partial immersion, with indication of the mean mercury column temperature.Top tube Ø 10.5-11.5 mm, bottom 7-8 mm. Upper end with round finished seal. Opalglass scale with black graduation and inscriptions. Prismatic measuring capillary, in brilliantblue. Mercury filled. Pack of 1.Rangefrom / to °CSubdivision°CFitting lengthapprox. mmImmersion depthapprox. mmSuitable forofficial certification*Cat. No.aa: Immersion depthb: Fitting lengthb-10 / 150 0.5 50 27 8130 49-10 / 150 0.5 60 37 8130 50-10 / 150 ** 0.5 75 52 8130 51-10 / 250 1 50 27 8130 59-10 / 250 1 60 37 8130 60-10 / 250 ** 1 75 52 8130 61* upon request, officially calibrated with calibration certificate and/or DAkkS calibration certificate** to DIN 12 784236info@brand.de

Temperature and DensityBRAND onlineTemperature and DensityNotes:www.brand.de237

© Ann Cutting/Workbook Stock/Getty Images

ClinicalLaboratoryClinical laboratories see a wide range of specimensand use a great variety of methods.Products from BRAND for the medical laboratory aresubjected to rigid quality control procedures. Thisensures precise results.

Sample CupsClinical LaboratorySample cupfor Technicon-AnalyzerPS, transparent. CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.Packed in bags of 1000.CapacitymlUpper ØmmLower ØmmHeightmmCat. No.1.5 15 12.2 22.7 1150 152 14.8 12.8 24.9 1150 164 17 13.3 38 1150 17Push-on capsfor Analyzer Sample cupPE. Suitable for Technicon 1.5 ml and 2 ml sample tubes.CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.Pack of 1000.Cat. No. 1150 20Sample cupwith snap capPS, transparent. PE snap cap.Pack quantity: 1000 = 10 bags of 100.CapacitymlØmmHeightmmCat. No.12 22 38 7220 60Sample cupfor COULTER COUNTER ®PS, transparent. PE lid. CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.Pack quantity: 1000 = 4 bags of 250.CapacitymlØmmHeightmmCat. No.20 32 56 7220 55240info@brand.de

JarsJar with snap-on lidJar PS, snap-on lid PE-LD. Conical shape. Pack of 1000.Capacitymlmax. ØmmHeightmmCat. No.25 47 32 623 15Clinical LaboratoryJars with push-on lidPP. Pack of 10.Capacitymlmax. ØmmHeightmmCat. No.approx. 50 56 25 618 15approx. 115 75 30 618 20Jar with screw capPP. Conical shape. Pack of 500.Capacitymlmax. ØmmHeightmmCat. No.30 57 32 623 10www.brand.de241

ContainersClinical LaboratoryUrine beakerwith press-on lidPP, with red PE lid. For hygienic and odorless urine sample handling. Lid is simply sealedby being pressed on. Easy to use: simply cut off integrated spout tip and insert test strip.CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.DescriptionCapacitymlSubdivisionmlØmmHeightmmPackofCat. No.Beaker + lid 125 25 1000* 7589 00Beaker 125 25 65 70 1000* 7589 01Red lid – – 70 – 1000* 7589 02* Beakers: Pack of 1000, lids: Pack of 2 x 500.Urine beakerwith screw capPP, with PE screw cap. For hygienic and odorless urine sample handling.CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.DescriptionCapacitymlSubdivisionmlØmmHeightmmPackofCat. No.non-sterile (green cap) 100 20 65 75 1000* 7589 05γ-ray sterile (yellow cap) 100 20 65 75 240** 7589 10* Beakers: Pack of 1 x 1000, lids: Pack of 2 x 500 ** 48 bags of 5Faeces containerwith screw capPS. With label. Easy to use with PS screw cap which serves as a sample scoop grip.CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC. Pack of 400.DescriptionCapacitymlØmmHeightmmCat. No.non-sterile (blue cap) 30 26 92 623 05Sterilization indicator tapeSelf-adhesive crêpe paper containing thermoactive pigments. The white colored strips turnbrown after autoclaving (121 °C: after approx. 20 min., 134 °C: after approx. 5 min.).Pack quantity: 1 roll.LengthmWidthmmCat. No.50 19 617 50242info@brand.de

Disposal Bags · ContainersDisposal bagsfor collection of disposable items after usePP/PA. Caution: Risk of injury! Never put sharp objects such asneedles into plastic bags. Bags must be open during sterilization.PP, autoclavable (121 °C).PA, autoclavable (134 °C) and hot-air sterilization at 180 °C.DescriptionLengthmmWidthmmPackofCat. No.Clinical LaboratoryPP 300 200 100 7597 05PA 300 200 50 7597 10Stand for disposal bagsEpoxy-coated steel wire, with rubber feet. Not autoclavable. Pack of 1.DescriptionInner ØmmHeightmmCat. No.with 100 disposal bags of PP 120 250 7597 00with 50 disposal bags of PA 120 250 7597 01Stand, white 120 250 7597 03Workstation storage/dispenser boxesPMMA, white and clear. Available in two sizes. Ideal for storing and dispensingsmall laboratory items like pipette tips, microcentrifuge tubes, pasteur pipettes, etc.Removeable top cover with hinged front cover. Pack of 1.DescriptionLengthmmWidthmmHeightmmCat. No.large 165 152 355 1319 00small 165 152 178 1319 02www.brand.de243

Petri DishesInoculation LoopsClinical LaboratoryPetri dishSoda-lime glass. Excellent glass quality and workmanship. Dish and lid are flat inside andoutside and are free from bubbles and streaks. Cut edges are fire-polished.Pack of 10.Lid ØmmDish height (base)mmCat. No.40 12 4557 0160 15 4557 1780 15 4557 32100 15 4557 42100 20 4557 43150 25 4557 51Petri dishPS. Transparent, with lid, disposable. Available with or without vent lid.Dishes and lids are assembled robotically to reduce the risk of contamination.Pack of 480 = 24 bags of 20.DescriptionLid ØmmHeightmmCat. No.without vent 94 16 4520 00with vent lid 94 16 4520 05Petri dishPS. With or without vent. Dishes and lids are assembled robotically to reduce the riskof contamination. Pack of 1620 = 108 bags of 15.DescriptionLid ØmmHeightmmCat. No.without vent 55 14 4520 15with vent lid 55 14 4520 10Inoculation loopswith needle, disposablePS. For inoculation of nutrient media. Available either with loop at one end and needle atthe other or loops at both ends. High flexibility permits gentle streaking without damagingthe nutrient surface. γ-ray sterilized. Pack quantity: 1000 = 50 bags of 20.Description Color Cat. No.Capacity of loop: 1 µl natural 4522 01Capacity of loop: 10 µl blue 4522 10Capacity of loop: 1 + 10 µl yellow 4522 15244info@brand.de

Culture TubesCentrifuge TubesCulture tubesRimless or with screw cap (GL thread)Soda-lime glass. Screw cap, PP, with white TPE elastomer seal.Autoclavable (121 °C). Pack of 100.DescriptionCapacitymlOuter-ØmmHeightmmWall thickness,mmRCFmax.PackofCat. No.with thread GL 14* 6.5 12 100 1 3000 100 1139 31with thread GL 18* 10 16 100 1 3000 100 1139 35with thread GL 18* 20 16 160 1 1800 100 1139 41with thread GL 18* 30 18 180 1 1100 100 1139 43rimless 3 10 75 0.6 3000 250 1141 05rimless 5.5 12 75 0.6 3000 250 1141 06rimless 7.5 12 100 0.6 3000 144 1141 10rimless 13 16 100 0.7 2600 78 1141 15rimless 18 16 125 0.7 1800 105 1141 20rimless 22 16 160 0.7 1500 100 1141 25rimless 30 18 180 0.7 900 121 1141 30* and screw capClinical LaboratoryCentrifuge tubesRimless, round bottomPC. Embossed graduation, subdivisions approx. 1 mm. Transparent, slight yellow tint.Withstands RCF up to 20 000. Pack of 10.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlOuter-ØmmHeightmmCat. No.50 1 35 99 7810 29100 – 41 115 7810 39100 2 45 98 7810 40Polycarbonate strength may be dramaticallyreduced when it is autoclaved ortreated with alkaline cleaning agents.Centrifuge tubeswith screw capPP, translucent. Withstands RCF up to 3000. Graduated, available non-sterile andγ-ray sterilized in 15 ml or 50 ml. Screw cap PE with sealing cone.CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.CapacitymlDescriptiong-ray sterile/non-sterileOuter-ØmmHeightmmPackofCat. No.13 without base non-sterile 17 120 750 (5 x 150) 1148 1713 without base sterile 17 120 750 (5 x 150) 1148 1850 without base non-sterile 30 114 300 (6 x 50) 1148 2050 without base sterile 30 114 300 (6 x 50) 1148 2150 with base non-sterile 30 116 250 (5 x 50) 1148 2250 with base sterile 30 116 250 (5 x 50) 1148 23www.brand.de245

Centrifuge TubesClinical LaboratoryCentrifuge tubesCylindrical, with rimPP. Without stopper. Withstands RCF up to 4500. Autoclavable (121 °C).CapacitymlOuter-ØmmHeightmmPack of10 16 100 3750 (250 per bag) 1153 4220 20 100 500 (50 per bag) 1153 4826 24 90 500 (50 per bag) 1153 4648 30 100 400 (25 per bag) 1153 5075 35 100 300 (20 per bag) 1153 52110 40 120 300 (20 per bag) 1153 54125 45 120 100 (10 per bag) 1153 56Cat. No.(without stopper)PE-Stopper*for PP centrifuge tubesPE. Packed in bags of 100.Suitable for tubeNo.PackofCat. No.1153 42 1000 1153 601153 48 500 1153 661153 46 500 1153 681153 50 500 1153 701153 52 500 1153 721153 54 100 1153 741153 56 100 1153 76* Stopper reduces max. volume246info@brand.de

TubesSample tubesPS, transparent.Clinical LaboratoryType oftubeRCFmax.Outer-ØmmHeightmmPackofCat. No.Universal 2000 16 100 2000 1147 15Universal 4000 12 75 4000 1147 60Coagulometer 2000 12 55 5000 1147 50Grip stopperfor sample tubesPE-LD, neutral. Packed in bags of 1000.Stoppersfor tubesPackofCat. No.1147 15 10000 1147 201147 50, 1147 60 20000 1147 30Sedimentation tubePS, transparent. Conical bottom. Pack of 2000 = 2 bags of 1000.RCFmax.Outer-ØmmHeightmmCat. No.1000 16 105 1147 40www.brand.de247

Test Tube RacksClinical LaboratoryTest tube rackavailable in 6 sizes and four colorsPP. Sturdy construction, stackable. Versatile and inexpensive racks for commondiameter test tubes. Filled PP, density 1.2 g/cm³. Will not float in waterbath.Alphanumerical positions for clear sample identification. Wide spaces betweenpositions. Operating temperature -20 to 90 °C. Autoclavable (121 °C).Racks are supplied in three-pieces for convenient and permanent assembly.Pack of 5.for Ø upto mmPositionsLengthmmWidthmmHeightmmwhiteCat. No.blueCat. No.redCat. No.yellowCat. No.13 6 x 14 265 126 75 43400 00 43400 01 43400 02 43400 0318 5 x 11 265 126 75 43400 10 43400 11 43400 12 43400 1320 4 x 10 265 126 75 43400 20 43400 21 43400 22 43400 2325 4 x 8 265 126 88 43400 30 43400 31 43400 32 43400 3330 3 x 7 265 126 88 43400 40 43400 41 43400 42 43400 4316 5 x 11 265 126 75 43400 60 43400 61 43400 62 43400 63Test tube rackPTFE. Excellent chemical resistance. Operating temperature -200 to 250 °C.Pack of 1.for Ø upto mmPositionsLengthmmWidthmmHeightmmCat. No.13 21 180 60 60 1155 1019 10 180 60 70 1155 1530 4 180 60 80 1155 20Microcentrifuge tube rackFilled PP, sturdy construction. Stackable racks with alphanumerical positions.Operating temperature -20 to 90 °C. Autoclavable (121 °C). Density 1.2 g/cm³. Will notfloat in waterbath. Racks are supplied in two-pieces (Ø 11 mm, for microcentrifuge tubes)or three-pieces (Ø 13 mm, for cryogenic tubes). The racks can be assembled securely andpermanently with minimum handling. Generous spacing between positions, so that tubeswith screw cap and snap lids can be positioned easily. Pack of 5.for Ø upto mmPositionsLengthmmWidthmmHeightmmwhiteCat. No.blueCat. No.redCat. No.yellowCat. No.13 6 x 14 265 126 38 43410 00 43410 01 43410 02 43410 0311 8 x 16 265 126 38 43410 50 43410 51 43410 52 43410 53248info@brand.de

Pasteur PipettesDropping PipettesPasteur pipettesdisposablePE-LD. Very good reproducibility of the number of drops per milliliter. Ideal for aliquots.Pasteur pipettes can be filled and deep-frozen, or changed into a closed vessel byheat-sealing the tip. The integrated pipetting bulb depresses easily, minimizing fatiguefrom frequent pipetting. Resistant to gas or gamma radiation sterilization.Graduation/ SubdivisionmlWithdrawvolumemlOuter-ØtipmmLengthmmDropquantityof mlPackof*Cat. No.Clinical Laboratory– 3.0 2.8 152 25-27 5000 7477 501 / 0.25 3.5 3.4 151 25-30 5000 7477 553 / 0.5 3.5 3.2 152 21-28 5000 7477 602 / 0.5 2.0 3.3 152 22-26 5000 7477 65– 4.0 1.0 148 60-75 5000 7477 70– 1.0 1.0 105 50 3200 7477 75* Pack quantities: 5000 = 10 cartons of 500, 3200 = 8 cartons of 400.Dropping pipetteswith integrated bellowsPE-LD. For sampling and decanting infectious or toxic liquids. Graduated. Pack of 100.CapacitymlLengthmmCat. No.1.5 133 1254 105 194 1254 20Dropping pipettewith integrated pipetting bulbPE-LD. Pack of 250.CapacitymlLengthmmCat. No.1.8 98 1254 00www.brand.de249

Pasteur Pipettes · Rubber CapClinical LaboratoryPasteur pipettesSoda-lime glass. ISO 7712. Long drawn-out capillary tip. Suction end with constrictionfor a cotton plug. Pack of 1000 = 4 boxes of 250.CapacitymlInner-ØtipmmOuter-ØmmLengthsuctiontube, mmLengthtipmmTotallengthmmCat. No.2 1.0 7 25 45 145 7477 152 1.0 7 25 120 225 7477 20Rubber capNatural rubber (NR). Pipetting aid forglass pasteur pipettes. Pack of 100.Cat. No. 1247 00All products can also be foundin our online catalog at:www.brand.de250info@brand.de

Disposable MicropipettesDisposable micropipettes, intraMARKBLAUBRAND ® , conformity certified, with ring markDIN ISO 7550. Volumes greater than 5 µl are conformity certified.Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Color code to ISO for clear identification.CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.Pack quantity 1000 = 4 boxes of 250. 200 µl: Pack of 800 = 4 boxes of 200.Mark(s)at µlColor CodeLengthmmAccuracy≤ ± %Reproducibility≤ %Cat. No.Clinical Laboratory1/2/3/4/5* white 125 0.30 0.6 7087 0710 orange 125 0.25 0.5 7087 0920 black 125 0.25 0.5 7087 1825 2 x white 125 0.25 0.5 7087 2220 + 40 2 x red 125 0.25 0.5 7087 2840 2 x red 125 0.25 0.5 7087 2750 green 125 0.25 0.5 7087 3350 + 100 blue 125 0.25 0.5 7087 45100 blue 125 0.25 0.5 7087 44200 red 125 0.25 0.5 7087 57* conformity certified for 5 µl markDisposable micropipettes, intraENDBLAUBRAND ® , conformity certified, without ring markDIN ISO 7550. Volumes greater than 5 µl are conformity certified.Volume defined by end-to-end filling. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). CE-marked accordingto IVD-Directive 98/79 EC. Pack quantity 1000 = 4 boxes of 250. One pipetting aid,cat. no. 7091 10, included in each pack (> 1 µl).CapacityµlLengthmmAccuracy≤ ± %Reproducibility≤ %Cat. No.1* 29 0.5 1.5 7091 012* 29 0.5 1.0 7091 033* 29 0.5 1.0 7091 055 29 0.5 1.0 7091 0710 29 0.5 1.0 7091 0920 29 0.5 1.0 7091 1825 29 0.5 1.0 7091 2250 29 0.5 1.0 7091 33100 60 0.5 2.0 7091 44* not conformity certifiedDisposable Delbrück micropipettes, intraENDBLAUBRAND ® , conformity certified, to Prof. DelbrückDIN ISO 7550. Volume defined by end-to-end filling. Calibrated to contain (TC, In).Sodium-heparinized. Ideal for capillary blood sampling. With a length of only 30 mm,the pipette can be placed directly into a microcentrifuge tube, where it will release thesample during centrifugation. CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.Pack quantity 1000 = 10 boxes of 100.CapacityµlLengthmmAccuracy≤ ± %Reproducibility≤ %Cat. No.20 30 0.5 1.0 7086 6050 30 0.5 1.0 7086 64www.brand.de251

Pipetting aidMicro HaematocritClinical LaboratoryPipetting aidFor BLAUBRAND ® intraEND micropipettes(> 1 µl). Consisting of the PET plastic tube,silicone adapter, and TPE suction bellowswith venting hole. Pack of 10.Cat. No. 7091 10Pipette holderFor intraEND and Delbrück micropipettesand test tubes (EASYCAL ).Pack of 10.Cat. No. 7086 05Micro haematocrit capillarieswithout calibration mark, heparinized or non-heparinizedDIN ISO 12 772 and BS 4316-68. With color code. For use in haematocrit centrifuges.Heparinized: heparinized with sodium heparinate over internal surface, red color code,for capillary blood. Non-heparinized: Blue color code, for use with heparinized venousblood. CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.Pack quantity 1000 = 10 glass boxes of 100.DescriptionColor-CodeLengthmmWall thicknessmmInner-ØmmOuter-ØmmCat. No.heparinized red 75 ± 0.5 0.2 ± 0.025 1.15 ± 0.05 1.55 ± 0.05 7493 11non-heparinized blue 75 ± 0.5 0.2 ± 0.025 1.15 ± 0.05 1.55 ± 0.05 7493 21Haematocrit sealing compoundNon-drying cement on a plastic plate. For quick sealing of micro-haematocrit capillaries.Up to 24 capillaries can be placed vertically in numbered positions along the sides of thetray. CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC. Pack of 10.Cat. No. 7495 10Note!Hold the capillaries (~ 2/3 full) near the empty end,and stick the empty end into the cement with a slighttwist to seal it.252info@brand.de

Counting ChambersCounting ChambersCounting chambers serve to determine the number of particles per volume unit of a liquid.The particles (e.g., leu cocytes, erythrocytes, thrombocytes, bacteria, fungus spores, pollen)are visually counted under a microscope. BLAUBRAND ® counting chambers are precisionmeasuring instruments.Counting chamberwith spring clipsCounting chamberwithout spring clipsClinical LaboratoryBRAND counting chamberand haemacytometer coverglasses are CE-markedaccording to IVD-Directive98/79 EC.Description of functional characteristicsThe microscope-slide-sized base plate ismade of special optical glass. Milled groovesdivide the surface into two large fields (outside)and three narrow ridges (inside). Thetwo outer fields are for inscriptions, whereasthe ridges are ground and polished. Thecentral ridge (= chamber bottom) has twoengraved sets of rulings for counting, separatedby a groove. Generally the chamberbottom on the central ridge is 0.1 mmlower (= chamber depth) than the twoouter ridges. Hence, when a cover glassis placed on top, there is a gap of 0.1 mmbetween the glass and the central ridge.The lateral boundaries of the volume to becounted are formed by the imaginary planesprojected vertically onto the boundary linesof the ruling.Equation for particle determination (for general use)Particles per µl volume =Counted particlesCounted surface (mm 2 ) · Chamber depth (mm) · DilutionExample: ErythrocytesChamber: Improved Neubauer1. Counted particles: 528 erythrocytes2. Counted surface: 5 group squares,equivalent to 0.2 mm 23. Chamber depth: 0.1 mm4. Dilution: 1:200528 · 2000.2 · 0.1 · 1= 5.28 · 10 6 ery/µl blood= 5.28 Mio ery/µl bloodPack quantities for all counting chambers:1 Counting chamber, complete with 2 haemacytometercover glasses, in transparent plastic box.CleaningFor cleaning, we recommend the disinfectant cleaner Mucocit ® -T (page 313).www.brand.de253

Counting ChambersClinical LaboratoryLarge central squareDescription Chamber depth Cat. No.without spring clips 0.1 mm 7178 05with spring clips 0.1 mm 7178 20Improved Neubauerdouble ruling, with or without spring clipsThe ruling shows 9 large squares of 1 mm 2 each.The four large squares in the corners marked "L"for counting leucocytes are each subdivided into16 squares with 0.25 mm sides.The large square in the center is subdivided into 25 groupsquares of 0.2 mm sides. Each group square consists of16 mini squares with 0.05 mm sides, each having an areaof 0.0025 mm 2 .The 5 group squares marked "E" are used for countingthrombocytes and erythrocytes.All group squares have triple boundary lines on each side.The central line is the limiting line and determines whethercells in the marginal area shall be included in the count ornot. CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.Improved Neubauer, bright-linedouble ruling, without spring clipsSame ruling as Improved Neubauer, but with rhodium-coatedchamber bottom. Rulings are engraved into the rhodium layerand appear bright under normal microscope settings. Byaltering the contrast, the microscope image can be reversed,so that the rulings appear brighter or darker, as required.CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.Large central squareDescription Chamber depth Cat. No.without spring clips 0.1 mm 7178 10Large central squareDescription Chamber depth Cat. No.without spring clips 0.1 mm 7186 05with spring clips 0.1 mm 7186 20Neubauerdouble ruling, with or without spring clipsThe ruling shows 9 large squares of 1 mm 2 each.The four large squares in the corners marked "L" forcounting leucocytes are each subdivided into 16 squareswith 0.25 mm sides.The large square in the center is subdivided into 16 groupsquares of 0.2 mm sides. Each group square consists of16 mini squares with 0.05 mm sides, each having an areaof 0.0025 mm 2 .The 5 group squares marked "E" are used for countingthrombocytes and erythrocytes.Contrary to the more advanced Improved Neubauer countingchambers, the counting area of each group square is limitedby the outer one of the triple boundary lines. CE-markedaccording to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.254info@brand.de

Counting ChambersThomadouble ruling, with or without spring clipsRulings correspond to the central large square of the Neubauerchamber. The mini squares have an area of 0.0025 mm 2 each.Since the outer large squares are not completed, the Thomachamber is only used for counting thrombocytes and erythrocytes.CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.Clinical LaboratoryHaemacytometer cover glasses for counting chamberssee page 257.We recommend in mm: 20 x 26 x 0.4 Haemacytometercover glasses for all counting chambers in our range(except Fuchs-Rosenthal: size in mm: 24 x 24 x 0.4,Nageotte: size in mm: 22 x 30 x 0.4).Large central squareDescription Chamber depth Cat. No.without spring clips 0.1 mm 7180 05with spring clips 0.1 mm 7180 20Bürkerdouble ruling, with or without spring clipsThe ruling shows 9 large squares of 1 mm 2 each. These areused for counting leucocytes. Each large square is subdividedby double lines (0.05 mm apart) into 16 group squares with0.2 mm sides. The group squares correspond in size to theNeubauer counting chamber, but have no further subdivisions.They are used for counting thrombocytes and erythrocytes.The double lines form mini squares with an area of0.0025 mm 2 .CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.Large central squareDescription Chamber depth Cat. No.without spring clips 0.1 mm 7189 05with spring clips 0.1 mm 7189 20Bürker-Türkdouble ruling, with or without spring clipsCombination of the Bürker and Thoma systems. The chamberdepth is 0.1 mm. The ruling shows 9 large squares of 1 mm 2each. The large squares are subdivided into 16 group squareswith 0.2 mm sides. In the central large square, each groupsquare is subdivided into 16 mini squares with 0.05 mm sides(= 0.0025 mm 2 ). CE-marked according to IVD-Directive98/79 EC.Large central squareDescription Chamber depth Cat. No.without spring clips 0.1 mm 7195 05with spring clips 0.1 mm 7195 20www.brand.de255

Counting ChambersClinical LaboratoryFuchs-Rosenthaldouble ruling, with or without spring clipsThe ruling differs from the customary systems for blood cellcounts by its large area of 16 mm 2 . The ruling shows 16 largesquares of 1 mm 2 . Each large square is subdivided into 16 minisquares with 0.25 mm sides and an area of 0.0625 mm 2 . Thischamber is frequently used for counting cells in the cerebrospinalfluid. CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.Large squareDescription Chamber depth Cat. No.without spring clips 0.2 mm 7198 05with spring clips 0.2 mm 7198 20Malassezdouble ruling, without spring clipsThe ruling is rectangular, covering an area of 5 mm 2 .The large rectangles measure 0.25 x 0.20 = 0.05 mm 2 .They are each subdivided into 20 mini squares with an areaof 0.0025 mm 2 . This chamber is commonly used for countingcells in the cerebrospinal fluid, or for counting nematodes.CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.Large squareDescription Chamber depth Cat. No.without spring clips 0.2 mm 7190 05Nageottedouble ruling, without spring clipsThe chamber depth is 0.5 mm. The square area of100 mm 2 is subdivided into 40 rectangles with an area of0.25 x 10 = 2.5 mm 2 each. This chamber is commonly usedfor counting cells in the cerebrospinal fluid, or for countingnematodes. CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.Description Chamber depth Cat. No.without spring clips 0.5 mm 7213 05256info@brand.de

Haematology · MicroscopyHaemacytometer cover glassesfor counting chambersPure white (clear) borosilicate glass, hydrolyti c class 1, DIN ISO 8255.Refractive index n e = 1.52 ± 0.01; Abbe number v e = 56.5 ± 0.5. Flatness tolerance± 3 µm. Haemacytometer cover glasses differ from ordinary cover glasses by their plainground and polished surface. CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.Packing: 2 cover glasses in a plastic bag, separated by tissue paper.Pack quantity: 10 boxes at 10 cover glasses = 100 cover glasses per carton.LengthmmWidthmmThicknessmmCat. No.Clinical Laboratory24 24 0.4 7230 1420 26 0.4 7230 1522 30 0.4 7230 16Cover glasses for microscope slidesPure white (clear) borosilicate glass, hydrolyti c class 1, with excellent chemical resistance.Thickness No. 1 (0.13 to 0.17 mm). Refractive index n e = 1.52 ± 0.01, Abbe numberv e = 56.5 ± 0.5. Fully automated production guarantees "ready-for-use" quality – clean,dust and grease-free, distortion-free, flatness within ± 3 µm.Pack quantities: Square shape: 2000 = 10 boxes of 200.Rectangular shape: 1000 = 10 boxes of 100.DescriptionSizemmCat. No.square shape 18 x 18 4700 4520 x 20 4700 5022 x 22 4700 5524 x 24 4700 60rectangular shape 24 x 40 4708 1624 x 50 4708 1924 x 60 4708 20Microscope slidesWhite (clear) soda-lime glass, hydrolytic class 3. Thickness approx. 1 mm, size approx.76 x 26 mm (DIN ISO 8037-1). We recommend using slides with ground edges toreduce the risk of injury. To protect against penetrating humidity the entire packing unitis also optionally available sealed in an aluminium bag.Pack quantity 2500 = 50 boxes of 50.DescriptionCat. No.ground edges 4747 43ground edges, twin frosted end 4747 44cut edges 4747 01cut edges, twin frosted end 4747 02Note!Not suitable for storage or transportat high humidity!www.brand.de257

Haematology · MicroscopyClinical LaboratoryCavity slidesWhite (clear) soda-lime glass, hydrolytic class 3. Rectangular ground edges.Thickness 1.2 - 1.5 mm, size in mm: 76 x 26. Concavities of 15-18 mm Ø,depth 0.6 - 0.8 mm. Pack of 50.DescriptionCat. No.1 concavity 4755 052 concavities 4755 353 concavities 4755 65Staining trough with traySoda-lime glass. For 10 slides, size in mm: 76 x 26. With lid.Please order staining trough, tray, and wire handle separately. Pack of 10.DescriptionLengthmmWidthmmHeightmmCat. No.Staining trough with lid 105 85 70 4722 00Tray for 10 slides 91 70 48 4720 00Wire handle to move tray (stainless steel) 4731 00Staining trough, HellendahlSoda-lime glass. For 16 slides, size in mm: 76 x 26. Pack of 10.DescriptionLengthmmWidthmmHeightmmCat. No.with lid 100 50 95 4726 00Staining trough, Hellendahl extendedSoda-lime glass. For 16 slides, size in mm: 76 x 26. Pack of 10.DescriptionLengthmmWidthmmHeightmmCat. No.with lid 60 55 105 4727 00Staining trough, SchiefferdeckerSoda-lime glass. For 10 slides, size in mm: 76 x 26. Pack of 10.DescriptionLengthmmWidthmmHeightmmCat. No.with lid 85 70 45 4725 00258info@brand.de

MicroscopyStaining trough, CoplinSoda-lime glass. For 10 slides, size in mm: 76 x 26. Pack of 10.DescriptionØmmHeightmmCat. No.with lid 80 115 4728 00Clinical LaboratoryStaining trough, Hellendahl extendedPMP, transparent. For 16 slides, size in mm: 76 x 26 (8 pairs back-to-back). Pack of 4.DescriptionLengthmmWidthmmHeightmmCat. No.with lid 57 57 90 4744 00Staining trough, SchiefferdeckerPMP, transparent. For 20 slides, size in mm: 76 x 26 (10 pairs back-to-back). Pack of 4.DescriptionLengthmmWidthmmHeightmmCat. No.with lid 86 70 51 4744 10Spotting tileSoda-lime glass. 12 polished cavities 20-22 mm Ø, depth 2 mm,capacity approx. 0.2 ml. Ground rectangular edges. Pack of 1.DescriptionLengthmmWidthmmHeightmmCat. No.Capacity approx. 0.2 ml 130 100 6 4735 00www.brand.de259

MicroscopyClinical LaboratoryStaining trough with trayPMP. Transparent. With two lids: one to help protect against evaporation when notin use; one with a handle slot facilitating the staining process. Tray of polypropylene.DescriptionLengthmmWidthmmHeightmmPackofCat. No.Staining trough, without tray 101 83 70 4 4743 00Tray (PP) for 20 slides 2 4743 05Staining trough with trayPOM. For 25 slides, size (in mm) 76 x 26. The close-fitting lid helpsprotect against evaporation. Staining tray with fold down handle.DescriptionLengthmmWidthmmHeightmmPackofCat. No.staining trough complete 98 88 52 5 4718 00tray with handle 91 79 38 5 4714 00trough 98 88 52 5 4715 00Slide boxesPS. For slides, size (in mm) 76 x 26. Numbered slots in base.Lid with index card. Pack of 1.For ... slidesLengthmmWidthmmHeightmmCat. No.25 120 96 35 4758 0050 230 97 35 4759 00100 230 187 35 4760 00Slide boxPP, sturdy design. Screw lid with sealing wire lug. Ideal for storing or shipping 5 thick or10 thin slides. Slides protrude 10 mm above the box, to facilitate removal. Pack of 10.DescriptionCat. No.Maximum internal dimensions Ø x H in mm: 45 x 90 4769 00260info@brand.de

Clinical LaboratoryBRAND onlineClinical LaboratoryNotes:www.brand.de261

© Thomas Dressler/Gallo Images/Getty Images

GeneralLaboratorySuppliesSample preparation and storage impose a wide varietyof requirements on laboratory instruments. Dependingon the requirements, we offer materials ranging fromglass to specialty plastics, like PFA for trace analysis.

Sealing FilmGeneral LaboratoryPARAFILM ® M Sealing filmfor manual applicationsPractical featuresElastic PARAFILM ® M sealing film alwaysfits, whether for beakers or Erlenmeyerflasks, weighing bottles or graduated cylinders.It protects your samples from contaminationor evaporation, and prevents leakagefrom overturned containers. PARAFILM ® Mcan be stretched by up to 200%, and besealed to irregular shapes and surfaces.MaterialPARAFILM ® M is free of plasticizers, andconsists largely of polyolefins and paraffinwaxes. If PARAFILM ® M should comePhysical propertiesToxicity: non-toxicinto contact with food, the guidelines of theMelting point: 60 °Clocally valid food handling laws should beFlash point: 301 °Cfollowed. PARAFILM ® M complies with theTemperature range (continuous general requirements of the FDA (Food anduse):Drug Administration) for use under 55 °C,-45 °C to +50 °Cas well as satisfying GMP (Good ManufacturingPractice).Stretching ability: 200%Elongation at tear: 300%Gas permeability in 24 hours at23 °C with 50% relative humidity:O 2(oxygen): ≤ 350 cm 3 /m 2Chemical resistanceN 2(nitrogen): ≤ 105 cm 3 /m 2PARAFILM ® M is resistant up to 48 hoursCO 2(carbon dioxide):against many polar substances, e.g., saline≤ 1100 cm 3 /m 2solutions, inorganic acids and alkalineWater vapor permeability in 24 hours solutions. After this period embrittlementat 37 °C and 90% relative humidity: may occur.0.8 g/m 2Effects of 48 hours of exposure at 23 °CAcids:Hydrochloric acid 36.5%Sulfuric acid 98%Nitric acid 95%Alkaline solutions:Sodium hydroxide 22%Ammonia 28%Saline solutions:Sodium chloride 20%Potass. permanganate 5%Iodine solution 0.1 mol/lOrganic solvents:MethanolEthanolIsopropanolDiethyletherChloroformCarbon tetrachlorideBenzeneToluene* Brown discolorationresistantresistantresistant*resistantresistantresistantresistant*resistant*resistantresistantresistantnot resistantnot resistantnot resistantnot resistantnot resistantStorabilityPARAFILM ® M can be stored for at least3 years without loss of quality under storagecondition between 7 °C and 32 °C and arelative humidity of 50%.PARAFILM ® M Sealing filmWidthmmLengthmPackofCat. No.50 75 24 7016 11100 38 12 7016 05100 75 12 7016 06500 15 6 7015 01PARAFILM ® M CutterThe handy PARAFILM ® M Cutter isconvenient for clean storage and cuttingof PARAFILM ® M sealing film.Suitable for 50 mm and 100 mm wide rolls.Pack of 1.Cat. No. 7016 50➀➂➁➃264info@brand.de

Erlenmeyer Flasks · BeakersErlenmeyer flasksNarrow neckBoro 3.3. DIN ISO 1773. With beaded rim and graduation.Pack of 10 (3000 ml: Pack of 2; 5000 ml: Pack of 1).CapacitymlNeck outer-ØmmFlask outer-Ømm max.HeightmmCat. No.25 22 42 75 927 1450 22 51 90 927 17100 22 64 105 927 24200* 34 79 131 927 32250 34 85 145 927 36300* 34 87 156 927 39500 34 105 180 927 441000 42 131 220 927 542000 50 166 280 927 633000 52 187 310 927 685000 52 220 365 927 73* in addition to the ISO rangeWide neckBoro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 24450. With beaded rim and graduation. Pack of 10.Note!The abbreviation Boro 3.3 representsthe internationally designatedborosilicate glass type 3.3.General LaboratoryCapacitymlNeck outer-ØmmFlask outer-Ømm max.HeightmmCat. No.25* 31 43 70 928 1450 34 51 85 928 17100 34 64 105 928 24200* 50 79 131 928 32250 50 85 140 928 36300* 50 87 156 928 39500 50 105 175 928 441000 50 131 220 928 542000* 72 153 276 928 63* in addition to the ISO rangeBeakersLow formBoro 3.3. DIN 12 331/ISO 3819.With graduation and spout.Pack of 10(3000 ml: Pack of 4; 5000 ml: Pack of 1).Tall formBoro 3.3. DIN 12 331/ISO 3819.With graduation and spout.Pack of 10(3000 ml: Pack of 2).CapacitymlØ x HeightmmCat. No.CapacitymlØ x HeightmmCat. No.5* 22 x 30 912 1010* 26 x 35 912 1225 34 x 50 912 1450 42 x 60 912 17100 50 x 70 912 24150 60 x 80 912 29250 70 x 95 912 36400 80 x 110 912 41600 90 x 125 912 48800 100 x 135 912 531000 105 x 145 912 542000 132 x 185 912 633000 152 x 210 912 685000 170 x 270 912 73* without graduation50 38 x 70 906 17100 48 x 80 906 24150 54 x 95 906 29250 60 x 120 906 36400 70 x 130 906 41600 80 x 150 906 48800 90 x 175 906 531000 95 x 180 906 542000 120 x 240 906 633000 135 x 280 906 68www.brand.de265

BeakersGeneral LaboratoryBeakers, low formwith blue printed scale or embossedISO 7056. With graduation, beaded rim and spout. Cleaning at temperatures below 60 °Cis recommended to preserve marks and inscriptions. For autoclaving (121 °C), beakerswith an embossed scale should be selected.NEW!PP, high clarityCapacitymlSubdivisionmlHeightmmmax. ØmmPack ofBlue scaleCat. No.Embossed scaleCat. No.10* 2 36 30 12 876 02 –25 5 50 38 12 876 04 878 0450 10 60 47 12 876 06 878 06100 10 70 55 12 876 08 878 08150* 20 80 66 12 876 10 878 10250 25 95 77 6 876 12 878 12400* 50 112 87 6 876 14 878 14500 50 118 94 6 876 16 878 16600* 50 127 100 6 876 18 878 181000 100 147 120 6 876 20 878 202000 200 187 149 6 876 22 878 223000* 250 212 170 4 876 24 878 245000 500 247 203 4 876 26 878 26* in addition to ISO 7056NEW!PMP, transparentCapacitymlSubdivisionmlHeightmmmax. ØmmPack ofBlue scaleCat. No.Embossed scaleCat. No.10* 2 36 30 12 875 02 –25 5 50 38 12 875 04 877 0450 10 60 47 12 875 06 877 06100 10 70 55 12 875 08 877 08150* 20 80 66 12 875 10 877 10250 25 95 77 6 875 12 877 12400* 50 112 87 6 875 14 877 14500 50 118 94 6 875 16 877 16600* 50 127 100 6 875 18 877 181000 100 147 120 6 875 20 877 202000 200 187 149 6 875 22 877 223000* 250 212 170 4 875 24 877 245000 500 247 203 4 875 26 877 26* in addition to ISO 7056266info@brand.de

BeakersGraduated beakers with handlewith blue printed scale or embossedPP, high clarity. Ergonomic handle for secure grip. Functional spout to minimize spills.Cleaning at temperatures below 60 °C is recommended to preserve marks and inscriptions.For autoclaving (121 °C), beakers with an embossed scale should be selected.NEW!General LaboratoryPP, high clarityCapacitymlSubdivisionmlHeightmmmax. ØmmPack ofBlue scaleCat. No.Embossed scaleCat. No.50 2 70 40 24 408 02 410 02100 2 80 50 24 408 04 410 04250 5 120 74 12 408 06 410 06500 10 140 92 12 408 08 410 081000 20 181 117 6 408 10 410 102000 50 213 152 6 408 12 410 123000 50 242 172 6 408 14 410 145000 100 270 204 6 408 16 410 16Beakers, low formETFE, translucent. Excellent chemical resistance.With graduation, beaded rim and spout. Pack of 1.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlHeightmmØmmCat. No.25 5 50 32 902 2450 10 59 39 902 28100 20 72 50 902 38250 50 96 67 902 48400 50 109 77 902 52500 100 122 88 902 54600 100 125 91 902 561000 100 143 105 902 62Beakers, low formPFA. ISO 7056. Easy to read embossed scale, wear-resistant when used frequently.Space-saving stackable design. Autoclavable, easy to clean, withstands temperaturesfrom -200 °C to 260 °C. Pack of 1.CapacitymlSubdivisionmlHeightmmØmmCat. No.25 5 50 32 901 2050 10 59 39 901 28100 20 72 50 901 38250 50 96 67 901 48500 100 122 88 901 541000 100 141 109 901 62www.brand.de267

Beakers · Erlenmeyer FlasksGeneral LaboratoryBeakers, low formPTFE. Excellent thermal and chemical resistance. With reinforced rim and spout.Without graduation. Pack of 1.CapacitymlØmmHeightmmCat. No.5 20 26 903 0510 24 33 903 0825 32 47 903 2050 43 55 903 28100 54 68 903 38150 59 75 903 44250 66 97 903 48400 80 125 903 52500 100 125 903 541000 105 155 903 622000 125 205 903 64Sampling dippersPTFE. With reinforced rim and spout. PTFE handle with steel core.Optional extension rod for increased handle length. Pack of 1.(Extension rod, length 600 mm. Pack of 1. Cat. No. 904 70)CapacitymlØmmHeightmmCat. No.100 55 65 904 38250 70 95 904 48500 80 125 904 541000 105 155 904 62Erlenmeyer flasks, wide neckwith screw capPP, high clarity. With graduation. Neck with standard ground socket.Pack of 6 (1000 ml: Pack of 4).(Conical joint stopper, PE-LD: STJ 34/35 Cat. No. 1444 40,STJ 45/40 Cat. No. 1444 45. Pack of 1.)CapacitymlThreadFlask outer-Ømm max.HeightmmNecksizeCat. No.50 GL 40 52 90 34/35 931 70100 GL 40 64 110 34/35 931 72250 GL 52 85 140 45/40 931 75500 GL 52 108 180 45/40 931 801000 GL 52 135 220 45/40 931 85268info@brand.de

Watch GlassesEvaporating DishesWatch glassesSoda-lime glass. DIN 12 341.Fire-polished edges. Stress-reducedto minimize risk of shattering.Pack of 10 (size 250 mm: Pack of 1).ØmmCat. No.40 1500 1050 1500 1560 1500 2070 1500 3080 1500 4090 1500 45100 1500 50120 1500 60125 1500 65150 1500 70200 1500 80General LaboratoryWatch glassesPTFE. Ideal for covering PTFE beakers.Excellent chemical resistance.Pack of 1.Ømmfor PTFE beakerssize mlCat. No.20 1 1509 0030 5 - 10 1509 0240 25 1509 0450 50 1509 0565 100 1509 0775 150 1509 1080 250 1509 12100 400 - 500 1509 15125 600 - 1000 1509 20150 2000 1509 22Evaporating dishesPP. Shallow form without spout.Pack of 1.CapacitymlHeightmmmax. ØmmCat. No.50 25 70 455 05170 35 105 455 10Evaporating dishesPFA, snap-on lid PE. Evaporatingdishes are autoclavable, easy to cleanand withstand temperatures from-200 °C to +260 °C (The snap-on lidis not autoclavable). Pack of 1.CapacitymlCat. No.25 458 0050 458 02www.brand.de269

Evaporating dishesGeneral LaboratoryCapacitymlmax. ØmmHeightmmCat. No.5 25 20 455 4025 45 30 455 4575 60 40 455 50Evaporating dishesPTFE. Crucible form without spout.Excellent chemical resistance.Pack of 1.Capacitymlmax. ØmmHeightmmCat. No.25 40 35 456 1550 50 40 456 17100 65 55 456 20150 80 40 456 21180 80 50 456 22250 95 45 456 23350 100 60 456 25Evaporating dishesPTFE. Conical with spout.Pack of 1.Capacitymlmax. ØmmHeightmmCat. No.25 40 25 457 0350 65 25 457 05100 80 30 457 10180 80 45 457 18350 100 55 457 22Crystallizing dishesPTFE. Cylindrical without spout.Pack of 1.max. ØmmHeightmmCat. No.125 80 1107 05150 90 1107 10Mortars with pestleMelamine formaldehyde (MF), white.Resistant to boiling and autoclavable(121 °C). With foot and spout.Pack of 1.270info@brand.de

Centrifuge tubes · Test tubesCentrifuge tubes, ungraduatedAR-GLAS ® or Boro 3.3. Wall thickness approx. 1.0 mm. Withstands RCF up to 3500.Description Glass CapacitymlOuter-ØmmHeightmmPackofCat. No.Conical bottom, beaded rim AR-GLAS ® 15 17 113 100 7780 12Conical bottom, beaded rim Boro 3.3 15 17 113 100 7780 13Cone-pointed bottom, rimless AR-GLAS ® 11 16,5 98 100 7790 12Round bottom, rimless AR-GLAS ® 13 16,5 98 200 7790 22General LaboratoryCentrifuge tubes, graduatedconical bottomAR-GLAS ® or Boro 3.3. Capacity 15 ml. Graduations and inscriptions in high contrastwhite enamel. Pack of 10.Graduationfrom - to ml approx.GlassSubdivisionmlØmmHeightmmWall thicknessmmRCFmax.Cat. No.0 - 10 AR-GLAS ® 0.1 17 113 ca. 1.0 3500 7783 120 - 10 Boro 3.3 0.1 17 113 ca. 1.0 3500 7783 130 - 15 AR-GLAS ® 0.1 17 113 ca. 1.0 3500 7787 120 - 15 Boro 3.3 0.1 17 113 ca. 1.0 3500 7787 13Test tubes, graduatedwith spout and without stopper, or with standard ground joint neck and PP stopperBoro 3.3. Graduation and inscriptions in high contrast white enamel.Wall thickness approx. 1.2 mm. Pack of 10.DescriptionCapacityml approx.SubdivisionmlNecksizeØmmHeightmmCat. No.With spout, without stopper 10 0.1 – 15 150 1143 08With spout, without stopper 20 0.2 – 17 180 1143 16With spout, without stopper 25 0.2 – 17 200 1143 21With spout, without stopper 30 0.5 – 19 200 1143 24Standard ground joint neck with PP stopper 10 0.1 12/21 15 165 1145 08Standard ground joint neck with PP stopper 20 0.2 14/23 17 200 1145 16Standard ground joint neck with PP stopper 25 0.2 14/23 17 220 1145 21Standard ground joint neck with PP stopper 30 0.5 14/23 19 220 1145 24Sample tubeswith screw capPFA-screw cap with integrated seal lip. Individually calibrated ring mark at 10 ml.Autoclavable, easy to clean, withstands temperatures from -200 °C to +260 °C.Pack of 1. (Replacement screw-cap, PFA. Pack of 1. Cat. No. 1292 52)CapacitymlØmmHeightmmThreadGLCat. No.15 22 110 25 7794 20www.brand.de271

FunnelsGeneral LaboratoryFunnelsplain interiorBoro 3.3. Angled at 60°, ground and fire-polished upper rim.Short stem. Pack of 1.Funnel outer-ØmmStem outer-ØmmStem lengthmmCat. No.35 6 35 1455 0540 6 40 1455 0750 7 50 1455 1555 8 55 1455 2060 8 60 1455 2570 8 70 1455 3080 9 80 1455 35100 10 100 1455 40120 16 120 1455 45150 16 150 1455 50200 26 175 1455 60Funnelsfluted interiorBoro 3.3. For rapid filtration. Angled at 60°, ground and fire-polished upper rim. Shortsterm. Pack of 10 (Cat. No. 1456 38: Pack of 1).Funnel outer-ØmmStem outer-ØmmStem lengthmmCat. No.70 8 70 1456 1180 10 80 1456 16100 10 100 1456 19150 16 150 1456 31200 26 175 1456 38Funnelsplain interiorPP.Funnel outer-ØmmStem outer-ØmmStem lengthmmPack ofCat. No.30 2 25 24 1470 0030 5 25 24 1470 0540 5 35 24 1470 1050 9 43 24 1470 1575 10 55 12 1470 20100 13 77 12 1470 25120 14 90 12 1470 30150 17 95 12 1470 35272info@brand.de

FunnelsFunnelsfluted interiorPP. For rapid filtration. Angled at 60°. External flutings allow air to escape during filtration.Funnel outer-ØmmStem outer-ØmmStem lengthmmPack ofCat. No.25 4 39 20 1482 0535 5 38 20 1482 1045 5 44 20 1482 1565 9 63 20 1482 2080 10 69 20 1482 25100 11 82 1 1482 35120 11 85 1 1482 37150 14 115 1 1482 40180 14 143 1 1482 45General LaboratoryPowder funnelsBoro 3.3. Ground and fire-polished upper rim. With short, wide stem. Pack of 1.Upper ØmmLower ØmmCat. No.50 18 1465 0660 18 1465 0870 20 1465 1180 22 1465 1690 25 1465 17100 25 1465 19120 30 1465 23Powder funnelsPP. With short, wide stem.Funnel outer-ØmmStem outer-ØmmStem lengthmmPack ofCat. No.60 15 19 20 1480 2080 15 23 20 1480 25100 25 23 20 1480 30120 30 28 1 1480 35150 35 42 1 1480 40180 40 48 1 1480 45Carboy funnelsPP. Pack of 1.Funnel outer-ØmmStem outer-ØmmStem lengthmmCat. No.210 25 90 1470 40260 30 100 1470 45350 32 170 1470 50400 40 150 1470 55440 (PE-HD) 35 140 1470 60www.brand.de273

FunnelsGeneral LaboratoryStandard ground joint funnelsPP. Half-round body. Stem fits standard ground sockets. Ideal for filling liquidsor powders into multi-neck flasks. Pack of 10 (Cat. No. 949 15: Pack of 5).Distance to flat sidemmStem fits socket sizeCat. No.40 14/23 949 0550 19/26 949 1080 29/32 949 15Buchner funnelsPP. Two detachable pieces facilitate cleaning. Use with suggested filter paper.Pack of 1.Nominal sizemmFilter disk Ømmfor filter paper ØmmCat. No.45 45 45 1485 0555 55 55 1485 1070 72 70 1485 1580 82 70 1485 2090 93 90 1485 25110 120 110 1485 30160 160 150 1485 35240 240 240 1485 40Filter disks for Buchner funnelsPE-HD 1 mm mesh. Insert between theperforated support plate of the Buchnerfunnel, and the filter paper. Prevents filterpaper sticking. Pack of 10.ØmmCat. No.45 1486 0555 1486 1070 1486 1580 1486 2090 1486 25110 1486 30160 1486 35240 1486 40274info@brand.de

Separating funnelsSeparating funnelsPP, high clarity for observation of contents.With PP screw cap and special conicalPTFE stopcock with retention device.Autoclavable (121 °C). Pack of 1.General LaboratoryCapacitymlCat. No.Holder for separatingfunnelsPP. For conical separating funnels up to1000 ml. Easily mounted on support rodswith an outer-Ø 8-14 mm with a lockingnut. Pack of 1.125 1400 04250 1400 05500 1400 061000 1400 07Funnel holdersPP. To support 1 or 2 funnels with topouter-Ø of 50 to 120 mm. Easily mountedon support rods with an outer-Ø 8-14 mmwith a locking nut.Pack of 5.DescriptionCat. No.Cat. No. 1403 00for 1 funnel 1485 00for 2 funnels 1485 02Filter funnel supportsPP plates with aluminum support rod. Ø x length in mm: 12.7 x 595.To support 2 or 4 funnels with top outer Ø of 50 to 120 mm.Adjustable funnel height. Pack of 1.DescriptionLength base platemmWidth base platemmCat. No.for 2 funnels 250 140 745 06for 4 funnels 450 140 745 11www.brand.de275

Filter Funnels · Filter CruciblesGeneral LaboratoryFilter funnelsBoro 3.3. Pack of 1.IdentificationCodePorosityCapacitymlØ Filter diskmmStem outer-ØmmCat. No.3 D 3 50 35 10 4640 033 D 4 50 35 10 4640 0411 D 3 75 45 10 4647 1311 D 4 75 45 10 4647 1417 D 3 125 60 10 4654 2317 D 4 125 60 10 4654 2425 D 3 500 95 22 4661 3325 D 4 500 95 22 4661 34Filter cruciblesBoro 3.3. Pack of 10.IdentificationCodePorosityCapacitymlØ Filter diskmmCat. No.1 D 1 30 30 4580 211 D 2 30 30 4580 221 D 3 30 30 4580 231 D 4 30 30 4580 242 D 1 50 40 4587 312 D 2 50 40 4587 322 D 3 50 40 4587 332 D 4 50 40 4587 34Filter adaptersBoro 3.3. Suitable for filter crucibles, according to identification code above.Pack of 10.IdentificationCodeUpper ØmmOverall lengthmmCat. No.1 D 41 125 4636 162 D 50 132 4637 32PorosityIdentificationISO 4793Nominal max.pore size, µm1 P 160 100 - 1602 P 100 40 - 1003 P 40 16 - 404 P 16 10 - 16276info@brand.de

Filter FlasksRubber sleevesRubber (EPDM). Suitable for filter crucibles, according to identification code.Pack of 10.IdentificationCodeOuter ØmmCat. No.1 D 41 4620 262 D 49 4622 31General LaboratoryRubber gasketsRubber (EPDM). Conical gaskets to place between filter funnel and filter flask.Pack of 10.Upper outer-ØmmLower outer-ØmmLower inner-ØmmCat. No.22 11 6 4625 1228 16 9 4626 1735 20 14 4627 2342 25 18 4628 2750 32 22 4629 3263 43 33 4630 3671 52 42 4631 3984 61 50 4632 43Rubber gasket set. Pack of 1. 4625 00Filter flasks with socket(Buchner filter flasks)Boro 3.3. DIN 12 476, ISO 6556. Lateral socket for pushing in vacuum tubing withouter diameter 15-18 mm. Pack of 1.Capacitymlmax. outer-ØmmHeightmmNeck inner-ØmmCat. No.250 85 155 33.7 737 14500 105 185 33.7 737 191000 135 230 45 737 242000 166 265 60 737 29www.brand.de277

DesiccatorsGeneral LaboratoryDesiccatorswith knob lidBoro 3.3. DIN 12 491. Precisely ground flat flanges. Base ring surface studded toimprove stability and help prevent cracks. Interchangeable lid. Pack of 1.Nominal sizemmØmmHeightmmCat. No.150 215 252 650 31200 270 309 650 38250 320 357 650 43Desiccatorswith socket in the lidBoro 3.3. DIN 12 491. Precisely ground flat flanges. Base ring surface studded toimprove stability and help prevent cracks. Interchangeable lid. Socket, ground joint necksize 24/29, with interchangeable stopcock. Pack of 1.Nominal sizemmØmmHeightmmCat. No.150 215 316 652 31200 270 368 652 38250 320 417 652 43Spare parts for desiccators of Boro 3.3Needle-valve stopcock for desiccatorsBoro 3.3. Cone size 24/29. Suitable fordesiccators with lid socket. PTFE spindle,aperture 0-4 mm. Lateral venting holehelps to reduce turbulence. Nozzle withouter diameter 10 mm. Pack of 1.Cat. No. 824 15Lid with knobBoro 3.3. Pack of 1.Nominal sizemmØmmHeightmmCat. No.150 215 93 656 31200 270 102 656 38250 320 113 656 43Lid with socketBoro 3.3. Pack of 1.Nominal sizemmØmmHeightmmCat. No.150 215 84 657 31200 270 92 657 38250 320 118 657 43278info@brand.de

DesiccatorsDesiccatorsPC lid. PP base and desiccant tray. Venting stopper with non-return valve in lid. Sealbetween lid and base: polychlorobutadiene rubber (CR) O-ring, compressed by vacuum.Lightweight and easy to handle. Pack of 1.Nominal sizemmØmmHeightmmCat. No.150 170 195 658 05200 235 240 658 10250 285 300 658 15General LaboratorySpare parts for desiccators of PC/PPSealing ringsCR. Pack of 1.Nominal sizemmCat. No.150 658 20200 658 22250 658 24Venting stopperPC. Pack of 1.Cat. No. 658 04Accessories for desiccators of Boro 3.3 or PC/PPDesiccator platesPorcelain or PP. For glass and plasticdesiccators. Central hole approx. 20 mmdiameter, small perforations approx. 5 mmdiameter. Pack of 1.Nominal sizemmØmmPorcelainCat. No.PPCat. No.150 140 659 65 660 15200 190 659 75 660 25250 235 659 80 660 30PorcelainPPwww.brand.de279

Gas Wash BottlesGeneral LaboratoryGas wash bottles, Drechsel patternBISTABIL. With P1 filter disc.Boro 3.3 glass bottle and head. DIN 12 596. With filter disc of porosity P1 (approx. 100-160 µm pore size). Drechsel pattern heads provide optimal stability. Overall height 275 mm,standard ground joint neck size 29/32, hose nozzles with outer diameter 11 mm. Pack of 1.CapacitymlCat. No.100 782 38250 782 48500 782 541000 782 62Gas wash bottles, Drechsel patternBISTABIL. Without filter disc.Boro 3.3 glass bottle and head. DIN 12 596. Without filter disc. Drechsel-pattern headsprovide optimal stability. Overall height 275 mm, standard ground joint neck size 29/32,hose nozzles with outer diameter 11 mm. Pack of 1.CapacitymlCat. No.100 781 38250 781 48500 781 541000 781 62Wash bottles, without headBoro 3.3. Standard ground joint neck size 29/32, to DIN 12 463. Pack of 1.CapacitymlNeck sizeØmmHeightmmDescriptionCat. No.100 29/32 40 200 with base Ø 55 mm 1269 38250 29/32 55 200 with base Ø 75 mm 1269 48500 29/32 75 200 without base 1269 541000 29/32 107 200 without base 1269 62280info@brand.de

Gas Wash BottlesWash bottle head with P1 filter diskfor gas wash bottles, Drechsel patternBoro 3.3. DIN 12 596. Size 29/32. Length below top of cone 185 mm.Accommodates all bottle sizes to DIN 12 463. Filter disk outer diameter 25 mm,porosity P1 (approx. 100-160 µm pore size). Pack of 1.Cat. No. 782 00General LaboratoryWash bottle head without filter diskfor gas wash bottles, Drechsel patternBoro 3.3. DIN 12 596. Size 29/32. Length below top of cone 185 mm.Accommodates all bottle sizes to DIN 12 463. Tube outer diameter 8 mm. Pack of 1.Cat. No. 781 00Gas wash bottlesPFA. Head with S40 thread. Frit, PTFE, with approx. 100 µm pore size for optimum gaspearling in the liquid. High-quality fluoroplastics make a wide range of applications possible.Pack of 1.(For wash bottles, PFA, S40 thread see page 302).CapacitymlØmmHeightmmTubing connectionInner-Ø/outer-Ø mmHeadsCat. No.Gas wash bottle, completeCat. No.250 55 180 4/6 783 00 783 48500 75 210 4/6 783 01 783 541000 107 249 5/8 783 02 783 62Gas sampling tubesBISTABIL(Gas collecting tubes)Boro 3.3. DIN 12 473-1. With straight borestopcocks size 3 NS/14 with retentiondevice. One end with capillary tube (innerdiameter2.7 mm, outer diameter 8 mm),other end with hose nozzle (outer diameter9 mm). With marking area. Pack of 1.CapacitymlCat. No.100* 2350 10250* 2350 20500 2350 30* in addition to the DIN rangewww.brand.de281

Water jet pumpsGeneral LaboratoryWater jet pumpVery low water consumptionThe flow configuration has been optimized,resulting in a 33 % reduction of waterconsumption (190 litres/h at 3.5 bar watersupply pressure).Pump fluid: waterOverall length: approx. 210 mm(R 3/4" connector fitted)Weight: approx. 33 g(R 3/4" connector fitted)n High chemical resistance, fluid pathconsists of PP, FKM and PTFEn Operating temperature up to max. 80 °Cn Integrated non-return valve increasessafetyn Simple operation and easy to cleann Detachable vacuum connectionn Variety of supplied adapters simplify connectionsto most water sources. Optionalreducing adapters are available.Constant ultimate pressureThe ultimate pressure of 16 mbar (watertemperature: 12 °C) is reached across awide range of water supply pressures(from 3 to 6 bar).High suction capacityFlow rate of approx. 400 litres/h of air(against atmospheric pressure, at a watersupply pressure of 3.5 bar at 12 °C watertemperature).Ordering dataWater jet pump includes:Accessoriessleeve nut R 3/4", reducing adapter R 1/2",and tubing connector (hose nozzle) of10-12 mm outer diameterSuction line connection:Detachable hose nozzle of 6-9 mm outerdiameter, with screw cap GL 14.Pack of 1.Reducing adapter R 3/8".Pack of 1.Cat. No. 1596 65Reducing adapter M 22 x 1(thread for screen tap). Pack of 1.Cat. No. 1596 00Cat. No. 1596 70282info@brand.de

TubingTubingPVC. Particularly high-grade material, manufactured to a first-class standard. Good flexibilityand chemical resistance make this tubing ideal for use with apparatus assemblies.Autoclavable (121 °C). Packing unit 20 meters.inner-Ømmouter-ØmmWall thicknessmmCat. No.2 4 1 1432 554 6 1 1432 605 8 1,5 1432 656 9 1,5 1432 707 11 2 1432 758 12 2 1432 8010 14 2 1432 8512 17 2,5 1432 90General LaboratoryTubingSilicone (SI). Translucent. Autoclavable (121 °C). Note: limited chemical resistance whenused with concentrated acids. Packing unit 25 meters.inner-Ømmouter-ØmmWall thicknessmmCat. No.2 4 1 1433 523 5 1 1433 554 6 1 1433 564 7 1,5 1433 575 8 1,5 1433 586 9 1,5 1433 596 10 2 1433 607 10 1,5 1433 618 12 2 1433 6210 15 2,5 1433 64Flow indicatorStyrene-acrylonitrile (SAN), transparent.Optimizes cooling water flow during distillation.This helps to decrease operating costsby reducing water consumption. Operatingpressure max. 2 bar, operating temperaturefor SAN max. 30 °C.L x W x H in mm: 88 x 17 x 40.For tubing of inner-Ø 6-11 mm.Pack of 5.Cat. No. 1340 80Spring clipsSpring steel, coated with zinc and polyethylene.Non-scratching, good chemicalresistance. For wall mounting of cylindricalapparatus components, e.g., pipes, tubing,etc. Pack of 1.Grip ØmmBoremmCat. No.6.5 2.5 760 059.5 2.5 760 1013 3.0 760 1516 3.0 760 2019 3.5 760 2525 3.5 760 3529 4.0 760 4032 4.0 760 4542 4.0 760 5051 4.0 * 760 55* 2 boreswww.brand.de283

Tubing ConnectorsGeneral LaboratoryTubing Connectors and Tubing AdaptersstraightPP, translucent. Connects tubing ofdifferent diameters. Pack of 10.for tubinginner-Ø mmLengthmmCat. No.5 - 17 110 1524 00straightPP, translucent.Pack of 10.for tubinginner-Ø mmLengthmmCat. No.3 - 5 47 1527 056 - 10 55 1527 109 - 13 57 1527 15straightPE-HD. Pack of 10.for tubinginner-Ø mmLengthmmCat. No.10 - 11 45 1527 5512 - 14 74 1527 6019 - 21 74 1527 6524 - 26 84 1527 70straightPP, grey.Pack of 20 (Cat. No. 1522 70 and1522 75: Pack of 10).for tubinginner-Ø mmLengthmmCat. No.4 - 5 39 1522 505 - 7 52 1522 557 - 9 59 1522 609 - 11 59 1522 6511 - 13 66 1522 7013 - 15 66 1522 75straight (tubing adapter)PE-HD. Pack of 10.for tubinginner-Ø mmLengthmmCat. No.8 - 10 / 11 - 14 66 1525 0512 - 14 / 18 - 20.5 73 1525 10284info@brand.de

Tubing ConnectorsTubing Connectors and Tubing Adaptersstraight (tubing adapter)PP, translucent.Pack of 10.for tubinginner-Ø mmLengthmmCat. No.3 - 5 / 6 - 10 55 1526 053 - 5 / 9 - 13 55 1526 106 - 10 / 9 - 13 59 1526 15General LaboratoryL-shapePP, translucent.Pack of 20 (Cat. No. 1532 30 and1532 35 pack of 10).for tubinginner-Ø mmLengthmmCat. No.3 - 4 15 1532 055 21 1532 106 - 7 25 1532 158 - 9 30 1532 2010 - 11 36 1532 2512 - 13 42 1532 3014 - 15 48 1532 35T-shapePP, translucent. Length 1 = Length of straight-through tube,Length 2 = Length of side arm including Ø of straight-through tube.Pack of 20 (Cat. No. 1528 20 and 1528 25: Pack of 10).for tubing inner-ØmmLength 1mmLength 2mmCat. No.3 - 4 20 15 1528 004 - 5 30 23 1528 036 - 7 40 31 1528 058 - 9 55 39 1528 1010 - 11 69 47 1528 1512 - 13 79 53 1528 2014 - 15 89 60 1528 25Y-shapePP, transparent. Length1 = overall length, length 2 = distance between the two armsfrom one outer edge to the other.Pack of 20 (Cat. No. 1529 15 and 1529 20: Pack of 10).for tubing inner-ØmmLength 1mmLength 2mmCat. No.3 24 14 1529 004 - 5 35 21 1529 036 - 7 54 34 1529 058 - 9 64 40 1529 0710 - 11 74 47 1529 1012 - 13 87 53 1529 1514 - 15 98 60 1529 20www.brand.de285

Tubing ConnectorsGeneral LaboratoryTubing ConnectorsX-shapePP, translucent.Pack of 20 (Cat. No. 1531 30 and1531 35: Pack of 10).for tubinginner-Ø mmLengthmmCat. No.2 - 3 26 1531 055 35 1531 106 - 7 42 1531 159 50 1531 2010 - 11 62 1531 2512 - 13 74 1531 3014 - 15 84 1531 35Y-shape (120°)PP, grey. Three arms at equal anglesof 120°.Pack of 20 (Cat. No. 1530 25 and1530 30: Pack of 10).for tubinginner-Ø mmLengthmmCat. No.4 - 5 26 1530 056 - 7 35 1530 108 - 9 42 1530 1510 - 11 50 1530 2012 - 13 62 1530 2513 - 15 74 1530 30Plug-in couplingPP. The two parts fit together with a coneand-socketjoint. Not suitable for pressureapplications.Pack of 25.for tubinginner-Ø mmLengthmmCat. No.6 - 9 68 1523 00Non-return valvePE-HD. For tubing of inner diameter 6-9 mm. Length 80 mm. FKM valve disk notsuitable for pressure applications. Pack of 10.Cat. No. 1340 02286info@brand.de

StopcocksStraight-bore stopcockswith nozzlesPTFE, valve lever PP.Outstanding chemical resistance.Two integrated hose nozzles.Pack of 1.for tubinginner-Ø mmBoremmCat. No.3 2 886 104 2 886 155 3 886 206 3 886 257 4 886 308 4 886 359 5 886 40General LaboratoryT-bore stopcockswith nozzlesPTFE, valve lever PP.Outstanding chemical resistance.Three integrated hose nozzles.Pack of 1.for tubinginner-Ø mmT-boremmCat. No.3 2 886 504 2 886 555 3 886 606 3 886 657 4 886 708 4 886 759 5 886 80Straight-bore stopcockswith nozzlesPE-HD. For operation under ambient pressure only. Two integrated hose nozzles.Pack of 1.for tubing inner-ØmmBoremmLengthmmCat. No.12.5 9 97 885 059.5 7 80 885 10www.brand.de287

Conical Joint ClipsGround Joint SleevesGeneral LaboratoryConical joint clipsPOM. Will not scratch glass surfaces.Excellent resilience and stability.Outstanding chemical resistance.Operating temperature up to 150 °C.Pack of 1.For size Color Cat. No.10/19 turquoise 556 3812/21 violet 556 3914/23 yellow 556 4019/26 blue 556 4224/29 green 556 4429/32 red 556 4634/35 orange 556 4745/40 brown 556 49Conical joint clipsCoated steel springPTFE. Will not scratch glass surfaces.Outstanding chemical resistance.Excellent resilience and good stability.Operating temperature up to 200 °C.Pack of 1.For sizeCat. No.10/19 555 6012/21 555 6214/23 555 6419/26 555 6924/29 555 7429/32 555 7934/35 555 8445/40 555 95Stopcock grease,silicone-freeIdeal for lubricating burette stopcocks.Easy to remove, e.g., with Mucasol ® .Good acid- and base-resistance. Operatingtemperature range -40 to +320 ºC.Tube of 60 g. Pack of 1.Cat. No. 616 10Silicone pasteLow viscosity. Operating temperaturefrom -40 to +160 °C. For greasingground joints.Tube of 50 g. Pack of 1.Cat. No. 616 05Ground joint sleevesPTFE. Greaseless seal will not contaminatesample. Outstanding chemical resistanceat operating temperatures from -200 to+260 °C.Thin walled sleeves (0.05 mm thick) fitsnugly without adding bulk. Joints fit perfectly,without a protruding rim simplifyinguse of joint clips. Wide range of applications,including vacuum to 0.1 mbar,e.g., for rotary evaporators.Pack of 10.For sizeCat. No.7/16 514 1610/19 514 1712/21 514 1814/23 514 1919/26 514 2024/29 514 2129/32 514 2234/35 514 2345/40 514 2450/42 514 2555/44 514 2660/46 514 2740/38 514 30288info@brand.de

Sockets · StoppersSocketswith grip collarPTFE. Greaseless seal will not contaminatesample. Outstanding chemical resistanceat operating temperatures from -200 to+260 °C. Sturdy design for permanentuse. With grip collar and sealing rings forexcellent tightness. Low leakage rate:Q < 1 · 10 -4 mbar · l · s -1 .Pack of 1.SizeCat. No.10/19 514 6314/23 514 6419/26 514 6524/29 514 6629/32 514 6734/35 514 6845/40 514 69General LaboratoryRubber stoppersNatural rubber (NR), red.upper-Ømmlower-ØmmHeightmmPack ofCat. No.9 5 20 25 1443 8012 8 20 25 1443 8214 11 20 25 1443 8416 12 20 25 1443 8518 14 20 25 1443 8622 17 25 25 1443 8824 18 30 25 1443 8927 21 30 25 1443 9032 26 30 25 1443 9135 29 30 5 1443 9338 31 35 5 1443 9444 36 40 5 1443 9549 41 40 5 1443 9655 47 40 1 1443 9760 50 45 1 1443 9865 56 45 1 1443 99Silicone stoppersSI, natural-colored.upper-Ømmlower-ØmmHeightmmPack ofCat. No.9 5 20 10 1443 0512 8 20 10 1443 1014 11 20 10 1443 1516 12 20 10 1443 2018 14 20 10 1443 2522 17 25 10 1443 3024 18 30 10 1443 3527 21 30 10 1443 4032 26 30 10 1443 4535 29 30 10 1443 5038 31 35 5 1443 5544 36 40 5 1443 6049 41 40 5 1443 6555 47 40 5 1443 7075 64 55 5 1443 75www.brand.de289

Conical Ground Joint StoppersGeneral LaboratoryConical ground jointstoppersPP. Hollow, with sealing ribs and squaregrip. Autoclavable (121 °C).Pack of 10 (Cat. No. 1444 40, 1444 45and 1444 46: Pack of 1).SizeCat. No.7/16 1444 0510/19 1444 1012/21 1444 1514/23 1444 2019/26 1444 2524/29 1444 3029/32 1444 3534/35* 1444 4045/40* 1444 4560/46* 1444 46* PE-LD, with octagonal gripConical ground jointstoppersPTFE. Solid, with sealing ribs andergonomically designed grip. Resistantto temperatures up to 270 °C.Pack of 1.SizeCat. No.10/19 1444 4814/23 1444 5019/26 1444 5324/29 1444 5529/32 1444 5834/35 1444 59Conical ground jointstoppersBISTABILBoro 3.3. DIN 12 252.Hollow, with drip tip and hexagonal grip.Pack of 1.SizeCat. No.7/16 1446 0510/19 1446 1012/21 1446 1514/23 1446 2019/26 1446 2524/29 1446 3029/32 1446 3534/35 1446 4045/40 1446 45Conical ground jointstoppersBorosilicate glass. DIN 12 252.Solid or semi-hollow, with octagonal grip.Pack of 1.Size Description Cat. No.12/21 solid 1445 1514/23 solid 1445 2019/26 solid 1445 2524/29 solid 1445 3029/32 semi-hollow 1445 3534/35 semi-hollow 1445 4045/40 semi-hollow 1445 45290info@brand.de

StirrersStirrersGood operating characteristics due to steel-core shafts. Resistant to breakage.PP propeller greatly reduces scratching if stirrer inadvertently hits vessel wall.Pack of 1.Propeller, PP. Shaft PE-coated.Stirrer shaft ØmmStirrer shaft lengthmmRotor ØmmCat. NoGeneral Laboratory6 380 45 1356 00Propeller, PTFEStirrer shaft ØmmStirrer shaft lengthmmRotor ØmmCat. No6 400 40 1342 906 500 40 1342 919.5 550 60 1342 929.5 650 60 1342 932 moveable paddles, PTFEStirrer shaft ØmmStirrer shaft lengthmmRotor ØmmCat. No6 400 50 1342 866 500 50 1342 879.5 550 70 1342 889.5 650 70 1342 89Anchor, PTFEStirrer shaft ØmmStirrer shaft lengthmmRotor ØmmCat. No6 500 75 1342 969.5 550 100 1342 979.5 650 140 1343 00www.brand.de291

Magnetic Stirring BarsGeneral LaboratoryMagnetic Stirring Bars, PTFEPTFE. High magnetic strength and long life due to Alnico V magnetic cores,fully encapsulated with high-grade PTFE. Strict quality control ensures themagnetic strength, position of the magnetic core, surface quality, crackresistance, and uniform thickness of the PTFE coating. Maximum operatingtemperature 270 °C.BRAND provides the right magnetic stirring bar for virtually any application. Roughvessel surfaces or abrasive sediments can quickly deteriorate the PTFE coating andthus shorten the life of stirring bars. This can be prevented by using reduced contactsurface (e.g., with pivot ring) stirring bars.Storing conditions:To prevent demagnetization stirring bars usingAlnico V magnetic cores should not bestored in a random mass but should be kept"paired" and should not be dropped on hardor steel surfaces.CylindricalPTFE. Round, smooth surface, for universalapplications. Pack of 10.Cylindrical, with pivot ringPTFE. For vessels with slightly unevenbottoms. The pivot ring reduces thecontact surface and enables the stirrerto adopt the optimum stirring position.Pack of 10.LengthmmBar ØmmCat. No.2.5 2.5 1371 003.5 3.5 1371 015 2 1371 026 3 1371 038 3 1371 0412 4.5 1371 057 2 1371 068 1.7 1371 0710 3 1371 0813 3 1371 0915 4.5 1371 1015 1.7 1371 1110 6 1371 1315 6 1371 1420 6 1371 1525 6 1371 2030 6 1371 2535 6 1371 2740 8 1371 3045 8 1371 3250 8 1371 3557* 27 1371 3760 9 1371 4070 9 1371 4580 9 1371 50108* 27 1371 55159* 27 1371 60* flattened sides, pack of 1.LengthmmBar ØmmRing ØmmCat. No.8 3 4 1374 0412 4.5 6 1374 0515 4.5 6 1374 1020 6 8 1374 1525 6 7 1374 2030 6 7.5 1374 2535 6 8 1374 2740 8 8.5 1374 3045 8 10 1374 3250 8.5 11 1374 3560 8.5 11 1374 3770 8.5 10 1374 45292info@brand.de

Magnetic Stirring BarsCylindrical, conicalPTFE. Round, smooth surface. Diameterincreases toward the center to reduce thecontact surface. Pack of 10.LengthmmBar ØmmCat. No.10 4 1371 6815 5 1371 7020 7 1371 7525 8 1371 7830 8 1371 8040 8 1371 8550 8 1371 9060 8 1371 9570 10 1371 9780 10 1371 99General LaboratoryTriangularPTFE. Wedge-shaped. Ideal for dissolvingsolids and mixing of sediments due toscraping action. Angular surface createshigh turbulence even at low speeds.Pack of 10.LengthmmBar ØmmCat. No.12 6 1378 0520 8 1378 0725 8 1378 1025 14 1378 1235 10 1378 1540 14 1378 1750 12 1378 2055 14 1378 2280 14 1378 26Triangular, with pivot rimPTFE. Angular surface creates high turbulenceeven at low speeds. For vesselswith slightly uneven bottoms. The pivot rimreduces the contact surface and enablesthe stirrer to adopt the optimum position.Pack of 10.LengthmmHeightmmCat. No.12 6 1378 4025 8 1378 4235 10 1378 4450 12 1378 4680 18 1378 48Octagonal, with pivot ringPTFE. Angular surface creates high turbulence even at low speeds. For vessels withslightly uneven bottoms. The pivot ring reduces the contact surface and enables thestirrer to adopt the optimum position. Pack of 10.LengthmmBar ØmmRing ØmmCat. No.13 8 10 1376 0715 8 9.5 1376 0825 8 9.5 1376 1025 10 11 1376 1238 8 9.5 1376 1538 10 11 1376 1751 8 9.5 1376 1851 10 11 1376 2064 10 11 1376 2275 12 14.5 1376 25www.brand.de293

Magnetic Stirring BarsGeneral LaboratoryMagnetic Stirring Bars, PTFEDouble-endedPTFE. Excellent centering, small contact surface and high turbulence even at low speeds.Pack of 10.LengthmmBar ØmmEnds ØmmCat. No.37 8 20 1379 3054 8 20 1379 35OvalPTFE. Ideal for vessels with round bottom,e.g., round-bottom flasks. Pack of 10.Lengthmmmax. ØmmCat. No.10 5 1373 0015 6 1373 0120 10 1373 0225 12 1373 0532 15 1373 0734 15 1373 1040 20 1373 1250 20 1373 1565 20 1373 2070 20 1373 25CrossheadPTFE. Steady spinning position.Excellent stirring action. Pack of 10.ØmmHeightmmCat. No.10 5 1376 3020 9 1376 3225 10 1376 3430 12 1376 3638 15 1376 38DiscPTFE. Convex shape for good centering.Particularly effective stirring action.Pack of 10.ØmmHeightmmCat. No.9 6* 1379 2610 6 1379 2720 10 1379 2830 12 1379 29* Also suitable for cuvettes size 10 x 10 mm.294info@brand.de

Magnetic Stirring BarsMagnetic Stirring Bar RetrieverMagnetic Stirring Bars, PTFERound, with crossheadPTFE. Specialshape for small vessels.Particularly effective stirring action.Pack of 10.ØmmHeightmmCat. No.10 8 1379 0514 10 1379 1017 13 1379 1522 15 1379 1730 12 1379 19General LaboratorySphericalPTFE. Ideal for test tubes or foreccentric stirring motion. Pack of 1.ØmmCat. No.12 1379 50Magnetic stirringbar retrieversPP. Magnetic core fully sealed.Pack of 1.LengthmmØmmCat. No.300 10 1377 50450 10 1377 55Magnetic stirringbar retrieversPTFE. Magnetic core fully sealed.Pack of 1.LengthmmØmmCat. No.150 8 1377 00250 8 1377 10350 8 1377 20www.brand.de295

Stirring Rods · SpatulasGeneral LaboratoryStirring rodsAR-GLAS ® . Glass tube, fused and sealedat both ends. Pack of 50.Stirring rodsPTFE. With spatulate ends.Pack of 1.LengthmmLengthmmØmmBar ØmmCat. No.200 5 1358 05200 6 1358 10250 6 1358 15250 8 1358 20300 8 1358 25Cat. No.150 8 1362 10200 8 1362 15250 8 1362 20300 8 1362 25Stirring rodswith steel corePTFE coated steel core. Can be bentas required; the shape is permanentlyretained. Round ends. Pack of 1.LengthmmBar ØmmCat. No.100 6 1363 05150 6 1363 10200 6 1363 15250 6 1363 20300 6 1363 25350 6 1363 30400 6 1363 35SpatulasImpact-resistant PS. Available with double spatulate ends or a spatulateand spoon combination. Pack of 10.LengthmmDescriptionCat. No.Spatula with steel core150 Double spatula 1398 10180 Double spatula 1398 15180 Spatula / spoon 1398 17210 Spatula / spoon 1398 20PE-HD coated steel core. Two differently shaped spatulate ends (approx. 16 mm wide).Pack of 5.LengthmmØmmCat. No.SpatulaPP. Two differently shaped spatulate ends (approx. 15 mm wide).Pack of 10.260 7 1361 00LengthmmØmmCat. No.245 6 1361 10296info@brand.de

Forceps · ScoopsForcepsPMP. Pointed ends. Autoclavable (121 °C).Pack of 10.ForcepsPOM, glass-fiber reinforced. Round ends.Pack of 5.LengthmmCat. No.115 1128 05145 1128 10LengthmmCat. No.250 1130 20General LaboratoryForcepsPTFE. Pointed ends. Outstanding chemicaland thermal resistance. Pack of 1.LengthmmCat. No.100 1131 05150 1131 10200 1131 15ForcepsPTFE. Rectangular ends. Outstandingchemical and thermal resistance.Pack of 1.LengthmmCat. No.100 1131 25150 1131 30200 1131 35ScoopsPP, white. 2 to 100 ml: Pack of 12;250 to 1000 ml: Pack of 6.ScoopsPE, natural-colored. Pack of 6.CapacitymlLengthmmCat. No.2 60 1391 025 80 1391 0310 100 1391 0525 135 1391 1050 160 1391 15100 200 1391 20250 260 1391 25500 315 1391 301000 385 1391 35CapacitymlLengthmmCat. No.500 350 1390 351000 400 1390 40www.brand.de297

Weighing Dishes · JarsGeneral LaboratoryWeighing dishes, square shapeImpact-resistant PS, antistatic. Light and flat design. Ideal for weighing.Wall thickness approx. 0.2 mm. Pack of 500.CapacitymlLengthmmWidthmmHeightmmCat. No.7 45 45 7 1555 40100 84 84 24 1555 42250 140 140 21 1555 44Weighing dishes, diamond shapeImpact-resistant PS, antistatic. Light and flat design. Ideal for weighing.Wall thickness approx. 0.2 mm. Pack of 500.CapacitymlLengthmmWidthmmHeightmmCat. No.25 70 45 12 1555 4630 80 56 14 1555 48100 120 90 17 1555 50Jars with screw capPE-LD. Thick-walled, slightly conical. Screw cap with sealing cone. Pack of 10.Capacitymlmax. ØmmHeightmmCat. No.5 23 34 619 5010 23 52 619 5530 37 53 619 6060 37 92 619 6590 57 62 619 70180 57 108 619 75Sample jars with screw capPFA. For sampling, transport and storage. PFA screw cap with integrated seal lip.Autoclavable, easy to clean, withstands temperatures from -200 °C to +260 °C.Pack of 1.CapacitymlHeightmmØmmThreadCat. No.30 54 38 GL 40 620 0560 90 38 GL 40 620 1090 62 54 GL 56 620 15180 112 54 GL 56 620 20ThreadCat. No.GL 40 1292 54GL 56 1292 56Replacement screw capsfor PFA sample jarsPFA. Pack of 1.298info@brand.de

BottlesLaboratory bottlesBoro 3.3. Threaded to DIN ISO 4796. Studded base for stability and abrasion resistance.Graduated, with marking area. Screw cap and pouring ring PP. Autoclavable (121 °C).Pack of 10 (5000 ml to 20 000 ml: Pack of 1).CapacitymlThreadØmmHeightmmCat. No.25* GL 25 36 74 1225 2050 GL 32 46 91 1225 28100 GL 45 56 105 1225 38250 GL 45 70 144 1225 48500 GL 45 86 183 1225 541000 GL 45 101 232 1225 622000 GL 45 136 268 1225 645000 GL 45 186 338 1225 7010000 GL 45 234 412 1225 7420000 GL 45 300 510 1225 78* integrated glass ring, no additional pouring ringGeneral LaboratoryThreadScrew CapCat. No.Pouring ringCat. No.Spare parts for laboratory bottlesPP. Pack of 10.GL 25 1226 20 –GL 32 1226 28 1226 62GL 45 1226 38 1226 64Threaded bottlesSoda-lime glass (amber). Screw cap PP,pouring ring PE-LD. Space-saving squarebase. The bottles are available ethyleneacrylatecoated or uncoated.Pack of 1.Synthetic-coating for better protectionThe ethylene-acrylate coating envelops theglass bottle like a protective skin. Shouldthe bottle break, the splintering hazardsare reduced considerably. The maximumoperating temperature for coated bottles is80 °C.To preserve the coating, do not clean attemperatures exceeding 60 ºC.CapacitymlWidthmmHeightmmThreadcoatedCat. No.uncoatedCat. No.100 50 125 GL 32 7040 02 7040 12250 65 160 GL 32 7040 04 7040 14500 80 195 GL 32 7040 06 7040 161000 95 230 GL 45 7040 08 7040 182500* 140 300 GL 45 7040 10 7040 20* cylindrical shapeConical-shoulder bottles, narrow-mouthPP. Standard ground joint and interchangeable stoppers (PP, square). 5000 ml size withadditional carrying handle. 10 000 ml size with two carrying handles.CapacitymlNecksizeØmmHeightmmPack ofCat. No.100 14/23 52 106 10 1298 38250 19/26 70 136 10 1298 48500 24/29 76 172 10 1298 541000 29/32 106 209 10 1298 622000* GL 32 130 240 6 1298 665000* GL 45 175 325 1 1298 7010000* GL 63 222 394 1 1298 74* with screw capwww.brand.de299

BottlesGeneral LaboratoryConical-shoulder bottles, wide-mouthPP. Standard ground joint and interchangeable stoppers (PE, octagonal).CapacitymlNecksizeØmmHeightmmPack ofCat. No.100 29/32 52 106 10 1299 38250 34/35 70 136 10 1299 48500 45/40 86 172 10 1299 541000 60/46 110 209 10 1299 622000 * GL 63 130 244 6 1299 66* with screw capNarrow-mouth bottlesPE-LD, flexible, translucent. Economical multipurpose bottle.With or without screw cap.CapacitymlØmmHeightmmThreadPackofwith capCat. No.without capCat. No.10 26 50 GL 14 100 1294 08 1290 0820 31 58 GL 14 100 1294 16 1290 1630 34 66 GL 14 100 1294 24 1290 2450 39 85 GL 18 100 1294 28 1290 28100 45 106 GL 18 50 1294 38 1290 38250 59 140 GL 25 50 1294 48 1290 48500 75 180 GL 25 50 1294 54 1290 541000 94 212 GL 28 25 1294 62 1290 622000 117 264 GL 28 25 1294 64 1290 64Thread Pack of Cat. No.Screw caps for narrow-mouth bottle,PE-LDGL 14 100 1292 00GL 18 50 1292 02GL 25 50 1292 04GL 28 25 1292 06Narrow-mouth bottles, amberPE-LD, opaque. For storage of light-sensitive substances.With screw cap. Pack of 1.CapacitymlØmmHeightmmThreadCat. No.50 39 85 GL 18 1302 28100 45 106 GL 18 1302 38250 59 140 GL 25 1302 48500 75 180 GL 25 1302 541000 94 212 GL 28 1302 622000 117 264 GL 28 1302 64300info@brand.de

BottlesWide-mouth bottlesPE-LD, flexible, translucent. With or without screw cap.CapacitymlØmmHeightmmThreadPackofwith capCat. No.without capCat. No.50 38 80 GL 32 100 1296 28 1293 28100 48 94 GL 32 50 1296 38 1293 38250 62 126 GL 40 50 1296 48 1293 48500 76 155 GL 50 50 1296 54 1293 541000 93 208 GL 65 25 1296 62 1293 622000 120 246 GL 65 25 1296 64 1293 64General LaboratoryThreadPackofCat. No.Screw caps for wide-mouth bottle,PE-LDGL 32 25 1292 08GL 40 25 1292 10GL 50 25 1292 12GL 65 25 1292 14Wide-mouth square bottlesPE-HD, translucent. Screw cap with sealing cone, PP, blue, with cadmium-free pigments.Tamper-proof closure with pull-off retaining ring. Space-saving square base.Pack of 1.CapacitymlLengthmmWidthmmHeightmmThreadCat. No.100 45 45 101 GL 32 1304 12250 60 60 127 GL 45 1304 14500 75 75 161 GL 54 1304 181000 85 85 210 GL 54 1304 221500 111 111 209 GL 80 1304 242500 122 122 258 GL 80 1304 264000 142 142 294 GL 80 1304 28ThreadCat. No.GL 32 1303 20GL 45 1303 22GL 54 1303 24GL 80 1303 26Replacement screw caps forwide-mouth bottlesPP. Pack of 1.Wide-mouth bottlesPTFE. Outstanding chemical and thermal resistance. Sturdy, strong-walled design. Withscrew cap. Pack of 1.CapacitymlØmmHeightmmNeck inner-ØmmCat. No.5 22 35 10 1305 0510 26 50 12 1305 0825 33 61 19 1305 2050 43 76 25 1305 28100 52 88 35 1305 38150 60 90 35 1305 44250 67 120 42 1305 48500 80 150 52 1305 541000 100 185 57 1305 622000 120 240 60 1305 64www.brand.de301

BottlesGeneral LaboratoryWide-mouth bottlesPFA. High-quality bottles, specially designed for long-term storage of solvents andstandards (trace analysis). PFA screw cap with integrated seal lip and buttress thread.Autoclavable, easy to clean, temperature resistant from -200 ºC to +260 ºC.Pack of 1.CapacitymlØmmHeightmmThreadCat. No.250 61 150 S 40 1287 48500 76 179 S 40 1287 541000 96 217 S 40 1287 622000 130 245 S 40 1287 64ThreadCat. No.S 40 1292 62Replacement screw capfor wide-mouth PFA bottlesPFA. Pack of 1.Narrow-mouth bottlesPFA. High-quality bottles, specially designed for long-term storage of solventsand standards (trace analysis). PFA screw cap with integrated seal lip and buttressthread. Autoclavable, easy to clean, temperature resistant from -200 ºC to +260 ºC.Pack of 1.CapacitymlØmmHeightmmThreadCat. No.50 37 86 S 28 1289 28100 45 120 S 28 1289 38250 61 160 S 28 1289 48500 76 190 S 28 1289 541000 96 240 S 28 1289 62ThreadCat. No.S 28 1292 60Replacement screw cap for narrowmouthPFA bottlesPFA. Pack of 1.Narrow-mouth bottlesTechnical quality PFA, ETFE screw caps. These bottles include components made ofreprocessed PFA material from our production process. Physical properties and chemicalresistance equivalent to highly-pure PFA.Pack of 1.CapacitymlØmmHeightmmThreadCat. No.50 37 90 GL 18 1304 80100 45 114 GL 18 1304 82250 61 157 GL 25 1304 84500 76 189 GL 25 1304 861000 96 233 GL 32 1304 88ThreadCat. No.GL 18 1292 70GL 25 1292 72GL 32 1292 74Replacement screw caps for narrowmouthbottles, technical quality PFAETFE. Pack of 1.302info@brand.de

BottlesWash bottleswithout venting valvePE-LD, flexible. Wide-mouth. Capacity 250 ml and 500 ml. High-quality wash bottleswith integrated wash stream and sealing cone closure. Large opening for convenientfilling. Label with designation of contents and general safety statements in English(with CAS numbers and NFPA codes) and German (with CAS numbers). Pack of 5.With venting valve (metal ball)for distilled water and organic solvents only; to avoid dripping caused by overpressureGeneral Laboratorywithout venting valvewith venting valveName of solventColorstopper250 mlCat. No.500 mlCat. No.250 mlCat. No.500 mlCat. No.Dist. water white 1440 78 1440 84 1440 18 1440 24Acetone red 1440 79 1440 85 1440 19 1440 25Methanol green 1440 80 1440 86 1440 20 1440 26Isopropanol blue 1440 81 1440 87 1440 21 1440 27Ethanol orange 1440 82 1440 88 1440 22 1440 28- none - yellow 1440 83 1440 89 – –Wash bottleswith interchangeable wash headPE-LD, flexible. Detachable threadedwash head. Adjustable height deliverytube.Pack of 50 (1000 ml: Pack of 25).Wash headsThreadPackofCat. No.GL 18 50 1292 20GL 25 50 1292 22GL 28 25 1292 24CapacitymlØmmTotal heightmmThreadCat. No.100 45 196 GL 18 1441 38250 59 240 GL 25 1441 48500 75 279 GL 25 1441 541000 94 322 GL 28 1441 62Narrow-mouth wash bottlesTechnical quality PFA, ETFE screw caps, FEP wash elements. These bottles include componentsmade of reprocessed PFA material from our production process. The tip openingcan be enlarged by cutting. High temperature and chemical resistance.Pack of 1.CapacitymlØmmHeightmmThreadCat. No.250 61 157 GL 25 1438 48500 76 189 GL 25 1438 541000 96 233 GL 32 1438 62ThreadCat. No.GL 25 - with FEP delivery tube 1292 73GL 32 - with FEP delivery tube 1292 75Replacement Wash HeadsETFE. Pack of 1.www.brand.de303

BottlesGeneral LaboratoryDropping bottles with pipetteSoda-lime glass. The interchangeable ground joint stopper has an integrated droppingpipette with rubber cap. Pack of 1.CapacitymlØmmTotal heightmmDescriptionCat. No.50 45 130 Clear glass 1246 33100 55 150 Clear glass 1246 3950 45 130 Amber glass 1245 29100 55 150 Amber glass 1245 39Rubber capsNatural rubber (NR). Fitting all sizes.Pack of 100.Cat. No. 1247 00Dropping bottlesPE-LD, flexible. Detachable threaded cap with dropper nozzle and attached spout cap.CapacitymlØmmTotal heightmmThreadPackofCat. No.20 31 88 GL 14 100 1252 1630 34 96 GL 14 100 1252 2450 39 115 GL 18 100 1252 28100 45 136 GL 18 50 1252 38250 59 170 GL 25 50 1252 48500 75 209 GL 25 50 1252 541000 94 240 GL 28 25 1252 62Caps with dropper nozzle, PE-LDThreadPackofCat. No.GL 14 100 1292 30GL 18 50 1292 32GL 25 50 1292 34GL 28 25 1292 36Dropping bottlesPTFE, flexible. Outstanding chemical resistance. Dropper nozzle with screw cap.Pack of 1.CapacitymlØmmHeightmmCat. No.25 33 93 1253 1650 43 100 1253 28304info@brand.de

ContainersAtomizersPE-HD. By turning the nozzle, deliverycan be varied from a fine spray to a solidstream. Pack of 5.General LaboratoryCapacitymlCat. No.400 1441 80850 1441 90Aspirator bottles, with stopcockPE-HD. With screw cap and plastic carrying handle. With PP stopcock, 3/4" connection.Pack of 1.CapacitylØmmHeightmmNeck inner-ØmmCat. No.5 165 335 45 1311 7010 210 420 54 1311 74Spare stopcockFits all sizes. With PP adapter and 2 FKMseals. Pack of 1Cat. No. 1311 00Storage bottlesNarrow mouthPE-HD. Narrow mouth. With screw cap and carrying handle.Pack of 1.CapacitylØmmHeightmmNeck inner-ØmmCat. No.5 165 335 45 1308 7010 210 420 54 1308 74www.brand.de305

ContainersGeneral LaboratoryStorage bottlesWide mouthPE-HD. With screw cap and carrying handle. Pack of 1.CapacitylØmmHeightmmNeck inner-ØmmCat. No.5 165 320 85 1309 7010 210 395 120 1309 74Jerry cansPE-HD. With screw cap and threaded pourer.Pack of 1.CapacitylLengthmmWidthmmHeightmmCat. No.5 260 130 260 1316 6010 260 140 415 1316 6220 330 165 470 1316 64BucketsPE-HD. With or without push-on lid. Withgraduation and handle. Without spout.Pack of 1.(Please order push-on lid separately!)Push-on lids for buckets PE-LDPE-LD. Pack of 1.CapacitylHeightmmCat. No.For bucketlCat. No.5 240 717 7210 300 717 745 717 7110 717 76BucketsPP. With spout, reinforced rim and handle.Pack of 1.CapacitylHeightmmCat. No.12 300 723 7615 340 723 78306info@brand.de

ContainersTrays (photographic trays)PP, white. Ribbed bottom improves stability, reinforced rim, slightly sloping walls.Stackable. Pack of 1.LengthmmWidthmmHeightmmCat. No.225 180 45 1566 40300 240 70 1566 42370 310 75 1566 44510 410 120 1566 46625 530 140 1566 48840 645 160 1566 50General LaboratoryTidy trayPVC. Designed for use as utility trays or drawer organizers. Ideal for storing magneticstirring bars, etc. Pack of 1.CompartmentsLengthmmWidthmmHeightmmCat. No.5 402 302 60 7685 0512 402 302 60 7685 10Ice bucketDurable, rigid polyurethane foam. For bench-top cold storage. Excellent insulatingproperties. Sturdy, octagonal design for improved stability. Tapered side with moldedhandles and flat lid for easy handling and storage. Suitable for chemical disinfection.Operating temperature -196 °C to +95 °C. Pack of 1.CapacitylLengthmmWidthmmHeightmmCat. No.4.5 330 280 180 1561 00www.brand.de307

Pipette Rinsing SystemsGeneral LaboratoryPipette rinsing systemsTrouble-free and gentle cleaning of pipettes with repetitive siphon rinsing. Water supplyconnection via hose nozzle, outer-Ø 12 mm. The complete cleaning system consists of arinsing apparatus, soaking jar and pipette basket. Please order each component separately.Rinsing apparatusPE-HD. Adjust the water flow to approx. 2 l/min. Pack of 1.for pipette lengthmmCapacitylinner-ØmmBase ØmmHeightmmCat. No.460 13 150 315 740 291 20600 17 150 315 1000 291 25Soaking jarsPE-HD. Pack of 1.for pipette lengthmmCapacitylinner-ØmmBase ØmmHeightmmCat. No.460 10 150 240 510 292 10600 12.5 150 240 660 292 15Pipette basketsPE-HD. Pack of 1.for pipette lengthmmBasket height incl. handlemmBase ØmmBasket heightmmCat. No.360 495 145 280 290 05460 645 145 280 290 10600 870 145 280 290 15Pipette jarwith lidPP, lid PE-HD. The jar is suitable for dust-proof storage of pipettes up to 400 mm long.Pack of 1.Base ØmmHeightmminner-ØmmCat. No.130 430 83 288 00308info@brand.de

Draining RackPipette Trays and StandDraining rackPS. Integrated wide draining trough. Pegs can be inserted as required. Peg holes areclosed at the back – preventing leakage toward the wall. Suitable for glass graduatedcylinders of up to 250 ml and beakers up to 1000 ml. Supplied complete with draintubing and accessories for wall mounting. Width 450 mm, height 630 mm, 72 pegs(Ø 16 mm, length 120 mm). Pack of 1.General LaboratoryCat. No. 951 05Special pegsfor draining rackPS. Special pegs for narrow-mouthed or small vessels, e.g., test tubes, small volumetricflasks and graduated cylinders. Outer diameter 6 mm, length 120 mm. Pack of 11.Cat. No. 951 11Pipette standPP. Holds up to 94 pipettes of differentsizes. Rotary model, with additional rotarytip rest to protect the pipette tips. Suitablefor all graduated and one-mark pipettes.Slightly-curved stand base rim helps retaindripping liquids. Diameter 230 mm, height450 mm. Pack of 1.Pipette trayPVC. Practical tray for pipettes of any size.Length 280 mm, width 220 mm, height29 mm. Pack of 1.Cat. No. 283 00Pipette trayPVC. Drawer organizer.Four compartments for approx. 30 graduatedpipettes (1 - 20 ml). Length 420 mm,width 300 mm, height 30 mm.Pack of 1.Cat. No. 283 05Pipette trayPVC. Nine oblong dividers, open on oneside. For small-volume pipettes.Length 355 mm, width 300 mm, height45 mm. Pack of 1.Cat. No. 309 00Cat. No. 7685 15www.brand.de309

Water StillsGeneral LaboratoryWater StillsMonoDest 3000 E and 3000 N■ Simple operation and easy to clean(without dismantling the apparatus)■ Compact design■ Stainless steel heaters■ Separate circuits for feed and coolingwater■ Low water consumption■ Thermostatically controlled heating cutoffswitch provides a high level of safetyif the water supply is interruptedMonoDest 3000 EIdeal for applications requiring smallquantities of pure water. Particularly highwater quality level (conductivity 0.7 µS/cm) is obtained by the special design of thecondenser.Cat No. 562 20MonoDest 3000 NMonoDest: items suppliedBasic unit including power cable, PVCtubing (7 m, inner diameter 10 mm),pinchcock for sump drain; operatingmanual. Pack of 1.The low-cost alternative to the MonoDest3000 E. Recommended for applicationswhere conductivity of 1.5 µS/cm issufficient.Cat. No. 562 15Accessories and spare parts for MonoDest 3000 E and N. Pack of 1.MonoDest 3000 EDescriptionCat. No.Glass part, Boro 3.3, for MonoDest 3000 N 563 30Glass part, Boro 3.3, for MonoDest 3000 E 563 60Base for MonoDest 3000 E and N 563 65Technical dataMonoDest3000 EMonoDest3000 NPower consumption W 3000 3000Rated current A 14 14Voltage V/Hz 220-240/50-60 220-240/50-60Tap water connection:Minimum pressure bar 2 2Distillate outputwith tap water l/h 4.2 4.2with deionized water l/h 4.0 4.0Conductivity of distillatereferenced to 25 °C µS/cm 0.7 1.5Distillate temperature °C 96 96Cooling water consumptionwith tap water l/h 45 45with deionized water l/h 55 55Cooling water temperature:Inlet °C 16 16Outletwith tap water °C 64 64with deionized water °C 48 48Heater Material Stainless steel Stainless steel1.4529 1.4529Glass parts Material Boro 3.3 Boro 3.3Height mm 750 600Space required(without distillate bottle) mm 220 x 220 220 x 220Weight kg 6 6MonoDest 3000 N310info@brand.de

CleaningCleaningManual Detergents for Cleaning and DisinfectionGeneral LaboratoryGentle to materialsThe special formulation of active ingredientsachieves optimum cleaning results even atlow temperatures, brief soaking times andlow alkalinity. Glass surfaces and graduationswill last longer.Safe on testsDetergents and disinfecting detergents canbe removed without residue. Thus, evensensitive tests in hematology, serology,microbiology and enzymatic analyticalchemistry are not affected. Simply observethe recommended concentrations and rinsethoroughly with water.Environmentally friendlyAll BRAND detergents and disinfectingdetergents conform to current legislationand regulations. They are free fromformaldehyde, and contain biodegradablesurfactants and other ingredients that arenot harmful to the environment. Phosphatecontent is considerably reduced.User-friendlyOur cleaners and disinfecting cleaners havea very broad spectrum of activity. Therefore,only a small number of products are neededfor a great variety of procedures.These cleaners and disinfecting cleaners donot contain caustic alkali. This is why theyare particularly gentle to material, and arefully effective even in hard water.Cost efficientNormally soiled instruments will becomeclean when using the recommended concentrationof detergent. For heavy soiling,it is recommended to heat the solution withinthe indicated limits. However, an excessivelyhigh concentration will not increasethe cleaning performance. Please note thetechnical information on page 342-343.Abbreviations:Association for Applied Hygene (VAH)Robert Koch-Institute (RKI)German Society for Hygene and Microbiology (DGHM)German Veterinary Medical Society (DVG)General cleaning basics can be found on page 342-343.www.brand.de311

DetergentsGeneral LaboratoryMucasol ®Universal detergentLiquid, alkaline high-performance concentratefor immersion and ultrasonic baths.Universal cleaner for laboratory equipmentand instruments made of glass, porcelain,plastic, rubber and metal.Items are cleaned in ~ 10 - 30 minutes,without mechanical help. Mucasol ® replaceschromosulfuric acid, is free from chlorineand caustic alkalis, is non-toxic, nonaggressiveand biodegradable. Prolongedexposure of zinc and non-anodizedaluminium surfaces should be avoided.Ingredients:> 30% phosphates,< 5% anionic surfactants, amphotericsurfactants, complexing agents, corrosioninhibitors, auxiliary agentsConcentration for use:Ultrasonic bath:0.2 - 2% (1.4 - 14 ml/l)Immersion bath:0.7 - 3% (5 - 22 ml/l)Chemical and physical specifications:Light green, clear liquidDensity: approx. 1.4 g/mlpH value (0.7%): approx. 11.5pH value (3%): approx. 11.7DescriptionPackofCat. No.2 liter bottle (2.8 kg) 6 440 035 liter can (7 kg) 1 440 05EDISONITE ® CLASSICUniversal detergentAlkaline detergent. Powder compound forimmersion and ultrasonic bath. Ideal for removalof natural fats and oils, proteins andblood. Durable protection against corrosiondamage.Ingredients:> 30% phosphates,< 5% anionic surfactants, non-ionic surfactants,corrosion inhibitors, auxiliary agentsConcentration for use:0.5 - 1% (5 - 10 g/l)Chemical and physical specifications:Light green powderBulk density: approx. 850 kg/m 3pH value (0.5%): approx. 11.5pH value (1%): approx. 11.5Use on zinc and non-anodized aluminium isrestricted.DescriptionPackofCat. No.EDISONITE ® SUPERUniversal detergentNeutral detergent. Powder compound forimmersion and ultrasonic bath. Ideal forremoval of natural fats and oils, proteinsand blood.EDISONITE ® SUPER is recommended foroptical glass, for plastics sensitive toalkalis and rubbers.1 kg jar 6 443 015 kg bucket 1 442 05Ingredients:> 30% phosphates,5 - 15% anionic surfactants,corrosion inhibitors, auxiliary agentsConcentration for use:0.5 - 1% (5 - 10 g/l)Chemical and physical specifications:Light green powderBulk density: approx. 800 kg/m 3pH value (0.5%ig): approx. 7.5pH value (1%ig): approx. 7.5DescriptionPackofCat. No.1 kg jar 6 443 615 kg bucket 1 443 65312info@brand.de

DetergentsMucocit ® -TInstrument disinfecting detergentParticularly suited for sensitive instruments.Free of phosphates, aldehydes, phenolsand chlorine derivates. Fresh scent.CE-marked according to MPG (GermanMedical Products Law).Ingredients:100 g Mucocit ® -T contain:3.9 g didecyldimethylammoniumchloride,4.5 g alkylpropylenediamino-1,5-bisguanidiniumacetate,2 g bis(-aminopropyl)-laurylamine,2.8 g laurylpropylenediamine,5 - 15% non-ionic surfactants,auxiliary agentsChemical and physical specifications:Clear, blue liquid, fresh smellDensity: approx. 1 g/mlpH value (1%, 20 °C): approx. 10.5Microbiological efficiency/concentration for use:Disinfection of instruments: Bacteria (incl.Tuberculosis and mycobacteria) and fungiwith high organic burden according toDGHM/VAH directives:1% (10 ml/l)/1 hour2% (20 ml/l)/30 minutes3% (30 ml/l)/15 minutesLimited virucidal efficacy* (incl. HIV, HBV,HCV) 1% (10 ml/l)/5 minutesInactivation of rotaviruses:2% (20 ml/l)/5 minutesDescriptionPackofCat. No.2 liter bottle 6 448 225 liter can 3 448 25* As recommended by the RKI,Bundesgesundheitsblatt 01/2004General LaboratoryMucocit ® -PInstrument disinfecting detergentPowerful and gentle to labware. Free ofphosphates, aldehydes and phenols.Fresh scent.Ingredients:100 g Mucocit ® -P contain:5 g bis(-aminopropyl)-laurylamine,5 g didecyl-dimethyl-ammonium chloride,5 - 15% NTA, < 5% non-ionic surfactants,phosphonates, auxiliary agentsChemical and physical specifications:Light-blue powder, fresh smellBulk density: approx. 620 kg/m 3pH value (4%): approx. 11Microbiological efficiency/concentration for use:Disinfection of instruments: Bacteria andfungi with high organic burden acc. toDGHM/VAH directives: 3% (30 g/l)/1 hourTuberculosis bacteria: 3% (30 g/l)/1 Std.Limited virucidal efficacy* (incl. HIV, HBV,HCV): 1% (10 g/l)/5 minutesInactivation of human rotaviruses:1% (10 g/l) / 5 minutesDescriptionPackofCat. No.2.5 kg bucket 3 449 20* As recommended by the RKI,Bundesgesundheitsblatt 01/2004Pursept ® -AFdisinfection concentrateSurface disinfecting detergentsCleaning and disinfection of floors, wallsand fittings in one operation. Appropriatefor use in the foods sector. CE-markedaccording to MPG (German MedicalProducts Law).Ingredients:100 g Pursept ® -AF contain:12.5 g didecyl-dimethyl-ammoniumchloride,1.5 g bis(aminopropyl)-laurylamine,< 5% NTA, < 5% non-ionic surfactants,auxiliary agents, scentsChemical and physical specifications:Clear, green liquid, Density approx.: 1 g/mlpH value (1%, 20 °C): approx. 10Microbiological efficiency/concentration for use:Surface disinfection: Bacteria and fungi withhigh organic burden according to DGHM/VAH directives: 0.25% (2.5 ml/l)/4 hours0.5% (5 ml/l)/1 hour1% (10 ml/l)/30 minutes2% (20 ml/l)/15 minutesLimited virucidal efficacy* (incl. HIV, HBV,HCV): 1% (10 ml/l)/15 minutesInactivation of rotaviruses:0.25% (2.5 ml/l)/2 minutesEffectiveness against TbB:2% (20 ml/l)/1 hourDescriptionPackofCat. No.2 liter bottle 6 448 505 liter can 3 448 55* As recommended by the RKI,Bundesgesundheitsblatt 01/2004■ DGHM/VAH-tested■ RKI-compliant■ Aerosol-free disinfectant wipes■ Fresh scentwww.brand.de313

DetergentsGeneral Laboratory■ Free of aldehydes■ Effective in only 15 seconds■ DGHM/VAH tested and RKIcompliant,with aerosol-freeapplication (disinfectant wipes)■ Fresh scentPursept ® -A XpressFast acting ready-to-useSurface disinfecting detergentsRefillable pump-atomizer without propellant.Ingredients:100 g Pursept ® -A Xpress contain:55 g ethanol,0.03 g n-alkyl-aminopropyl-glycine,auxiliary agentsChemical and physical specifications:Clear, colorless liquidDensity: approx. 0.9 g/mlpH value: approx. 7.5DescriptionPursept ® -A Xpress disinfection tissuesMicrobiological efficiency of theundiluted working solution:Surface disinfection: Bacteria and fungiwith little organic burden with mechanicsacc. to DGHM/VAH directives: 15 secondsLimited virucidal efficacy*(incl. HIV, HBV, HCV): 15 secondsEffectiveness against TbB: 30 seconds* As recommended by the RKI, Bundesgesundheitsblatt01/2004PackofCat. No.1 liter bottle 10** 448 305 liter can 3 448 35Atomizer head 1 448 32** 10 bottles + 1 atomizer head■ Free of aldehydes■ Effective in only 15 seconds■ DGHM/VAH-tested andRKI-compliant■ Fresh scentSurface disinfecting detergentsSimply wipe the surfaces with the tissueand leave to soak.Ingredients:1 Pursept ® -A Xpress tissue containsapprox.: 1027 mg ethanol,0.56 mg n-alkyl-aminopropyl-glycine,auxiliary agentsChemical and physical specifications:Active solution (Pursept ® -A Xpress):Clear, colorless liquid, fresh smellDensity: approx. 0.9 g/mlpH value: approx. 7.5Tissues: FCC-bleached (oxidation bleach),bio-degradableMicrobiological efficiency of theundiluted working solution:Surface disinfection: Bacteria and fungiwith little organic burden with mechanicsacc. to DGHM/VAH: 15 secondsLimited virucidal efficacy*(incl. HIV, HBV, HCV): 15 secondsEffectiveness against TbB: 30 seconds* As recommended by the RKI, Bundesgesundheitsblatt01/2004DescriptionPackofCat. No.Dispenser box (150 tissues*) 6 448 40Refill unit (150 tissues*) 6 448 45* 135 x 222 mmPursept ® Wipes XL and Pursept ® -A Xpress, to disinfect the workplace, lab table or cleanbench quickly and reliably. Wipes can be stored in the refillable dispenser box.Pursept ® Wipes XLWipes are made of 100% polyester, speciallydesigned to be tear-proof and lintfree.They offer optimal disinfectant deliverytogether with excellent contaminant uptake.Description70 wipes (230 x 280 mm)per rollPackofCat. No.6 448 70Dispenser Box forPursept ® Wipes XL, emptyRefillable dispenser box for practical andspace-saving storage of Pursept ® WipesXL, a perfect way to keep pre-soakedwipes from drying out.DescriptionDispenser box for 70 wipes(230 x 280 mm)PackofCat. No.3 448 75314info@brand.de

General LaboratoryBRAND onlineGeneral LaboratoryNotes:www.brand.de315

© Robert Deutschmann/The Image Bank/Getty Images

TechnicalInformationQuality Management..................................... p. 318Certificates................................................. p. 320Monitoring of Measuring Instruments.............. p. 321Easy Calibration Technique............................ p. 324Calibration Service....................................... p. 326DAkkS Calibration Laboratory........................ p. 328IVD Directive............................................... p. 330Laboratory Glass/Plastics............................. p. 331Chemical Resistance.................................... p. 338Cleaning..................................................... p. 342Safety Instructions....................................... p. 344

Quality ManagementTechnical InformationQuality ManagementQuality management is briefly described for liquid handlinginstruments and BLAUBRAND ® volumetric instrumentsQuality management at BRANDbegins at product conceptionand continues through the designprocess and production.Routine checks throughout theentire manufacturing processresult in volumetric instrumentswith the smallest possible deviationfrom the true volume(accuracy) and narrow scatterof individual values (coefficientof variation). The final step ofthis Statistical Process Controlis random finished productsampling according to DINISO 3951.The quality management systemapplied at BRAND andcertified to DIN EN ISO 9001 isa combination of process monitoringand random checks. Theaccepted quality level (AQL) isless than or equal to 0.4., i.e.,the limiting values are met witha statistical certainty of at least99.6 %.All measuring instruments usedin quality control are regularlychecked and are referenced tothe national standards of PTB(The German Federal Instituteof Physics and Metrology).Quality management accordingto DIN EN ISO 9001 is thebasis for issuing of calibrationcertificates (e.g., our certificatesof performance).All test results are documentedand filed for 7 years. Ifthe batch or serial number isknown, each specific test resulton the date of production canbe traced.As BRAND manufacturesconformity certified volumetricinstruments, the quality ofproducts is automatically supervisedby the "Eichamt",the German State Office ofWeights and Measures. Therequirements for monitoring ofmeasuring instruments, traceabilityto national standards,and staff qualification are fullymet.Conformity CertificationFor volumetric instruments which are kept and used for commercialpurposes (e.g., medical and pharmaceutical purposes) the German"Eichordnung" dated 12 August 1988 calls for conformitycertification instead of official calibration. This also applies forvolumetrically relevant accessories (e.g., pipette tips for pistonoperatedpipettes).Conformity means: compliance of an instrument with the "Eichordnung",the German Federal Weights and Measures Regulations,Annex 12. The conformity certification procedure is described inDIN 12 600.The conformity symbol "H" and the manufacturer code designation(for BRAND it is "B") or, on request the "Eichamt" (the GermanState Office of Weights and Measures, with a separate conformitysymbol) certifies the product as complying with the "Eichordnung"for Official Certification and corresponding standards. In generalthe product itself carries the symbol of conformity or, with disposables,the packaging.Note!The conformity certification applies onlyto volumetric instruments. Therefore,thermometers and density bottles continueto be officially certified.318info@brand.de

PrecisionPrecisionWhat do "Error Limit, Accuracy, Coefficient of Variationand Precision" mean in volumetric measuring?An illustration of Precision and AccuracyThe dart board simulates the volume range around the centered specified value, the black dotssimulate the different measured values of a specified volume.Technical InformationPoor accuracy: Good accuracy: Poor accuracy: Good accuracy:Hits far off center.On average, hits are evenlydistributed around center.Although all hits are closetogether, the center (truevolume) is still missed.All hits are near the center,i.e., the specified value.Poor reproducibility: Poor reproducibility: Good reproducibility: Good reproducibility:Hits widely scattered.No gross errors, but hits All hits are close together All hits are close together.widely scattered.Result: Result: Result: Result:These volumetric instrumentsare of inferior quality.All deviations are "equallyprobable".Instruments exceeding thepermissible limit should beremoved from service.Improperly controlled production,with systematic variation.Instruments exceeding thepermissible limit should beremoved from service.The volumetric instrumentshave minute systematic errors,narrow scatter; the permissiblelimit is not exhausted. Theseinstruments should remain inservice.To describe accuracy, the term "Error limit" is used for glassvolumetric devices, while for liquid handling devices the statisticalterms "Accuracy [%]" and "Coefficient of Variation [%]" havebecome established.➊ Error limitThe term "Error limit" (EL) in the corresponding standardsdefines the maximum permissible deviation from the specifiedvalue.➋ Accuracy (A)Accuracy (A) indicates the closeness of measured mean volumeto the specified value, i.e., systematic measurement variation.Accuracy is defined as the difference between the measuredmean volume (V _ ) and the specified value (V spec. ), related to thespecified value in percent.➌ Coefficient of Variation (CV)Coefficient of variation (CV) indicates the closeness of values ofrepeated measurements, i.e., random measurement variation.Coefficient of variation is defined as standard deviation in percent,related to the mean volume.➍ Partial volumesGenerally A and CV are related to the nominal volume (V nominal ).These values are in % and have to be converted for partialvolumes (V part. ). In contrast, there is no conversion for partialvolumes, if A and CV are stated in volume units (e.g., ml).➎ Error limit of A and CVA good estimate for the error limit (EL) of the instrument, e.g.,for the nominal volume (V nominal ), can be calculated using thevalues for accuracy and coefficient of variation.➏ Precision (reproducilibity)It describes the closeness in volume units between the differentvalues in a set of measurements.1 2 3 4 5s · 100EL ≥ V measured - V spec. A [%] = V - V Vspec.· 100 CV [%] =Anominalpart. [%] = · AV spec. VVnominal % EL ≥part.www.brand.de(analog CV part. [%] )A% + 2CV%100% · V nominal319

CertificatesTechnical InformationCertificatesBLAUBRAND ® Volumetric InstrumentsOne batch certificate per packing unit!All reusable BLAUBRAND ® volumetricinstruments are individually calibrated andare supplied with one batch certificateper packing unit. This facilitates the initialperformance verification – also with themonitoring of measuring equipment – as thedata can directly be transferred from thecertificate. Batch and individual certificatescan also be downloaded at www.brand.deConformity certifiedAll BLAUBRAND ® volumetric instrumentsare conformity certified. With the sign H B ,BRAND confirms that the instruments aremanufactured according to "Eichordnung",the German Federal Weights and MeasuresRegulations. This sign of conformity isprinted directly on the instruments, accordingto DIN 12 600.Certificate of performance (Works certificate)Batch and individual certificates are works certificates. Both are based on the regulationsfor test and calibration procedures of laboratory instruments according to DIN ENISO 9001, DIN EN ISO 10 012-1 and DIN EN ISO 4787. All certificates document thetraceability of measuring results to national standards (PTB) which recognize the SI units(International System of Units).Batch certificateAll reusable BLAUBRAND ® volumetricinstruments have an easy-to-read digitalbatch number. The works certificate recordsthe batch number, the mean value, thestandard deviation of the batch and date ofissue.13.02(Batch number: year of manufacture/batch)Individual certificateBoth the instrument and the certificateshow an individual serial number in additionto the batch number. The works certificaterecords the measured volume, the uncertaintyof measurement and the date ofissue.13.02 0756(Individual serial number: year of manufacture/batch/consecutiveinstrument number)Ordering information forBLAUBRAND ® volumetric instrumentscan be found on page 173.USP certificateSelected BLAUBRAND ® volumetric instrumentscan be delivered with volume errorlimits in compliance with United StatesPharmacopeia (USP) with batch certificateand on request, with individual certificate.The instrument shows the requested errorlimit and the USP sign.DAkkS calibration certificateThis certificate is issued by the DAkkScalibration laboratory at BRAND. Due to theextensive international cooperation of theDAkkS (formerly DKD) German accreditationbody (EA Agreement, ILAC-MRA) theDAkkS calibration certificate is internationallyrecognized. Both the instrument and thecertificate show an individual serial numberand the laboratory's registration number aswell as the year and month of issue. Moreinformation can be found on page 328.320info@brand.de

Monitoring ofMeasuring InstrumentsMonitoring of Measuring InstrumentsGLP, ISO/IEC 17 025, ISO 9001Analytical laboratories have to verify anddocument the accuracy of all measuringinstruments used in order to achieve reliableanalysis. This especially applies to laboratoriesoperating according to GLP guidelines,DIN EN ISO/IEC 17 025, or certified toDIN EN ISO 9001.Information for BRANDCalibration Service onpage 326.The monitoring of measuring instrumentsrequires that the instrument's performancedata be known and documented beforebeing admitted to use and confirmed at appropriateintervals. The frequency of checksdepends on the results of previous calibrations.These tests are necessary to ensure continuedaccuracy of instruments which mayhave changed due to aggressive chemicals,or method and frequency of cleaning. Thetest cycle must be specified by the user.Typical monitoring intervals for liquid handlinginstruments are every 3-12 months;for glass volumetric instruments, every1-3 years. Performance certificates issuedby BRAND show all instrument data requiredfor monitoring so initial inspectionmay be eliminated. Also before disposing ameasuring instrument, a final test isneccessary (see DIN 32 937).Performance certificates are supplied asstandard for liquid handling instrumentsand for reusable BLAUBRAND ® volumetricinstruments (see pages 173, 320).TestingThe gravimetric test for liquidhandling instruments is performedaccording to DIN EN ISO 8655; forglass volumetric instruments, DINEN ISO 4787 is applied. Traceabilityof measuring devices to nationalstandards needs to be ensured. Forinstruments calibrated to contain(TC, In) the mass of water contained,and for instruments calibratedto deliver (TD, Ex), the mass ofwater delivered, will be weighed on abalance. The mass of water measuredhas to be adjusted to accountfor parameters like water densityand air buoyancy on the balance.The thermal coefficient of expansionof glass volumetric instruments hasto be taken into account.Testing scopeWhile liquid handling instruments aretested individually, the use of statisticalmethods to monitor glass volumetricinstruments is recommended.The following equation to determinethe minimum random quantity (a) outof the total quantity (n) has proveneffective in actual use:a =nTechnical InformationNote!Random samples have tobe taken from each productionbatch in use.Testing instructions (SOPs)To simplify the monitoring of measuringinstruments BRAND offers Standard OperatingProcedures (SOPs) for the specifictesting of every volumetric instrument atwww.brand.de. The testing procedures areoutlined step-by-step. At the end of eachSOP there is a report to be used for documentation.Testing Instructions (SOPs), Informationon Volumetric Measurement, and ademoversion of EASYCAL softwarecan be requested directly from BRANDand are also available at www.brand.de.EASYCAL SoftwareBRAND has developed the EASYCAL software that operates under WINDOWS ® ,to further simplify the monitoring of measuringinstruments.Upon entry of instrument data and weighingvalues, the software performs all calculationsautomatically. In addition, EASYCAL generates electronic and printed test recordswhich can be saved for subsequent use.(For more information on EASYCAL software,see page 109-112.)Information on volumetricmeasurementBRAND provides a booklet onworking with volumetric instrumentsoutlining proper use and possibleoperating errors.www.brand.de321

Monitoring ofMeasuring InstrumentsTechnical InformationCalculationsMonitoring of measuring instrumentsMeasuring values obtained in the course of a monitoringprocedure are to be evaluated as follows:Example: Transferpette ® adjustable volume, 20-200 µl1. Calculation of the mean volumeThe weighing parameters obtained using the gravimetrictest are simply the mass values corresponding to thepipetted volume. In order to obtain the actual volume,a correction must be calculated.A mean volume ( x _ ) of the weighing values is then calculatedby dividing the sum of the weighings by the numberof weighings made. This mean mass is then multiplied bya correction _ factor (Z, units of µl/mg) to give the meanvolume ( V ) delivered. The factor Z combines density ofwater, testing temperature and atmospheric pressure.For a typical temperature of 21.5 °C and air pressureof 1013 mbar (hPa), Z=1.0032 µl/mg.Gravimetric testing values at21.5 °C (Z = 1.0032)Tested volume (µl): 200.0000Specified value (mg): 199.3620x 1 200.2000x 2 199.6000x 3 199.4900x 4 199.7000x 5 199.7000x 6 199.2900x 7 199.3500x 8 199.4100x 9 199.2000x 10 199.1900V – = x – · ZV – = x 1 + x 2 + x 3 +... + x nn· ZV – 200.2 +199.6 +199.49 + ... + 199.19=10V – = 199.513 · 1.0032V – = 200.1514· 1.00322. Calculation of accuracyA [%] = V– - V spec.· 100 A [%] =V spec.200.1514 - 200· 100200A [%] = 0.076Extract from the table "Factor Z for Liquid Handling Instruments"Temperature°CFactor Zml/gTemperature°CFactor Zml/g18 1.0024518.5 1.0025519 1.0026419.5 1.0027420 1.0028420.5 1.0029421 1.0030521.5 1.0031622 1.0032722.5 1.0033823 1.0035023.5 1.0036224 1.0037424.5 1.0038625 1.0039925.5 1.0041226 1.00425322info@brand.de

Calculations3. Calculation of the standard deviation, necessary for the determination of coefficient of variation(x 1 - x – ) 2 + (x 2 - x – ) 2 + (x 3 - x – ) 2 + ... + (x n - x – ) 2s = Z ·n-1Technical Informations = 1.0032 ·(200.2 - 199.51) 2 + (199.6 - 199.51) 2 + (199.49 - 199.51) 2 + ... + (199.19 - 199.51) 29s = 1.0032 ·0.83939s = 0.3064. Calculation of the coefficient of variationCV [%] = s · 100V –CV [%] =0.306 · 100200.1514CV [%] = 0.153The result for the calculated example is:Results of the gravimetric testing:Tested volume (µl): 200.0000Mean volume (µl): 200.1514A [%] 0.076CV [%] 0.153A [%] specified* 0.600CV [%] specified* 0.200* Error limits specified by the manufacturer of instrument.See your operating manual for specifications.⇒ This pipette meets specifications.If the calculated values for Accuracy (A [%])and Coefficient of Variation (CV [%]) areless than or equal to the factory publishedspecifications, the instrument is calibratedto operate within specifications.Note:If there are no specifications for partialvolumes, the values A nominal [%] andCV nominal [%] which are related to thenominal volume V nominal must be converted.For a partial volume of 20 µl this means:A 20 µl [%] = V nominalV 20 µl· A nominal [%]A 20 µl [%] =A 20 µl [%] = 5%200 µl· 0.5%20 µlThe calculation of CV 20 µl is analog.What to do if the instrument isnot within the factory-specifiederror limits?1. Check whether all sections of theSOP are taken into account.2. Follow the troubleshootingguide in the operating manual forassistance.3. Adjust the calibration of theinstrument in accordance withthe operating manual.If despite these steps the instrumentstill does not meet the specifications,remove from service and contactBRAND for support.www.brand.de323

Easy Calibration TechniqueTechnical InformationEasy Calibration TechniqueISO 9001 and GLP guidelines require routine calibration (approx.every 3-12 months) and readjustment of measuring instrumentsif necessary. Typically time-consuming readjustment can befinished in seconds with BRAND Liquid Handling instruments.The following BRAND Liquid Handling instruments are equippedwith this time-saving adjustment technology:■ No need to send the instruments outfor calibration and adjustment.■ Accuracy can be adjusted to meet theneeds of your special applications.■ No tools necessary for adjustment.Adjustments can be performed inseconds.Dispensette ® Easy CalibrationTitrette ®Transferpette ®Transferpette ® -8/12Transferpette ®Transferpette ® -8/-12Transferpette ® electronicTransferpette ® -8/-12 electronicEasy Calibration ofmechanical instruments(e.g., bottle-top dispenser Dispensette ® )Example:Gravimetric testing yields a delivered volume of 9.90 ml witha set volume of 10 ml (e.g., after a longer period of usageor for specific applications). Adjustment is quick and easy infive steps:1. Open housing by sliding thelatch and removing the front.2. Lift gear lock lever torelease.3. Pull the red knob andset the display to actualdelivered volume (e.g.,9.90 ml).4. Reposition red knob andgear lock lever to theoriginal position.5. Replace housing – done!Alteration of factory settingis indicated by a red recalibrationflag.324info@brand.de

Easy Calibration TechniqueEasy Calibration ofelectronic instruments(e.g., Transferpette ® electronicmicroliter pipette)Example:Gravimetric testing yields a deliveredvolume of 201.3 µl with a set volumeof 200 µl. Adjustment in just a fewsteps:1. Initial display2. Activate calibration mode bypressing the MENU key for3 seconds, and using the arrowkeys to switch calibration modeto "on".Technical Information3. When the CAL display is flashing,calibration mode shows the initialvolume.4. Use the arrow keys on theTransferpette ® electronic microliterpipette to set the determinedvolume.5. After confirming the volume, thevalues for the tested and correctedvolume in the display change.The CAL symbol remains on toconfirm that the adjustment wasperformed. The factory settingcan be restored at any time.EASYCAL 4.0To further facilitate calibration, BRAND has developed EASYCAL calibration software. Instrument specific Standard Operating Procedures(SOPs) describe step-by-step testing procedures. All necessarycalculations are carried out automatically by the user-friendlysoftware (please see page 109 for more information). A free demoversion of EASYCAL and SOPs are available for download fromwww.brand.de.BRAND also offers a factory calibrationservice. Please see page326 for more information.www.brand.de325

Calibration ServiceTechnical InformationCalibration Service from BRANDfor Liquid Handling instrumentsInstruments used for control, inspection,measuring and testing requirewritten protocols for routine testingand calibration. A testing scheduleand inspection and testing proceduremust be defined. Documentationis required of the Accuracy andCoefficient of Variation testing thatis performed.Frequent confirmation can becometime consuming and expensive.Measuring instruments must betaken out of service and may haveto be adjusted or repaired. Maintainingan in-house calibration lab withspecially trained personnel can bevery costly.BRAND offers full calibration service includinginstrument adjustment and repair. Thisreduces service downtime, saves moneyand provides an independent review organizationfor the calibration of the instruments.BRAND calibration service is available for:■ Piston-operated pipettes(single and multichannel)■ Bottle-top dispensers■ Digital bottle-top burettes■ Repetitive pipettes (stepper)Testing according to DIN EN ISO 8655At BRAND, a team of qualified personnelworking in temperature and humiditycontrolled rooms, using the most modernbalances and calibration software, calibrateliquid handling instruments, regardless oftheir make, according to DIN EN ISO 8655.Instruments with adjustable volumes suchas Transferpette ® microliter pipette or theDispensette ® bottle-top dispenser are testedat nominal volume, 50 % and 10 % or 20 %of the nominal volume.Results of the calibration are documentedwith a detailed calibration certificate, whichmeets the requirements of many differenttesting procedures.BRAND Calibration Service■ Calibration and adjustment of liquidhandling instruments regardless of theirmake (BRAND instruments can be maintainedand repaired if necessary).■ Detailed calibration certificate:works calibration certificate orDAkkS calibration certificate■ Upon request, we will issue an additionalcertificate that documents the metrologicalstatus of the instruments you send infor adjustment/maintenance/repair.■ Cost-efficient handling326info@brand.de

Calibration CertificatesDetailed Calibration CertificatesTechnical InformationWorks calibration certificateIssued by BRAND works calibration service.DAkkS calibration certificateIssued by the DAkkS calibration laboratory at BRAND(also available for volumetric instruments of glass and plastics).You will find more information on the following pages.Calibration order forms anddeclarations on the absence ofhealth hazards are available fordownload from the Internet atwww.brand.de.www.brand.de327

Monitoring ofMeasuring InstrumentsTechnical InformationK-18572-01-00DAkkS Calibration Laboratory at BRANDAccredited by the DAkkS as calibration laboratory in the German calibration serviceSince the beginning of 2010, DAkkS (Deutsche Akkreditierungsstelle GmbH) has been thesole provider of accreditation services for regulatory matters in Germany. The legal foundationsfor DAkkS are Regulation (EC) No. 765/2008 and the German Federal AccreditationLaw (AkkStelleG).DAkkS is the successor to DKD (Deutscher Kalibrierdienst) for calibration laboratories.As a joint governmental-industrial body,DAkkS represents a link between the nationalstandards established by Germany'sPTB (Physikalisch-Technische Bundesanstalt)and the measuring instruments usedin industrial and research laboratories, andby testing institutions and authorities.It thus effectively complements the existingverification system, the primary focus ofwhich is consumer protection.DKD – well-known name, completelynew functionFollowing the establishment of DAkkS,DKD is no longer active in accreditationmatters, and it was reconstituted in 2011with a new mission under guidance fromthe PTB. Since that time, DKD has beenresponsible for further developing thefundamentals of metrological calibration,expanding technical support, and promotingstandardization in metrology.DAkkS calibration laboratoryThe former DKD calibration laboratory at BRAND for volumetric instruments was changedinto an accredited calibration laboratory by the DAkkS according to DIN EN ISO/IEC17 025. The calibration laboratory at BRAND is therefore authorized to issue DAkkS calibrationcertificates for the following volumetric instruments. They are available in severallanguages.BRAND calibrates the following volumetric instruments, no matter if they are new or alreadyin use:For ordering volumetric instrumentswith DAkkS calibrationcertificate, add "DAkkS" as aprefix to the catalog number.To obtain a DAkkS calibrationcertificate for volumetric instrumentsalready in use (regardlessof their make), send the instrumentsto BRAND marked withthe note "DAkkS calibration".■ Piston-operated pipettes,from 0.1 µl to 10 ml■ Multichannel piston-operatedpipettes, from 0.1 µl to 300 µl■ Piston-operated burettes,from 5 µl to 200 ml■ Dispensers, dilutors,from 5 µl to 200 ml■ Glass volumetric instruments,adjusted to contain (TC, In)from 1 µl to 10 l■ Glass volumetric instruments,adjusted to deliver (TD, Ex)from 100 µl to 100 ml■ Plastic volumetric instruments,adjusted to contain (TC, In)from 1 ml to 2000 ml■ Plastic volumetric instruments,adjusted to deliver (TD, Ex)from 1 ml to 100 ml■ Glass density bottles,from 1 cm 3 to 100 cm 3A major difference between works calibration services and DAkkS laboratories is the accuratedetermination of the respective uncertainty of measurement guaranteed by the accreditedlaboratory and supervised by the DAkkS.DAkkS calibration certificateThe DAkkS calibration certificate documents officially the traceability of measuring resultsto national and international standards as required by the standards DIN EN ISO 9001 andISO/IEC 17 025 for the monitoring of measuring instruments.When is a DAkkS calibration certificate necessary?DAkkS calibration certificates are appropriate in uses in which calibrations of an accreditedlaboratory are requested, where high level calibrations are demanded and for calibration ofreference standards and instruments for comparative measurements.328info@brand.de

Monitoring ofMeasuring InstrumentsDAkkS – A member in the International Accreditation NetworkDAkkS is a member of the International Laboratory Accreditation Cooperation (ILAC),the highest level international institution for laboratory calibration, and is a signatory to theMRA – Mutual Recognition Agreements.The main objective of this internationalaccreditation network is the mutual recognitionof the professional services and resultsoffered by accredited bodies, and to avoidtechnical barriers to trade and multiple accreditation.The accreditation bodies that are signatoriesto the ILAC mutual recognition agreements(MRAs) recognize their mutual equivalence,and the equivalence of the calibration certificatesissued by those same signatories.Likewise, signatories are obliged generallyto promote and recommend recognition ofthe calibration certificates of other signatories(excluding factory calibration certificates).The complete information regarding theILAC convention, as well as the list of allsignatories can be read at www.ilac.org.IAACAmericaILACworldwideEAEuropewith DAkkSAPLACAsiaTechnical InformationSignatory countries of the Mutual Recognition Agreement (MRA)The DAkkS is a member of the EA (European Co-operation for Accreditation), which again is a member ofthe ILAC (International Laboratory Accreditation Cooperation). A multilateral agreement assures obligatoryrecognition of the DAkkS calibration certificate in a variety of countries.Measurement traceability to international and national standardBIPMInternational Bureau of Weights and MeasuresNational metrology institute(e.g. PTB in Germany)Calibration Service(e.g. DakkS at BRAND)UserTraceability to international standardThe BIPM (Bureau international des poids et measures) ensures the worldwideuniformity of measurements and weights.Depending on the legal framework, there are two pathways to traceability,which both lead to the BIPM (International Bureau of Weights andMeasures): Calibration, or – for all measuring instruments that fall under theVerification Act – verification.* German State Office of Weights and MeasuresEichamt*BRAND calibration servicefor volumetric instruments,certified according toDIN EN ISO 9001Works certificate:individual orbatch certificate,USP certificatePTBNationalStandardDAkkSBRANDMeasuring InstrumentsProductsTraceability to national standardCalibration laboratoryfor volumetric instruments,accredited to DIN ENISO/IEC 17 025DAkkS calibrationcertificateIn Germany, the PTB (Physikalisch-Technische Bundesanstalt) is the nationalmetrology institute. It observes the traceability to national standard.www.brand.de329

CE MarkingTechnical InformationIVD DirectiveIVD Directive of EUOn December 7th, 1998, the EUdirective for "In-vitro-DiagnosticMedical Devices" (IVD Directive)was published in the Official Journalof the European Communities andbecame effective since June 7th,2000.How to define In-Vitro-DiagnosticMedical Devices (IVD)?An "In-Vitro-Diagnostic Medical Device"is any medical device used in-vitro for theexamination of specimens, including bloodandtissue donations, derived from thehuman body.IVD can be a reagent, calibrator, controlmaterial, kit, instrument, apparatus,equipment, system, or specimen receptacles,intended by the manufacturer tobe specifically used for in-vitro diagnosticexamination. IVD are mainly used to provideinformation■ concerning a physiological orpathological state■ concerning a congenital abnormality■ to monitor therapeutic measures.What is a Medical Device?The definition of a "Medical Device" includesany instrument, apparatus, appliance,material or other article, includingthe software necessary for its proper application,intended by the manufacturer to beused for human beings for the purpose of:■ diagnosis, prevention, monitoring, treatmentor alleviation of disease, injury orhandicap■ investigation, replacement or modificationof the anatomy or of a physiologicalprocess■ control of conception.Excluded are pharmacological or immunologicalmeans, which are regulated byappropriate drug laws.CE MarkingThe CE mark is the official marking requiredby the European Community. It shows theuser, that this product fulfills all essentialsafety and environmental requirements asdefined in the so-called European Directives.The manufacturer marks the instrumentand produces a declaration of conformitydescribing the instruments' fulfillmentwith the guidelines and technical requirements.BRAND medical products are all includedin the class of in-vitro diagnostic (IVD)devices. This includes, for example:– blood counting chambers– haemacytometer cover glasses– disposable capillary pipettes– micro haematocrit capillaries– haematocrit sealing compound– sample cups for analyzers– urine beaker– feces container– cryogenic tubes– pipette tips– PD-Tips– Transferpette ® microliter pipettes– HandyStep ® repetitive pipettes330info@brand.de

Materials: GlassLaboratory GlassGeneral PropertiesGlass has very good chemical resistance against water, saline solutions, acids, alkalis andorganic solvents and in this respect surpasses the majority of plastics. It is only attackedby hydrofluoric acid, and – at elevated temperatures – by strong alkalis and concentratedphosphoric acid. Further advantages of glass are its dimensional stability, even at elevatedtemperatures, and its high transparency.Technical InformationSpecific properties of individual glassesFor the laboratory, various glasses with different technical properties are available.Soda-lime glassSoda-lime glass (e.g., AR-GLAS ® ) hasgood chemical and physical properties. Itis suitable for products which are usuallysubjected to short-term chemical exposure,and to limited thermal stress (e.g., pipettes,culture tubes).Borosilicate glass(Boro 3.3, Boro 5.4)Borosilicate glass has very good chemicaland physical properties. The abbreviationBoro 3.3 stands for a borosilicate glass type3.3 as specified in international standardDIN ISO 3585, for applications requiringvery good chemical and thermal resistance(including resistance to thermal shock), andhigh mechanical stability. Typical applicationsare components for chemical apparatus,round-bottom flasks, and beakers.Working with glassWhen working with glass, it is essential to consider its limitations regarding resistance tothermal shock and to mechanical stress. Strict safety measures must be observed:■ Do not heat volumetric instruments,measuring cylinders and flasks on hotplates.■ Exothermic reactions such as dilutingsulfuric acid or dissolving solid alkalinehydroxides must always be carried outwhile stirring and cooling the reagents,and in suitable vessels such as Erlenmeyerflasks – never in graduatedcylinders or volumetric flasks!■ Glass instruments must never be exposedto sudden temperature changes.When taking them out of a drying cabinetwhile hot, never place on a cold or wetlab bench.■ For compressive loads, only glass instrumentsintended for this purpose may beused. For example, filtering flasks anddesiccators may be evacuated only afterconfirming that they are in perfect condition.BRAND does not offer instrumentsfor pressure applications.www.brand.de331

Materials: GlassTechnical InformationChemical ResistanceChemical interaction of glass with water and acidsThe chemical interaction of water and acids with glass surfacesis negligibly small; only very small amounts, primarily monovalentions, are dissolved from the glass. This forms a very thin, almostnon-porous layer of silica gel on the glass surface, inhibiting furtherattack. Exceptions are hydrofluoric acid and hot phosphoricacid which prevent the formation of the inert layer.Chemical interaction of glass with alkalisAlkalis attack glass surfaces as concentration and temperaturesincrease. Borosilicate glass 3.3 (Boro 3.3) limits surfaceerosion to the µm range; however, after prolonged exposure,volume changes and/or graduation destruction may occur.0.038HClc(NaOH) = 1 mol/ltime: 1 Std.temperature: 100°Cmg Na 2 O/g glass grain0.030.020.0103 6time (h)layer attack (µm)0.020.010Temperature:100 °CTime: 16 h4 8 12normality of the acidslayer attack (µm)40time (h)3 6Hydrolytic attack on Boro 3.3as a function of timeAcid attack on Boro 3.3as a function of acid concentrationAlkali attack on Boro 3.3as a function of timeHydrolytic resistance ofglass grainsBorosilicate glass 3.3 meets hydrolyticresistance class 1 of DIN ISO719 (98 °C), which is divided into 5hydrolytical resistance classes. Thismeans that when glass grain witha granulation rate of 300-500 µmis exposed to water at 98 °C for1 hour, less than 31 µg Na 2 O pergram of glass grain will be removed.In addition, Borosilicate glass 3.3also meets class 1 of DIN ISO 720(121 °C), which is divided into 3hydrolytical resistance classes. Thismeans that when glass grain is exposedto water at 121 °C for 1 hour,less than 62 µg Na 2 O per gram ofglass grain will be removed.Acid resistanceBorosilicate glass 3.3 meets class1 of DIN 12 116, which is dividedinto 4 acid resistance classes.Borosilicate glass is also calledacid-resistant borosilicate glass, asthe surface erosion after 6 hoursof boiling in 6 N HCl is less than0.7 mg/100 cm 2 . Removal of alkalioxide according to DIN ISO 1776 isless than 100 µg Na 2 O/100 cm 2 .Alkali resistanceBorosilicate glass 3.3 meets class2 of DIN ISO 695, which is dividedin 3 alkali resistance classes.Surface erosion after 3 hours ofboiling in a mixture with equal volumesof sodium hydroxide solution(1 mol/l) and sodium carbonatesolution (0.5 mol/l) is approximately134 mg/100 cm 2 .Chemical resistance to Water DIN ISO 719(HGB Class 1-5)Acids DIN 12 116(Class 1-4)Alkalis DIN ISO 695(Class 1-3)Soda-lime glass (AR-GLAS ® ) 3 1 2Borosilicate glass 3.3 (Boro 3.3) 1 1 2332info@brand.de

Materials: GlassMechanical ResistanceThermal stressesDuring the production and processing ofglass, hazardous thermal stresses may beintroduced. During the cooling of moltenglass, the transition from the plastic stateto the brittle state takes place in the rangebetween the upper and lower annealingpoints. At this stage, existing thermal stressmust be eliminated through a carefully controlledannealing process. Once the lowerannealing point is reached, the glass maybe cooled more rapidly, without introducingany major new stress.Glass responds in a similar way whenheated, e.g., through direct exposure toa Bunsen flame, to a temperature higherthan the lower annealing point. Uncontrolledcooling may result in the "freezing in" ofthermal stress which would considerablyreduce resistance to breakage and mechanicalstability.To eliminate inherent stress, glass must beheated up to a temperature between theupper and lower annealing point, be keptat this temperature for approx. 30 minutesand be cooled by observing the prescribedcooling rates.Resistance to temperature changesWhen glass is heated to a temperaturebelow the lower annealing point, thermalexpansion and the poor thermal conductivityresult in tensile and compressive stress.If, due to improper heating or cooling rates,the permissible mechanical strength isexceeded, breakage occurs. Apart fromthe coefficient of expansion α, which varieswith each kind of glass, the wall thickness,the geometry of the glass body, and any existingscratches must be taken into account.Therefore, it is difficult to state specific numericalvalues for thermal shock resistance.However, a comparison of the α valuesshows that Boro 3.3 is much more resistantto thermal changes than, e.g., AR-GLAS ® .Mechanical stressesFrom a technical viewpoint, glassesbehave in an ideally elastic way.This means that, after exceedingthe limits of elasticity, tensile andcompressive stress does not resultin plastic deformation, but breakageoccurs. The tensile strength isrelatively low and may be further diminishedby scratches or cracks. Forsafety reasons, the tensile strengthof Boro 3.3 in apparatus and plantdesign is calculated at 6 N/mm 2 .The compressive strength, however,is approximately ten times as high.Technical Information2018T maxfor glasses ofhigh shape-stability1614TransformationsrangeLower annealing pointUpper annealing point1210log η in dPas8642Working rangep.e. sintering, pressing,drawing, blowing,melting, castingSoftening point200 400 600 800 1000 1200Temperature in °CGlass viscosity curveTypical viscosity temperature curve using a borosilicate glass as an example.Upper annealing point(viscosity 10 13 dPas)Lower annealing point(viscosity 10 14.5 dPas)Linear expansion coefficientα 20/300 10 -6 K -1Densityg/cm 3Soda-lime glass (AR-GLAS ® ) 530 495 9,1 2,52Borosilicate glass 3.3 (Boro 3.3) 560 510 3,3 2,23www.brand.de333

Materials: PlasticTechnical InformationPlasticsn ElastomersPolymers with loosely cross-linked molecules,exhibiting rubber-like elasticityat room temperature. Heating causesirreversible curing (vulcanization).The most popular elastomers arenatural rubber and silicone rubber.n ThermosetsPolymers with tightly cross-linked moleculesare very hard and brittle at room temperature;heating causes irreversible curing.These plastics are rarely used for plasticlabware. The best known thermosets arethe melamine resins. Melamine resin isproduced by polycondensation of melaminewith formaldehyde.Besides glass, plastics play a very important role in laboratories.In general, plastics can be divided into the three groups:n ThermoplasticsPolymers with a linear molecular structurewith or without side branches are transformedinto objects during molding operationswithout changing their thermoplasticproperties. Thermoplastics are the materialscommonly used in plastic labware production.Hence we provide here a brief descriptionof some individual plastics explainingtheir structural, mechanical, chemical andphysical properties. The most popular thermoplasticsare polyolefins like polyethyleneand polypropylene.PS PolystyrenePolystyrene is glass-clear, hard, brittle, anddimensionally stable due to its amorphousstructure. PS has good chemical resistanceto aqueous solutions but limited resistanceto solvents. Disadvantages include low thermalstability and its tendency to suffer fromstress-cracks.SAN Styrene-acrylonitrile copolymerThis is a glass-clear material with goodresistance to stress-cracking. It has slightlybetter chemical resistance than PS.PMMA Polymethyl methacrylateRigid, glass-clear ("organic glass"). Resistantto atmospheric agents. Replaces glassin many applications where temperaturesare below 90 °C and low chemical resistanceis required. PMMA has excellent UVradiation stability.PC PolycarbonateThese are thermoplastic linear carboxylicacid polyesters combining many of theproperties of metals, glass and plastics.The materials are transparent and havegood thermal properties between -130 to+130 °C. Note: PC may be weakened byautoclaving or exposure to alkaline detergents.PA PolyamidePolyamides are linear polymers with repeatingamide chain linkages. With theirfavorable strength characteristics and highdurability, polyamides can often be used asstructural materials and for surface coatingmetals. They have good chemical resistanceagainst organic solvents, but are easily attackedby acids and oxidizing agents.334info@brand.de

Materials: PlasticPVC Vinyl chloride polymersThe vinyl chloride polymers are mainlyamorphous thermoplastics with very goodchemical resistance.Their combination with plasticizers opensup many useful applications, rangingfrom artificial leather to injection moldingcomponents. PVC has good chemicalresistance, especially with oils.PE-LD Low Density PolyethyleneThe polymerization of ethylene underhigh-pressure results in a certain numberof branches in the chain. The result is aless compact molecular structure thanPE-HD, with very good flexibility andgood chemical resistance, but less chemicalresistance to organic solvents thanPE-HD. Use is limited to temperaturesbelow 80 °C.ETFEEthylene-TetrafluoroethylenecopolymerETFE is a copolymer of ethylene withchlorotrifluoroethylene and/or with tetrafluoroethylene.This plastic is remarkablefor its excellent chemical resistance, butits temperature stability is lower in comparisonwith PTFE (at most 150 °C).Technical InformationPOM PolyoxymethylenePOM has superior properties with regardto hardness, rigidity, strength, durability,chemical resistance and favorableslip and abrasion characteristics. It canreplace metals in many applications.POM can withstand temperatures up to130 °C.PUR PolyurethanePolyurethane is a very versatile plastic,and is therefore used in a wide variety ofapplications.The molecules are formed bya polyaddition reaction of dialcohols withpolyisocyanate.As a material for the coating ofBLAUBRAND ® graduated flasks, a highquality,scratch-resistant, transparentPUR type with a high modulus of elasticityis used. The working temperature canrange from -30 to +80 °C. Brief exposureto higher temperatures of up to135 °C are permissible, but over timethis will lead to a reduction in elasticity.PE-HD High Density PolyethyleneIf the polymerization of ethylene iscontrolled by a catalytic process, a verysmall number of branches in the chain areobtained. The result is a more rigid andcompact structure with enhanced chemicalresistance and usability up to 105 °C.PP PolypropylenePP has a similar structure to Polyethylene,but with methyl groups at everysecond carbon atom of the chain. Themajor advantage, compared with PE, isits higher temperature resistance. It canbe repeatedly autoclaved at 121 °C. Likethe above mentioned polyolefins, PP hasgood mechanical properties and goodchemical resistance but is sligthly moresusceptible to be attacked by strongoxidizing agents than PE-HD.PMP PolymethylpentenePMP is similar to PP but has isobutylgroups instead of the methyl groups.Chemical resistance is comparable to PPbut tends to suffer from tension crackswhen exposed to ketones or chlorinatedsolvents. The most important qualities ofPMP are its excellent transparency andgood mechanical properties at temperaturesup to 150 °C.PTFE PolytetrafluoroethylenePTFE is a fluorinated hydrocarbon witha macromolecular, partly crystallinestructure. PTFE is resistant to virtually allchemicals. It offers the widest workingtemperature range, from -200 to+260 °C. Its surface is adhesion resistant.The slip properties and electricalinsulation capacity of the material arebetter than those of FEP and PFA. Theonly disadvantage is that it can only bemolded by sintering processes. PTFE isopaque. It is suitable for use in microwaveovens.FEPTetrafluorethylene-perfluorpropylenecopolymerA fluorinated hydrocarbon with a macromolecular,partly crystalline structure. Thesurface is non-adhesive. The mechanicaland chemical properties are comparablewith PTFE, but the working temperatureis limited to the range from -100 to+205 °C. Water absorption is extremelylow. FEP is translucent.PFA Perfluoroalkoxy copolymerFluorinated hydrocarbon with a highmolecular,partly crystalline structure. Itssurface is adhesion-resistant. Mechanicalproperties and chemical inertness arecomparable with those of PTFE.The working temperature can rangefrom -200 to +260 °C. The water absorptionof PFA is extremely low. PFA istranslucent.PFA is manufactured without the additionof catalysts or plasticizers, and can bemolded to produce an extremely smooth,readily cleanable surface, and is thereforeparticularly well suited for traceanalysis.www.brand.de335

Materials: PlasticTechnical InformationGeneral PropertiesResistance to breakage and lowweight are important advantages ofplastics. The application determineswhich plastic to select.A variety of parameters should be considered:exposure time and concentration ofchemicals, thermal stress (e.g., autoclaving),exertion of force, exposure to UV radiation,and aging, which may be caused by the actionof detergents, or other environmentalfactors.Physical PropertiesThe recommendations listed below are basedon technical literature and information providedby the manufacturers of raw materials.They were prepared carefully and areintended as general guidance. However, theycannot replace suitability testing perfomedby the user under actual working conditions.Max. operatingtemperature(°C)Brittletemperature(°C)Micro wavesuitability*Density(g/cm 3 )ElasticityTransparencyPS 70 -20 no 1.05 rigid transparentSAN 70 -40 no 1.03 rigid transparentPMMA 65 to 95 -50 no 1.18 rigid transparentPC 125 -130 yes 1.20 rigid transparentPVC 80 -20 no 1.35 rigid transparentPOM 130 -40 no 1.42 good opaquePE-LD 80 -50 yes 0.92 very good translucentPE-HD 105 -50 yes 0.95 good translucentPP 125 0 yes 0.90 moderate translucentPMP 150 0 yes 0.83 moderate transparentETFE 150 -100 yes 1.70 moderate translucentPTFE 260 -200 yes 2.17 very good opaqueFEP 205 -100 yes 2.15 moderate translucentPFA 260 -200 yes 2.17 moderate translucentPUR 80 -30 yes 1.20 very good transparentFKM 220 -30 – – very good –EPDM 130 -40 – – very good –NR 80 -40 no 1.20 very good opaqueSI 180 -60 no 1.10 very good translucent* Observe chemical and temperature resistanceSterilizationAutoclaving*at 121 °C (2 bar),acc. DIN EN 285b/γ-radiation25 kGyGas(ethylene oxide)Chemical(formalin,ethanol)PS no yes no yesSAN no no yes yesPMMA no yes no yesPC yes 1) yes yes yesPVC no 2) no yes yesPOM yes 1) yes (restricted) yes yesPE-LD no yes yes yesPE-HD no yes yes yesPP yes yes (restricted) yes yesPMP yes yes yes yesETFE yes no yes yesPTFE yes no yes yesFEP/PFA yes no yes yesPUR yes 3) – yes yesFKM yes – yes yesEPDM yes – yes yesNR no no yes yesSI yes no yes yes* Before autoclaving, labware must be carefully cleaned and rinsed with distilled water. Always remove covers from containers!1)Frequent autoclaving reduces mechanical stability.2)With the exception of PVC tubing, which is autoclavable up to 121 °C.3)Frequent autoclaving reduces elasticity.336info@brand.de

Materials: PlasticBiological PropertiesThe following plastics are generally non-toxic to cell cultures:PS, PC, PE-LD, PE-HD, PP, PMP, PTFE, FEP, PFA.Technical InformationChemical PropertiesWith regard to chemical resistance, plastics are classified as follows:+o–Excellent chemical resistanceContinuous exposure to the substancedoes not cause damage within 30 days.The plastic may remain resistant foryears.Good to limited chemical resistanceContinuous exposure to the substancecauses minor damage, some of which isreversible, within 7-30 days (e.g., swelling,softening, decrease of mechanicalstrength, discoloration).Poor chemical resistanceNot suitable for continuous exposureto the substance. Immediate(!)damage may occur (lossof mechanical strength, deformation,discoloration, cracking,dissolution).Abbreviations of the described plastics (to DIN 7728)PSSANPMMAPCPVCPOMPE-LDPE-HDPPPMPETFEPTFEFEPPFAPUR:FKMEPDMNRSIPolystyreneStyrene-acrylonitrile copolymerPolymethyl methacrylatePolycarbonatePolyvinyl chloridePolyoxymethyleneLow-density polyethyleneHigh-density polyethylenePolypropylenePolymethylpenteneEthylene-tetrafluoroethylene copolymerPolytetrafluoroethylenePerfluoroethylene-propylene copolymerPerfluoroalkoxy copolymerPolyurethaneFluoro elastomerEthylene-propylene-diene-rubberNatural rubberSilicone rubberwww.brand.de337

Materials: PlasticTechnical InformationChemical Resistance (Status as of: 0713)PS SAN PMMA PC PVC POM PE-LD PE-HD20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °CAcetaldehyde – – – – – – o – – – + + + – + oAcetic acid (glacial) 100% – – – – – – + o + +Acetic acid 50% o o + o – – + o + o o – + + + +Acetic anhydride – – – – – – – – – – o oAcetone – – – – – – – – – – + + + o + +Acetonitrile – – – – – – – – – – + + o + oAcetophenone – – – – – – – – – – + – – o oAcetyl chloride – – – – – – – – – – + +Acetylacetone – – – – – – – – – – + + +Acrylic acid – – – – – – – – – – – – + +Acrylonitrile – – – – – – – – – – – – + + + +Adipic acid + + + + + + + + + o + + + + + +Allyl alcohol (2-Propene-1-ol) o o o – – – o o o – + + + + + +Aluminium chloride + + + + + + – – + o + o + + + +Aluminium hydroxide o o o o o o o – + + + + + + + +Amino acids + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Ammonium chloride + + + + o o o o + o + + + + + +Ammonium fluoride + + + + o o o o + o + + + + + +Ammonium hydroxide 30% (Ammonia) o – + o + + – – + o o o + + + +Ammonium sulfate + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +n-Amyl acetate – – – – + + – – – – + + o – + on-Amyl alcohol (Pentanol) o o + + + + o o + + + + + +Amyl chloride (Chloropentane) – – – – – – – – – – + + – – – –Aniline – – – – – – o – – – o o + o + +Aqua regia – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –Barium chloride + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Benzaldehyde – – – – – – o – – – + + + + + +Benzene – – – – – – – – – – + o o – + +Benzine (gasoline) – – – – + o – o – + + o – + +Benzoyl chloride – – – – – – – – – – + o o – + +Benzyl alcohol – – – – – – o o o o + + o – o –Benzylamine – – – – – – – – – – + o – oBenzylchloride – – +Boric acid, 10% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Bromine – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –Bromobenzene – – – – – – – – – – – – – –Bromoform – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –Bromonaphthalene – – – –Butanediol – – – – + + + + + +1-Butanol (Butyl alcohol) o – + o o – o o o o + + + + + +n-Butyl acetate – – – – – – – – – – + o o o + +Butyl methyl ether – – – – – – – – – – + + o – o –Butylamine – – – – + +Butyric acid – – – – o – – – o –Calcium carbonate + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Calcium chloride + + + + + + + + o – + + + + + +Calcium hydroxide + o + o + + – – + + + + + + + +Calcium hypochlorite + + + + o o o – o – + + + + + +Carbon disulfide – – – – – – – – – – + + – – – –Carbon tetrachloride – – – – o – – – – – o o o – o –Chloro naphthalene – –Chloroacetaldehyde – – – – – –Chloroacetic acid o – – – o – o – + o – – + + + +Chloroacetone – – – – – –Chlorobenzene – – – – – – – – – – – – – –Chlorobutane – – – – – – – – o – o –Chloroform – – – – – – – – – – – – o – o –Chlorosulfonic acid – –Chromic acid 10% – – – – o – + o + o o o + + + +Chromic acid 50% – – o o – – o – + – – – + o + oChromosulfuric acid o o o o – – – – + o – – – – – –Copper sulfate + + + o + + + + + o + + + + + +Cresol – – – – – – – – o –Cumene (Isopropyl benzene) – – – – – – – – – – + – o – + oCyclohexane – – – – – – + + o – o –Cyclohexanone – – – – – – – – o –Cyclopentane – – – – – – – – o –Decane o o + o –Decanol o o o + + +Dibenzyl ether – – – – – – + +DibromoethaneDibutyl phthalate – – – – – – – – – – + + o – o –Dichlorbenzene – – – – – – – – – – – – o – o –Dichlormethane (Methylene chloride) – – – – – – o – o –Dichloroacetic acid o – o – o – o – o oDichloroethane – – o – o –Diesel oil (Heating oil) – – – – o – – – o + + o – + oDiethanolamine – – – – – – – – oDiethyl ether – – – – – – – – – – + + – – o –Diethylamine o o – – – – – – o –Diethylbenzene – – o – – – – – o –Diethylene glycol o – + + – – o o – – + o + + + +Dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) – – – – – – – – – – + + + +Dimethylaniline – – – – – – – –Dimethylformamide (DMF) – – – – – – – – o – + + + + + +1.4 Dioxane – – – – – – o o – – o o + o + +Diphenyl ether – – – – – – oEthanol (Ethyl alcohol) o – o – – – + o + o + + + + + +EthanolamineEthyl acetate – – – – – – + + + +Ethyl methyl ketone – – – – – – – – – – – – o – o –Ethylbenzene – – – – – – – – – – – – – –Ethylene chloride – – – – – – – – – – o – – – – –338info@brand.de

Materials: PlasticThe data for the chemical resistance of salts also apply to their aqueous solutions.PP PMP ETFE PTFE FEP/PFA FKM EPDM NR SI20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 20 °C 20 °C 20 °CAcetaldehyde + – o – + o + + + + – o – –Acetic acid (glacial) 100% + o + o + + + + + + – o o oAcetic acid 50% + + + + + + + + + + – – – –Acetic anhydride o o + o + + + + + + – o o oAcetone + + + + + o + + + + – + o –Acetonitrile + o o – + + + + + + – – – –Acetophenone o o o – + + + + + + – + – –Acetyl chloride + + + + + + + + – – –Acetylacetone + + + + + + + + – + – –Acrylic acid + + + + + + + + – – – –Acrylonitrile o – – – + + + + + + – – – –Adipic acid + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Allyl alcohol (2-Propene-1-ol) + + + o + + + + + + + + o –Aluminium chloride + + + + + + + + + + + + o oAluminium hydroxide + + + o + + + + + + + + + +Amino acids + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Ammonium chloride + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Ammonium fluoride + + + + + + + + + + o + – +Ammonium hydroxide 30% (Ammonia) + + + + + + + + + + – + + oAmmonium sulfate + + + + + + – + o on-Amyl acetate o – + o + + + + + + – o o –n-Amyl alcohol (Pentanol) + + + + + + + + + + o o o –Amyl chloride (Chloropentane) – – – – + + + + + + + – – –Aniline + + + o + o + + + + – – – –Aqua regia – – – – + + + + + + – – – –Barium chloride + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Benzaldehyde + + + + + o + + + o – o – –Benzene + o o o + + + + + + o – – –Benzine (gasoline) o o o o + + + + + + + – – –Benzoyl chloride + o o o + + + + + – – –Benzyl alcohol o – o – + + + + + + + o – oBenzylamine o o + + + + + + + o – oBenzylchloride + + + + + – – –Boric acid, 10% + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Bromine – – – – + + + + + + o – – –Bromobenzene – – – – o – + + + + + – – –Bromoform – – – – + + + + + + – –Bromonaphthalene + + + + + +Butanediol + + + + + + + + + + – + o –1-Butanol (Butyl alcohol) + + + o + + + + + + + o + on-Butyl acetate o o + o + + + + + + – o – –Butyl methyl ether + o + – + o + + + + – – – –Butylamine + + + + – – – oButyric acid – – + + + + + + o – – –Calcium carbonate + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Calcium chloride + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Calcium hydroxide + + + + + + + + + + + + + oCalcium hypochlorite + + + o + + + + + + + + – oCarbon disulfide – – – – + o + + + + + – – –Carbon tetrachloride – – – – + + + + + + + – – –Chloro naphthalene + + + + + – – –Chloroacetaldehyde + + + +Chloroacetic acid + o + o + + + + + + o o – –Chloroacetone + + + + – + o –Chlorobenzene – – – – + o + + + + o – – –Chlorobutane o – o – + + + + + + o – – –Chloroform – – o – + o + + + o o – – –Chlorosulfonic acid o – + + + + – – – –Chromic acid 10% + + + + + + + + + + + – – oChromic acid 50% o o o o + + + + + + + – – –Chromosulfuric acid – – o – + + + + + + + – – –Copper sulfate + + + + + + + + + + + + o +Cresol o o – – + o + + + + + – – –Cumene (Isopropyl benzene) o – – – + + + + + + + – – –Cyclohexane o – – – + o + + + + + – – –Cyclohexanone o – o o + + + + + + – – – –Cyclopentane o – o – + + + + + + + – – –Decane o o + + + + + + + – – oDecanol + + + + + + + + + + o oDibenzyl ether + o + + + + + + – o – –Dibromoethane o + + +Dibutyl phthalate + o + o + + + + + + o o – oDichlorbenzene o – – – + o + + + + + – – –Dichlormethane (Methylene chloride) o – o – o o + + + + o – – –Dichloroacetic acid o – + + + o + + + + – – – –Dichloroethane o – o – + + + + + + o – – –Diesel oil (Heating oil) + o o – + + + + + + + – – –Diethanolamine o + + oDiethyl ether o – – – + + + + + + – – – –Diethylamine o – o o + o + + + + – o oDiethylbenzene – – – – + o + + + + + – – –Diethylene glycol + + + + + + + + + + + + + oDimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) + + + + + + + + + + +Dimethylaniline + + + + + + o o – oDimethylformamide (DMF) + + + + + + + + + + – o o o1.4 Dioxane + o o o + o + + + + – o – –Diphenyl ether + + o – – –Ethanol (Ethyl alcohol) + + + o + + + + + + o + o oEthanolamine + + + + + + + – + – –Ethyl acetate + o o – + + + + + + – o –Ethyl methyl ketone + o – – o o + + + + – o –Ethylbenzene – – – – o o + + + + o – – –Ethylene chloride o – – – + + + + + + o – – –Technical Informationwww.brand.de339

Materials: PlasticTechnical InformationContinued list of "Chemical Resistance"PS SAN PMMA PC PVC POM PE–LD PE–HD20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °CEthylene glycol (Glycol) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Ethylene oxide – – – – – – o – o – + + o o o oFluoroacetic acid – – – – – – – – – – – –Formaldehyde 40% – – + + – – + o o – + + + + + +Formamide – – + + + +Formic acid 98-100% + o o o – – + o – – – – + + + +Glycerol + + + + + + + + + + o o + + + +Glycolic acid 70% + + + +Heating oil (Diesel oil) – – – – o – – – o – + + o – + oHeptane – – o – + o – – o – o oHexane – – + + o o – – o – + + o – + oHexanoic acid +Hexanol + + + + +Hydriodic acid + + + +Hydrobromic acid o – + + – – + + + +Hydrochloric acid 10% + + o – o – – – + – – + + + +Hydrochloric acid 20% + + o – o – o o o – – + + + +Hydrochloric acid 37% o o o – o – – – o – – – + + + +Hydrofluoric acid 40% + + + o – – – – o – – – + + + +Hydrofluoric acid 70% – – – – – – – – – – – – + – + oHydrogen peroxide 35% + + + + – – + + + o + – + + + +Iodine-potassium iodide solution o – o – – – o – – – o o – – – –Isoamyl alcohol + + + + + +Isobutanol (Isobutyl alcohol) o o o – o – + + + o + + + + + +Isooctane o – o – oIsopropanol (2-Propanol) o o + – o – + + + o + + + + + +Isopropyl ether – – – – – – – – – –Lactic acid + + + + o – + + o o + – + + + +Mercury + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Mercury chloride + o + + + + + + – – o o + + + +Methanol o – o – – – + o + o + + + o + +Methoxybenzene – – – – – – – – oMethyl butyl ether – – – – – – – – – – o – – o –Methyl formate (Methyl methanoate) – – – – – – – – +Methyl propyl ketone – – – – – – – – – – + + + o + +Methylene chloride (Dichloro methane) – – – – – – – – – – – – o – o –Mineral oil (Engine oil) + + + + + + + + + + o + +Nitric acid 10% – – + o + o + o + o – – + + + +Nitric acid 30% – – o – o o + o o – – – o o o –Nitric acid 70% – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –Nitrobenzene – – – – – – – – – – o – – – o –Oleic acid – – – – – –Oxalic acid + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Ozone o o o o + o – – + o – – o – o –n-PentanePeracetic acid – – – –Perchloric acid – – – – – – – – o – – – + – + –Perchloroethylene – – o o o – – – – – + o – – – –Petroleum – – + o o + – + + o – o –Petroleum ether – – + o – + + oPhenol – – – – – – – – – – – – + o + +PhenylethanoloPhenylhydrazineoPhosphoric acid 85% + o + + – – + + + o + – + + + +Piperidine +Potassium chloride o o o o + + + + + o + + + + + +Potassium dichromatePotassium hydroxide o o o o + + – – o o + + + + + +Potassium permanganate + + + o + + + + + + o o + + + +Propanediol (Propylene glycol) + + – – o o + o o – + + + + + +Propanol o + + o o + + + + + + + +Propionic acid o – – – o – – – o – + oPyridine – – – – – – – – o – + o + o + oSalicylaldehyde – – – – o o – – + + + +Salicylic acid + + + + o – – – + + + +Silver acetate o o o o o o + + o o o o + + + +Silver nitrate o o + + + + + + o o o o + + + +Sodium acetate + + + + – – + + o o + o + + + +Sodium chloride + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Sodium dichromate + o + o + o + – + + + + + + + +Sodium fluoride + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Sodium hydroxide + + + + – – + + + + + + + +Sulfuric acid 60% – – + o – – o o o – – – + + + +Sulfuric acid 98% – – – – – – – – – – – – o – o –Tartaric acid + + + + o o + + + + + + + + + +TetrachloroethyleneTetrahydrofuran (THF) – – – – – – – – – – o o o – o –Tetramethylammonium hydroxide – – – –Toluene – – – – – – – – – – + + o – o oTrichloroacetic acid o – o – o – o – o oTrichlorobenzene – – – – – – – – – –Trichloroethane – – – – – – – – – – o – – – o –Trichloroethylene – – – – – – – – – – – – – – o –Trichlorotrifluoro ethane – – – –Triethanolamine – – – –Triethylene glycol + + + + o o + o o – + o + + + +Trifluoro ethane – – – –Trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) – – – – – –Tripropylene glycol + + + + o o + o o – + o + + + +Turpentine – – o o + + – – + + + + o – o –Urea + + + + + + – – o – + + + + + +Xylene – – – – – – – – – – + + o – o –Zinc chloride + + + + – – + + + o + o + + + +Zinc sulfate + + + + o o + + + o o – + + + +340info@brand.de

Materials: PlasticThe data for the chemical resistance of salts also apply to their aqueous solutions.PP PMP ETFE PTFE FEP/PFA FKM EPDM NR SI20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 20 °C 20 °C 20 °CEthylene glycol (Glycol) + + + + + + + + + + 0 + 0 +Ethylene oxide o – o – + + + + + + – – – –Fluoroacetic acid + – – – –Formaldehyde 40% + + + + + + + + + + o + o oFormamide + + + + + + + + + + o o +Formic acid 98-100% + + + o + + + + + + – o o –Glycerol + + + + + + + + + + o + o +Glycolic acid 70% + + + + + + + + + + o + + +Heating oil (Diesel oil) + o o – + + + + + + + – – –Heptane o o o o + + + + + + + – – oHexane + o o – + + + + + + + – – oHexanoic acid + +Hexanol + + + + + + + + + + + – o oHydriodic acid + + + + + + + + + + + +Hydrobromic acid + + + + + + + + + + + o o –Hydrochloric acid 10% + + + + + + + + + + + + o oHydrochloric acid 20% + + + + + + + + + + + + o –Hydrochloric acid 37% + + + + + + + + + + o + o –Hydrofluoric acid 40% + + + + + + + + + + o o – –Hydrofluoric acid 70% + o + o + + + o + + – – – –Hydrogen peroxide 35% + + + + + + + + + + + o – oIodine-potassium iodide solution + + + o + + + + + + + + + –Isoamyl alcohol + + + + + + + + + + o o o oIsobutanol (Isobutyl alcohol) + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Isooctane + + + + + + + – – –Isopropanol (2-Propanol) + + + + + + + + + + + + + oIsopropyl ether – – – – + o + + + + – – – –Lactic acid + + + + + + + + + + + o o oMercury + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Mercury chloride + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Methanol + + + + + + + + + + – + o +Methoxybenzene + + + + + + – – – –Methyl butyl ether + + + o + o + + + + – – – –Methyl formate (Methyl methanoate) + + + + + + o – oMethyl propyl ketone + o o o + + + + + + – o – –Methylene chloride (Dichloro methane) o – – – + + + + + + o – – –Mineral oil (Engine oil) + + + + + + + + + + + – – oNitric acid 10% + + + + + + + + + + o o – –Nitric acid 30% o – o – + + + + + + o – – –Nitric acid 70% – – – – + + + + + + – – – –Nitrobenzene – – – – + + + + + + – – – –Oleic acid + + + + + + o – – –Oxalic acid + + + + + + + + + + + + o oOzone o – + + + + + + + + + + – +n-Pentane + + + + + + + – – –Peracetic acid + + + + + + –Perchloric acid + – o – + + + + + o + o – –Perchloroethylene – – – – + + + + + + o – – –Petroleum o – o o + + + + + + + – – oPetroleum ether + + + + + + + – – –Phenol + + o o + + + + + + o – – –Phenylethanol o + + + + + +Phenylhydrazine o + + + + + + o – o –Phosphoric acid 85% + + + + + + + + + + + o – –Piperidine + + + + + + + – – – –Potassium chloride + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Potassium dichromate + + o + o oPotassium hydroxide + + + + + + + + + + – + o –Potassium permanganate + + + + + + + + + + + + o –Propanediol (Propylene glycol) + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Propanol + + + + + + + + + + + + + oPropionic acid + o + o + o + + + + + o – –Pyridine o o + o – – + + + + – – – –Salicylaldehyde + + + + + – + + + +Salicylic acid + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Silver acetate + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Silver nitrate + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Sodium acetate + + + + + + + + + + – + + oSodium chloride + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Sodium dichromate + + + + + + + + + + + + + oSodium fluoride + + + + + + + + + + + + o oSodium hydroxide + + + + + + + + + + o + o oSulfuric acid 60% + + + + + + + + + + + – – –Sulfuric acid 98% – – + + + + + + + + + – – –Tartaric acid + + + + + + + + + + + o + +Tetrachloroethylene o + + + o – – –Tetrahydrofuran (THF) o – o – + o + + o o – – – –Tetramethylammonium hydroxide + + + + + + – +Toluene o – o – + + + + + + o – – –Trichloroacetic acid o – + + + o + + + + – o o oTrichlorobenzene – – o o + o + + + +Trichloroethane – – – – + + + + + + + – – –Trichloroethylene – – – – + + + + + + o – – –Trichlorotrifluoro ethane o – + + + +Triethanolamine + + + + – o o –Triethylene glycol + + + + + + + + + + + + o +Trifluoro ethane + + + o + – – –Trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) + o + – –Tripropylene glycol + + + + + + + + + + + +Turpentine – – o o + + + + + + + – – –Urea + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Xylene – – o – + + + + + + o – – –Zinc chloride + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Zinc sulfate + + + + + + + + + + + + o +Technical Informationwww.brand.de341

Cleaning (Basics)Technical InformationCleaningManual and Machine CleaningGlass and plastic labware can be cleanedmanually, in an immersion bath, or in a laboratorywashing machine.Labware should be cleaned immediatelyafter use – at low temperatures, with briefsoaking times, and low alkaline detergents.Labware which has come into contact withinfectious substances should first be cleanedand afterwards, if necessary, autoclaved.This is the only way to prevent baking-on thesubstance, and subsequent damage to thelabware by any adhering chemical residues.Attention!Carefully disinfect labwarebefore cleaning whenthere is a risk of injuryduring cleaning procedure.Wiping and scrubbring methodThe generally accepted wiping and scrubbingmethod with a cloth or sponge soakedin cleaning solution is the most popularcleaning method. Labware must never betreated with abrasive scouring agents orpads which might damage the surface.Glass labwareWith glass labware, prolonged immersiontimes in alkaline media above 70 °C shouldbe avoided. Such treatment, particularlywith volumetric instruments, might causevolume changes through glass corrosion,and destruction of graduations.Immersion methodFor the immersion method, labware issoaked in the cleaning solution for 20 to30 minutes at room temperature, thenrinsed with tap water, and finally withdistilled water. Only for stubborn residuesshould the soaking time be extended andthe temperature increased.Ultrasonic bathBoth glass and plastic labware may becleaned in an ultrasonic bath. However,direct contact with the sonic membranesmust be avoided.Machine cleaningMachine cleaning with a laboratory washingmachine is more gentle to labware thancleaning in an immersion bath. The labwareis only exposed to the cleaning solution forthe relatively short flushing periods whensprayed by the jet or ejector nozzles.■ Lightweight objects will not be tossedand damaged by the jet if they are securedin washing nets.■ Labware is protected against scratchingwhen the wire baskets in the washingmachine are plastic coated.Plastic labwarePlastic items generally have smooth, nonwettingsurfaces and can usually be cleanedeffortlessly under low alkalinity conditions.Polystyrene or polycarbonate labware,e.g., centrifuge tubes, must only be cleanedmanually with neutral detergents. Prolongedexposure even to low alkaline detergentswill impair their strength. The chemical resistanceof these plastics should be verifiedin each case.Cleaning in trace analysisTo minimize metallic traces, laboratoryequipment is placed into 1N HCl or1N HNO 3 at room temperature for not morethan 6 hours. (Glass laboratory equipment isoften boiled for 1 hour in 1N HNO 3 .)It is then rinsed with distilled water. Tominimize organic contamination, laboratoryequipment can first be cleaned with alkalis,or a solvent such as alcohol.342info@brand.de

Cleaning (Basics)Gentle CleaningFor gentle treatment of labware, clean immediately after use – at low temperatures,with brief soaking times, and at low alkalinity. Glass volumetric instruments should not beexposed to prolonged immersion times in alkaline media above 70 °C, as such treatmentmight cause volume changes through glass corrosion, and destruction of graduations.InformationAt 70 °C, a 1N sodium hydroxide solutionwill corrode a layer of approx. 0.14 µm offthe surface of Boro 3.3 (borosilicate glass3.3) within 1 hour. However, at 100 °C,a layer of 1.4 µm, or tenfold more, will beremoved. Therefore, cleaning temperaturesabove 70 °C should be avoided and lowalkaline cleaning agents are preferrable.layer attack (µm)...temperature (°C)weight loss (mg/100 cm²)504030201006 8 1210 14pHTechnical InformationTypical curve of alkali attack on Boro 3.3 inrelation to temperature, calculated from weightloss. c (NaOH) = 1 mol/l.Exposure time: 1 hour.Typical curve of alkali attack on Boro 3.3 inrelation to pH value, at 100 °C.Exposure time: 3 hours.Disinfection and SterilizationDisinfectionLaboratory instruments that have come intocontact with infectious material or geneticallymodified organisms must be disinfectedprior to reuse/disposal; i.e., they mustbe brought to a condition in which they nolonger pose a risk.Therefor laboratory instruments can betreated with disinfecting detergents for example.If necessary and suitable, the itemsmay subsequently be sterilized (autoclaved).Steam sterilizationSteam sterilization (autoclaving) is definedas the destruction or irreversible inactivationof all reproducible microorganismsunder exposure to saturated steam at121 °C (2 bar), according to DIN EN 285.For correct sterilization procedure, includingbiological security, please contact yoursterilization officer.The following points must be observed:■ Efficient steam sterilization is assuredonly if the steam is saturated and hasunrestricted access to all contaminatedareas.■ To prevent pressure build-up, containersor vessels must always be open.■ Contaminated reusable labware mustbe cleaned thoroughly before steam sterilization.Otherwise, residue will bake onduring sterilization and microorganismsmay not be effectively destroyed if theyare protected by the residue. Furthermore,any adhering chemical residuesmay damage the surfaces due to thehigh temperatures.■ Not all plastics are resistant to steamsterilization. Polycarbonate, e.g., will loseits strength. Polycarbonate centrifugetubes cannot be steam sterilized.■ During sterilization (autoclaving), plasticlabware in particular should not be mechanicallystressed (e.g., do not stack).Thus, to avoid shape deformation,beakers, flasks, and graduated cylindersshould be autoclaved in an upright position.Thermal resistanceAll reusable BLAUBRAND ® andSILBERBRAND volumetric instrumentscan be heated up to 250 °Cin a drying cabinet or a sterilizer,without any subsequent volumedeviations. However, as with allglass instruments, irregular heatingor sudden temperature changesproduce thermal stresses which mayresult in breakage. Therefore:■ Always place glass instrumentsinto a cold drying cabinet or sterilizer;then heat slowly.■ At the end of the drying or sterilizingperiod, allow instrumentsto cool off slowly inside theswitched-off oven.■ Do not heat up volumetric instrumentson a hot plate.■ Pay special attention to the maximumoperating temperaturesof plastic instruments.www.brand.de343

Safety InformationTechnical InformationSafety InformationHandling of Hazardous SubstancesThe handling of hazardous chemicals, infectious, toxic or radioactive substances andgenetically modified organisms, calls for a high degree of responsibility on the part ofeveryone involved, to ensure personal and environmental protection. The relevant regulationsmust be scrupulously observed including laboratory, professional association,environmental, radiation, waste disposal and generally accepted technical standardsand guidelines (e.g., DIN or ISO).Important information on safety■ Before use, laboratory instrumentsmust be examined by theuser for suitability and functionality.■ Before use, laboratory instrumentsshould be examined forpotential damage, especiallyinstruments subjected to pressureor vacuum (e.g., desiccators,filter flasks, etc.).■ The hazards of working withdefective labware should neverbe under-estimated (e.g., cuts,burns, risk of infection). If a professionalrepair is not practical,properly dispose of such items.■ Always hold pipettes near thesuction end, and carefully insertthe pipette into the adapter ofthe pipette controller until it issecurely and firmly seated. Donot use force. Broken glass cancause injury!■ Instruments to be repaired must becleansed of all residues and be sterilized,as necessary. Radioactively contaminateditems must be decontaminated asprescribed by the radiation protectionauthorities. Volumetric glass instruments(e.g., volumetric flasks, graduated cylinders,etc.) should not be repaired whendamaged. Exposure to heat may result inresidual stress within the glass (greatlyincreasing the probability of breakage),or an uncontrolled cooling process maylead to permanent volume alterations.Cutting down damaged graduated cylindersshortens the distance between theupper graduation mark and the spout, asdefined by DIN, resulting in an increaseddanger of chemicals being spilled.■ Waste must be disposed of according tolocal laws and regulations. This appliesalso to disposable articles. It must notpose a hazard to human beings or theenvironment.■ Please properly dispose of laboratoryglassware, being sure to remove anypotential contaminants. Please note thatlaboratory glassware is not recyclable.Please see page 331 for othersafety information that applyto glass instruments.344info@brand.de

IndexGeneral Terms and ConditionsAlphabetical IndexNumber IndexGeneral Terms andConditionsA B C3 2www.brand.de 345

Alphabetical IndexIndexAaccu-jet ® pro (Pipette controller) 98, 99Accuracy, error limits and coefficientof variation (information) 319Adapterfilter 276for Dispensette ® , seripettor ® ,Titrette ® , QuikSip 26, 104Air displacement pipettesTransferpette ® S 45-52Transferpette ® 53-59Transferpette ® electronic 60-67AlcoholometerGay-Lussac + Cartier pattern 227Richter + Tralles pattern 227Amber glassbottles 212, 299burettes 200volumetric flasks 187Anschütz thermometers 233Aspirator (QuikSip ) 103, 104bottles 305ASTMcentrifuge tubes 220, 221thermometers 235Atomizer 305Automatic burettescompact 208-210Dr. Schilling pattern 204Pellet pattern 205-207Automatic pipettes(bottletop dispensers) 193BBags, Disposal 243Bang micro burettes 198Batch certificate BLAUBRAND ® ,information 320Baumé hydrometers 226Beakers 265-268BIO-CERT ® (information) 118BLAUBRAND ® Class A/AS,information 172, 173BLAUBRAND ® Pipetting Package 100Blood, counting chambers 253-256Bottle stand,for Dispensette ® /Titrette ® 26, 32Bottles 299-306amber glass 299aspirator 305burette 212dropping 304filter flasks (Buchner filter flasks) 277gas washbottles 280, 281glass 299, 304laboratory 299narrow-mouth 299, 300, 302, 303oxygen flasks, Winkler pattern 219PFA 302, 303plastic 299-306plastic coated 299PTFE 301reservoir 193square 299, 301storage 305, 306threaded 299wash 280wash heads 303wide-mouth 300-302, 306Bottletop burette, Titrette ® 39-44Bottletop dispenser, Dispensette ® ,seripettor ® , seripettor ® pro 17-38BRANDplates ® /Microplates 143-16496-well 146, 152, 157384-well 147, 153, 1581536-well 148, 158information 143-145, 149-151,154-156, 163Insert System 159-162lids 164strip plates 146, 152Brix hydrometers 227Buchner funnels 274Buckets 306, 307Bulb pipettesglass 174-176plastic 176USP 175Burettes and Automatic Burettes,Information 196Burettesamber glass 200bottles 212clamps 212, 213clear glass 197-200compact 201-203covers 213Dr. Schilling pattern(Automatic burettes) 204micro burettes, Bang pattern 198Pellet pattern(Automatic burettes) 205-207spare parts 202, 203stopcocks 202, 203, 211, 214support 213tips 202, 203, 211Titrette ® 39-44tubes 202, 203, 211Bürker counting chambers 255CCalibration Service,information 326-329Calibration SoftwareEASYCAL 4.0 109-112Capillary pipettes(disposable micro pipettes) 251Caps inserts for micro tubesand cryo tubes 124, 141Caps for test andcentrifuge tubes 246, 247Carboy funnels 273CE Marking 330cell-culture (Aspirator) 104Centrifuge tubes 245, 246, 271Centrifuge tubes, ASTM 220, 221Certificates for volumetric instruments,information 173Check-valve 286Chemical compatibility table,plastics 338-341Clampsburettes 212, 213for burettes 213Cleaning, disinfection and sterilization(information) 342, 343Cloud point and setting pointthermometers 234Coagulometer sample tubes 247Coefficient of variation, accuracyand error limits (information) 319Compact automatic burettes 208-210Compact burettes 201-203Conformity certification,information 318Congealing point thermometers 234Conical-shoulder bottles 299, 300Connectors, tubing 286-286Coplin staining trough 259Cotton cord for pipettes 180Cotton-plug pipettes,total delivery 178-182COULTER COUNTER ® vials 240Counting chambers(Haemacytometer) 253-256Cover glassesfor counting chamber 257microscope slides 257Cryo tube rack 142Cryo tubes 141Crystallizing dishes, PTFE 270Culture tubes 245Cutter for PARAFILM ® M 264Cuvette, disposable 165-168macro and semi-micro 166, 167micro 166rack 167UV 166Cylindersgraduated 190-192, 194, 195hydrometer 228mixing 193DDAkkS Calibration Service 326-329Deep well plates 137, 138sealing film 138Delbrück capillary pipettes 251Density bottles, BLAUBRAND ® 218, 219Desiccators and accessories 278, 279Detergents and disinfectingdetergents 311-314Dishescrystallizing 270evaporating 269, 270Petri 244weighing 298Disinfecting detergents 313Disinfection of instruments 313Dispenserautomatic pipettes 193bottletop 17-38Dispenser-Tips (PD-Tips) 95, 96Dispensette ®(bottletop dispenser) 17-32remote dispensing system 28selection chart 23Dispensette ® TA, Trace Analysis 29-32Dispensing cartridgefor Dispensette ® TA 32Disposablesbags and stand 243centrifuge tubes 245, 246coagulometer sample tubes 247cryo tubes 141culture tubes 245cuvettes 166, 167Delbrück micropipettes,intraEND 251disposal bags 243dropping pipettes 249faeces container 242346info@brand.de

Alphabetical IndexDisposablesfilter tips 76, 77, 80, 81ground joint sleeves 288inoculation loops 244micro haematocrit capillaries 252micro tubes 119-124micropipettes, intraMARKand intraEND 251microplates 143-163pasteur pipettes 249, 250PCR plates 130-132PCR tubes 126-129PD-Tips 95, 96Petri dishes 244pipette tips(bulk packed, racked) 74-77sample cups for analyzers 240, 241sample tubes 247sedimentation tubes 247stirring spatulas 167stoppers 246, 247urine beaker 242UV Cuvettes 166Distillationapparatus (water) 310thermometers (ground joint) 236Draining rack 309Drechsel gas washbottles 280Droppingbottles 304pipettes, disposable 249point thermometer 234Drying tubes 27EEasy Calibration Technique 324, 325EASYCAL 4.0Calibration software 109-112EDISONITE ® 312EDISONITE ® -SUPER 312Electronic pipettesmultichannel 65-67single channel 63, 64Enclosed-scalethermometers 230, 232, 236Erlenmeyer flasks 265Error limits, accuracy and coefficientof variation (information) 319Evaporating dishes 269, 270FFaeces container 242Fastening clip for oxygen flask 219Film, PARAFILM ® M Sealing Film 264Filteradapters 276crucibles 276flasks (Buchner filter flasks) 277funnels 276funnel supports 275tips 76, 77, 80, 81tips, low retention 80, 81FlasksErlenmeyer 265volumetric 184-189Kohlrausch 188plastic 189trapezoidal 184Flow indicator 283Forceps 297Fuchs-Rosenthal counting chambers 256Funnel 272-275Buchner 274carboy 273filter 276holders 275powder 273separating 275standard ground joint 274Gassampling tubes 281washbottles 280, 281Gay-LussacAlcoholometer 227Pyknometer 219Glass beakers 265Glass (information) 331-333Graduatedbeakers 266, 267beakers with handle 267cylinders, glass 190-193cylinders, plastic 194, 195cylinders, USP 191pipettes 177-182pipettes, piston type 182pipettes, plastic 182pipettes, USP 178Grip stopper, for sample tubes 247Ground jointbottles 193, 212, 299, 300clips 288funnels 274grease (silicone paste) 288sleeves, disposable 288socket with grip collar, PTFE 289stopcocks, for burettes 214stoppers 193, 212, 290thermometers 236HHaemacytometer 253-256Haemacytometer cover glasses 257Haematocrit sealing compound 252HandyStep ® electronic 91-94HandyStep ® S 87-90Hellendahl staining trough 258, 259High-temperature thermometers 233Holdersfor funnels 275for intraEND and Delbrückmicropipettes 252for separating funnels 275Hydrometers 224-228alcoholometer 227Baumé 226Brix 227cylinders 228general purpose 225-227range finder 225special-purpose 228sugar hydrometers,Saccharometers 227IIce bucket 307Imhoffcone rack 221, 222sedimentation cone 223Individual certificate BLAUBRAND ® ,information 320Inoculation loops, disposable 244Insert System 159-162microplates 160, 162strips 160-162intraEND, micropipettes 251intraMARK, micropipettes 251IVD Directive, Information 330JJars 298Jerrycans 306LLaboratorybottles 299spatulas 296tubing 283Ladles, sampling dippers 268Leak testing unit,for Transferpette ® 105-108Life Science products(information) 115-118Low-temperature thermometers 233Mmacro, pipette controller 100Magnetic stirring bar retriever 295Magnetic stirring bars 292-295spherical 295Malassez, counting chambers 256Mat coverfor deep well plates 139for PCR-tubes 133Materials, glass (information) 331-333Materials, plastics (information) 334-341Maximum thermometers 232Membrane filters forpipette controllers 99, 100Micro burettes, Bang pattern, 198micro-classic, pipette controller 101Micro haematocrit capillaries 252micro pipette controller 101Microcentrifuge tubecap inserts 124disposable 116-124rack 125, 142, 248screw cap 124Microliter pipettesTransferpette ® S 49, 50Transferpette ® S -8/-12 51, 52Transferpette ® 55, 56Transferpette ® -8/-12 58, 59Transferpette ® electronic 63, 64Transferpette ® -8/-12 electronic 65-67Transferpettor 83-86Micropipettes 251Microplates/BRANDplates ® 137,138, 143-16396-well 137, 146, 152, 157384-well 147, 153, 1581536-well 148, 158lids 164strip plates 146, 152for Insert System 160, 162Mini cooler 125, 142for PCR 132for tubes 125, 142Mixing cylinders 193Monitoring of Measuring Instruments(information) 321-323MonoDest 3000, water stills 310Mortars with pestle, plastic 270Indexwww.brand.de 347

Alphabetical IndexIndexMucasol ® 312Mucocit ® -P 313Mucocit ® -T 313Multichannel pipettesTransferpette ® S -8/-12 51, 52Transferpette ® -8/-12 58, 59Transferpette ® -8/-12electronic 65-57NNageotte, counting chamber 256Narrow-mouth bottles 299, 300, 302, 303Needle valve stopcockfor desiccators 278Neubauer, counting chamber 254OOxygen flasks, Winkler pattern 219PPARAFILM ® Mcutter 264sealing film 264Pasteur pipettes 249, 250PCRboxes and racks 132mat cover 133mini cooler 132plates 130-132sealing film, self-adhesive 133, 140strips 128, 129tubes 126-129white 128-132PD-Tips (Dispenser-Tips) 95, 96adapter 96BIO-CERT ® 96Pellet, automatic burettes, 205-207Petri dishes 244PFAbeakers 267bottles 302, 303evaporating dishes 269gas was bottles 281sample jars 298sample tubes 271volumetric flasks 189wash bottles 303Photographic trays 307Pipette jars 308Pipette Leak Testing Unit 105-108Pipette tips, disposable 68-82Pipettes, adapter for PLT unit 108Pipettesair displacement 45-64baskets 308bulb 174-176capillary, disposable 251cotton-plug 178-182Delbrück capillary 251disposable, micro 251dropping 249filter tips 70, 71, 76, 77, 80-82graduated 177-182holder for micropipettes 252jars 308micropipettes, disposable 251multichannel 51, 52, 58, 59, 65-67pasteur 249, 250piston operated 45-86piston type 182plastic 176Pipettespositive displacement(Transferpettor) 83-86rinsing apparatus 308soaking jars 308stands 308, 309testing unit (leak-tightness) 105-108tips, BIO-CERT ® quality 74-81tips, Ultra Low Retention 78-81trays 309Pipetting aidsaccu-jet ® pro 97-99disposable micro-pipettes 252macro 100micro 101micro-classic 101pipette fillers 102Pipetting package, BLAUBRAND ® 100Piston type pipettes 182Piston-operated burette, Titrette ® 39-44Piston-operated pipettesTransferpette ® S 49, 50Transferpette ® S -8/-12 51, 52Transferpette ® 55, 56Transferpette ® -8/-12 58, 59Transferpette ® electronic 63, 64Transferpette ® -8/-12 electronic 65-67Transferpettor 83-86Plasticbeakers 266-268bottles 299-306bulb pipettes 176conical joint clips 288cuvettes 166, 167forceps 297funnels 272-275graduated beakers 266, 267graduated cylinders 194, 195graduated pipettes 182Imhoff sedimentation cones 222jars 298material plastic,technical information 335-341pipette tips 68-82stopcocks 287stoppers 289, 290test tube racks 248tubing 283tubing connectors 284-286volumetric Flasks 189PLT unit, Pipette LeakTesting Unit 105-108Plug-in couplings for tubing 286Pocket thermometers 231Positive displacement pipette(Transferpettor) 83-86Powder funnels 273Precision thermometers 232-236PTFE labwarebeakers 268bottles 301clips 288crystallizing dishes 270dropping bottles 304forceps 297ground joint sleeves 288magnetic stirring bar retriever 295magnetic stirring bars 292-295sampling dipper 268socket with grip collar 289stirrers with shaft 291PTFE labwarestirring rods 296stopcocks 202, 203, 287stoppers 290watch glasses 269Pumps, water jet 282Pursept ® Wipes XL 314dispenser box 314Pursept ® -Adisinfection spray 314disinfection tissues 314Pursept ® -AFdisinfection concentrate 313QQuality management (information) 318QuikSip BT-Aspirator 103, 104RRack for plastic sedimentation cones,Imhoff cone rack 223Rack with tubes 139Racked pipette tips 74-77Rackscryo tubes 142cuvette 167draining 309microcentrifuge tubes 142, 248PCR 132sedimentation cone (Imhoff) 223test tube 248Range finder hydrometers 225RCF values (information) 119Reagent reservoir 67Rectangular base stands 213Remote dispensing systemfor Dispensette ® 28Repetitive pipetteHandyStep ® electronic 91-94HandyStep ® S 87-90Reservoir bottles 112, 193, 204, 211, 212Rinsing apparatus for pipettes 308Rods, stirring 296Roller for sealing film 140Rubberbellows for burettes 212caps for glass pasteur pipettes 250gaskets for filter flasks 277stoppers 289SSaccharometers(sugar hydrometers) 227Safety Information 344SafetyPrime valves(venting valves) 26, 32Sample cups, disposable 240, 241Sample jars, PFA 298Sample tubes, disposable 247, 271Sampling dipper 268Sampling tubes for gas 281Schiefferdecker, staining troughs 259Schilling Dr., automatic burettes 204Scoops 297Sealing compound, haematocrit 252Sealing filmPCR 133, 140for plates (Life Science) 140PARAFILM ® M 264Sedimentation cones, Imhoff 221, 222348info@brand.de

Alphabetical IndexSedimentationcone racks 223tubes 247Separating funnels 275holders for 275seripettor ®(bottletop dispenser) 33-38seripettor ® pro(bottletop dispenser) 33-38Dispenser selection chart 36Serological pipettes 181SILBERBRAND class B(information) 172Silicone paste 288Silicone stoppers 289Slidesboxes 260cover glasses for microscope slides 257microscope slides 257, 258staining troughs 258, 259Soaking jar (rinsing apparatus forpipettes) 308Solid-stem thermometers 230-235Spatulas 296Splash heads (still heads) 304Spotting tiles 260Spring clips 283Square bottles 299, 301Staining, troughs 258-260Standsfor bottles 26, 32for disposal bags 243for burettes 213for compact automatic burettes 213for pipettes 309rectangular base 213Starter-Kit Transferpette ® S 50Sterilization indicator tape 242Stirrersmagnetic stirring bars 292-295bar retrievers 295rods 296shaft 291spatulas 296thermometers 230with shaft 291Stopcock grease, silicone paste 288Stopcocks 202, 203, 211, 214, 278,287, 305for aspirator bottles 305for burettes 202, 203, 211, 214needle valve stopcock fordesiccators 278straight-bore 287T-bore 287conical ground joint 290rubber 289silicone 289Storage bottles 305, 306Straight-bore stopcocks (one-way) 287Strip plates 146, 152Supportsfilter funnel 275for burettes 213for funnels 275Supportsfor Transferpette ® S 52for Transferpette ® 57, 59for Transferpette ® electronic 64for Transferpettor 86Surface disinfecting detergents 313, 314TT-bore stopcock 287Technical information 317-344Test and centrifuge tubes 245, 246, 271Test tube racks 248Thermometers 229-236Anschütz- 233ASTM 235cloud point and pour point 234congealing point 234distillation (with standard groundjoint) 236dropping point 234enclosed-scalepattern 230, 232, 236high-temperature 233low-temperature 233maximum 232precision 232-236solid-stem 230-235stirring 230without mercury 231with standard ground joint 236Thoma counting chambers 255Threaded bottles with coating 299TipBox (pipette tips) 70-72, 74-81TipRack (pipette tips) 70, 72-77TipStack (pipette tips) 71-75, 78, 79TipsBIO-CERT ® , rack packed 74-77bulk and rack packed 74-77disposable pipette tips 68-82PD-Tips 95, 96Ultra Low Retention 78-81with filter, bulk and rack packed 76, 77Titrette ® 39-44Trace analysis, Dispensette ® TA 29-32Transfer pipettes (Pasteur-) 249, 250Transferpette ® S 45-50Transferpette ® S -8/-12 51, 52Transferpette ® 53-57Transferpette ® -8/-12 58, 59Transferpette ® electronic 61-64Transferpette ® -8/-12 electronic 65-67Transferpette ® PipSet 57Transferpettor 83-86Traysphotographic 307pipette 309Tissue culture graduated pipettes 182Tubescapillary 251, 252centrifuge 245, 246coagulometer 247cryo 141culture 245rack 139bulk 139sample 247sedimentation 247test 271Tubing 283Tubing adapters(tubing connectors) 284-286Türk counting chambers 255UUniversal detergents 312Urine beaker 242USPbulb pipettes 175USPgraduated cylinders 191graduated pipettes 178volumetric flasks 185, 187UV-Cuvette 166VVacuumdesiccators 278, 279water jet pumps 282Valves, non-return 286Volumetric flasks 183-188plastic 189PUR plastic coated 186trapezoidal 184USP 185, 187with 3 marks, DAkkS calibrated 186Volumetric instruments(information) 171-173WWall mount for Transferpette ® 57Wall supportfor accu-jet ® pro 99for HandyStep ® S 90Wash bottles 303Wash bottles, Gas 280, 281Wash heads 303Watch glasses 269Water jet pumps 282Water stills MonoDest 3000 310Weighing dishes, disposable 298Wide-mouth bottles 300-302, 306Winkler oxygen flasks 219Workstation storage/dispenser boxes 142, 243Indexwww.brand.de 349

Number IndexIndexCat. No.Page62 08 3866 22 27, 3266 36 4466 37 - 66 96 2766 97 - 66 98 27, 3867 07 3867 83 4467 88 10467 90 38100 02 - 100 14 203115 00 - 115 05 204115 10 - 115 15 202, 211115 25 211116 00 - 118 00 203118 05 202120 13 - 120 18 200120 93 - 120 98 199124 64 - 124 88 197135 06 - 135 08 199135 32 - 135 38 200135 63 - 135 68 199138 44 - 138 88 197139 03 - 139 28 201139 33 - 139 58 202164 00 - 165 10 213165 15 - 165 20 212219 11 - 219 18 206223 02 - 223 18 207223 22 - 223 38 206225 21 - 227 68 205233 10 - 234 00 212237 13 - 237 24 204237 25 - 237 28 204, 211237 45 - 237 68 204238 09 - 238 11 210238 19 - 238 21 209238 29 - 238 30 210238 33 - 238 68 211238 75 - 238 76 212238 82 213239 09 - 239 21 208239 29 - 239 30 209242 55 - 245 99 198253 00 - 254 00 102258 00 - 259 31 101259 33 - 259 62 104260 06 - 262 25 100263 00 - 265 30 99265 35 104266 30 99270 01 - 270 13 179270 69 - 271 15 181271 60 - 271 79 182272 06 - 272 09 181273 06 - 273 19 180275 06 - 275 13 178276 07 - 276 14 182277 02 - 277 04 181277 05 - 277 16 180277 21 - 277 31 179278 16 - 278 48 178282 05 180283 00 - 283 05 309284 05 - 284 15 180288 00 - 292 15 308295 01 - 295 19 176297 01 - 297 19 175297 21 - 300 18 176305 02 - 306 19 175309 00 309311 06 - 311 15 182317 08 - 319 08 191319 09 - 319 63 191, 192319 64 - 321 64 191324 08 - 324 62 193327 05 - 328 64 191339 08 - 339 62 193347 08 - 350 64 195351 08 - 351 64 194360 08 - 362 54 189Cat. No.Page364 01 - 364 19 187365 48 - 365 53 186367 43 - 367 55 188368 38 - 369 84 185370 45 - 370 53 187372 34 - 372 94 184374 01 - 374 91 187382 04 - 382 10 186408 02 - 410 16 267415 20 - 416 62 195420 08 - 420 64 192430 05 - 430 88 193432 05 - 432 38 219433 05 - 434 38 218440 03 - 443 65 312448 22 - 448 25 313448 30 - 448 45 314448 50 - 449 20 313455 40 - 458 00 270458 02 269500 00 228514 16 - 514 21 288514 22 193, 288514 23 - 514 30 288514 63 - 514 69 289555 60 - 555 95 288556 18 193, 212556 38 - 556 49 288562 15 - 563 65 310616 05 - 616 10 288617 50 242618 15 - 618 20 241619 50 - 620 20 298623 05 242623 10 - 623 15 241650 31 - 657 43 278658 04 - 660 30 279717 71 - 723 78 306737 14 - 737 29 277745 06 - 745 11 275760 05 - 760 55 283781 00 281781 38 - 781 62 280782 00 281782 38 - 782 62 280783 00 - 783 62 281810 53 - 812 48 214812 55 - 812 65 207818 05 - 822 22 214824 15 278875 02 - 878 26 266885 05 - 886 80 287901 20 - 902 62 267903 05 - 904 70 268906 17 - 928 63 265931 70 - 931 85 268949 05 - 949 15 274951 05 - 951 11 3091107 05 - 1107 10 2701128 05 - 1131 35 2971139 31 - 1141 30 2451143 08 - 1145 24 2711147 15 - 1147 60 2471148 17 - 1148 23 2451148 30 - 1148 44 1411148 45 - 1148 51 141, 1421148 52 - 1148 54 1411148 60 - 1148 66 1421149 30 - 1149 40 1251150 15 - 1150 20 2401153 42 - 1153 76 2461155 10 - 1155 20 2481225 20 - 1226 64 2991245 29 - 1246 39 3041247 00 250, 3041252 16 - 1253 28 3041254 00 - 1254 20 2491269 38 - 1269 62 2801269 63 1931269 65 - 1270 65 212Cat. No.Page1287 48 - 1289 62 3021290 08 - 1290 54 3001290 55 - 1290 60 204, 2111290 62 - 1292 06 3001292 08 - 1292 14 3011292 20 - 1292 24 3031292 30 - 1292 36 3041292 50 - 1292 52 1891292 54 - 1292 56 2981292 60 - 1292 74 3021292 73 - 1292 75 3031293 28 - 1293 64 3011294 08 - 1294 64 3001296 28 - 1296 64 3011298 38 - 1298 74 2991299 38 - 1302 54 3001302 60 204, 2111302 62 - 1302 64 3001303 20 - 1304 28 3011304 80 - 1304 88 3021305 05 - 1305 64 3011308 70 - 1308 74 3051309 70 - 1309 74 3061311 00 - 1311 74 3051316 60 - 1316 64 3061319 00 - 1319 02 2431340 02 2861340 80 2831341 26 - 1356 00 2911358 05 - 1363 35 2961371 00 - 1371 60 2921371 68 - 1371 99 2931373 00 - 1373 25 2941374 04 - 1374 45 2921376 07 - 1376 25 2931376 30 - 1376 38 2941377 00 - 1377 55 2951378 05 - 1378 48 2931379 05 - 1379 19 2951379 26 - 1379 35 2941379 50 2951390 35 - 1391 35 2971398 10 - 1398 20 2961400 04 - 1403 00 2751432 55 - 1433 64 2831438 48 - 1441 62 3031441 80 - 1441 90 3051443 05 - 1443 99 2891444 05 - 1446 45 2901455 05 - 1456 38 2721465 06 - 1465 23 2731470 00 - 1470 35 2721470 40 - 1482 45 2731485 00 - 1485 02 2751485 05 - 1486 40 2741500 10 - 1500 65 2691500 70 - 1500 80 268, 2691509 00 - 1509 22 2691522 50 - 1522 75 2841523 00 2861524 00 - 1525 10 2841526 05 - 1526 15 2851527 05 - 1527 70 2841528 00 - 1529 20 2851530 05 - 1531 35 2861532 05 - 1532 35 2851555 40 - 1555 50 2981561 00 - 1566 50 3071596 00 - 1596 70 2822350 10 - 2350 30 2813620 38 2203621 38 2213623 38 2203655 38 1883860 38 - 3861 48 2193873 62 2213874 62 2223876 62 2213880 00 2223880 50 - 3880 60 223350info@brand.de

Number IndexCat. No.Page4020 38 - 4020 46 1884520 00 - 4557 51 2444580 21 - 4587 34 2764620 26 - 4632 43 2774636 16 - 4661 34 2764700 45 - 4708 20 2574714 00 - 4718 00 2604720 00 - 4727 00 2584728 00 2594731 00 2584735 00 2594743 00 - 4743 05 2604744 00 - 4744 10 2594747 01 - 4747 44 2574755 05 - 4755 65 2584758 00 - 4769 00 2605770 38 - 5778 57 2705778 91 - 5779 00 1675780 00 2137013 30 1387013 40 - 7013 54 1377013 55 - 7013 62 1387013 64 - 7013 65 1407013 67 1337013 68 1387013 70 7013 80 1407015 01 - 7016 50 2647018 07 - 7018 78 857019 00 - 7019 68 867023 68 - 7024 04 967024 06 - 7024 38 967025 95 - 7026 08 757026 83 - 7026 96 967028 04 - 7028 12 857028 52 - 7028 90 867032 03 577032 08 57, 147032 10 577034 09 - 7034 11 677034 40 597034 59 677036 00 - 7036 32 597037 00 - 7037 32 527039 70 - 7039 79 1087040 02 - 7040 20 2997040 70 - 7040 75 577041 01 - 7041 82 567041 90 577042 01 - 7042 08 277042 09 - 7042 72 287042 75 267042 81 - 7042 82 287043 25 - 7044 31 267044 86 - 7044 95 277045 00 - 7045 08 377045 18 - 7045 20 387045 22 - 7045 23 377045 26 1047045 32 - 7045 51 387045 54 - 7045 80 1047046 52 7046 53 527047 08 - 7047 93 507048 05 - 7048 10 527050 00 - 7050 53 947051 10 - 7051 30 907052 99 - 7053 03 32, 38, 647053 06 - 7053 07 38, 44, 647053 09 32, 38, 647053 10 - 7053 26 647053 27 32, 44, 647053 29 7053 85 647053 86 577053 90 - 7053 93 647053 99 - 7054 36 667054 49 - 7054 70 677054 73 57, 677054 74 - 7054 86 677060 80 - 7060 81 267060 86 7060 87 327060 90 26Cat. No.Page7075 25 - 7075 37 447075 42 327079 15 - 7079 18 267079 25 - 7079 26 277079 28 267079 30 277079 35 - 7079 38 267079 45 - 7079 56 327084 40 - 7084 45 1117084 62 - 7084 72 1127086 05 2527086 60 - 7091 09 2517091 10 2527091 18 2517091 22 2517091 33 - 7091 44 2517178 05 - 7178 20 2547180 05 - 7180 20 2557186 05 - 7186 20 2547189 05 - 7189 20 2557190 05 2567195 05 - 7195 20 2557198 05 - 7213 05 2567220 55 - 7220 60 2407230 14 - 7230 16 2577320 02 - 7320 08 747320 10 - 7320 12 757320 22 - 7320 28 747320 30 - 7320 32 757321 02 - 7321 08 747321 10 - 7321 12 757321 22 - 7321 28 747321 30 - 7321 32 757322 02 - 7322 08 747322 10 - 7322 12 757322 22 - 7322 28 747322 30 - 7322 32 757322 44 - 7322 48 747322 52 38, 757322 64 38, 747322 68 747322 72 38, 757323 02 - 7323 04 787323 06 44, 797323 08 - 7323 12 797323 22 - 7323 24 787323 26 - 7323 32 797323 44 787323 48 - 7323 52 797323 64 787323 68 - 7323 72 797325 02 - 7325 04 767325 08 - 7325 14 777326 02 - 7326 06 767326 08 - 7326 14 777326 22 - 7326 26 767326 28 - 7326 34 777327 02 - 7327 06 767327 08 - 7327 14 777327 22 - 7327 26 767327 28 - 7327 34 777328 02 - 7328 10 807328 12 - 7328 14 817328 22 - 7328 30 807328 32 - 7328 34 817329 90 - 7329 96 747477 15 - 7477 20 2507477 50 - 7477 75 2497493 11 - 7495 10 2527589 00 2427589 01 - 7589 10 2427590 05 - 7591 15 1677591 50 - 7592 43 1667595 00 1677597 00 - 7597 10 2437598 00 1677685 05 - 7685 10 3077685 15 3097780 12 - 7794 20 2717804 00 - 7805 02 120Cat. No.Page7805 05 1217805 07 7805 25 1207805 40 7805 50 1217806 05 - 7806 08 1257807 00 - 7807 14 1237807 20 - 7807 24 1247807 30 - 7807 34 1237807 40 - 7807 44 1247807 50 - 7807 54 1237807 55 - 7807 75 1247810 29 - 7810 40 2457812 05 - 7812 48 1967812 60 1327812 80 - 7812 94 1297813 00 - 7813 14 1277813 16 7813 27 1287813 30 1297813 32 - 7813 44 1287813 45 - 7813 48 1327813 50 7813 54 1307813 57 1317813 58 - 7813 62 1327813 64 7813 65 1317813 66 7813 69 1307813 71 7813 78 1317813 80 7813 81 1407813 90 - 7813 91 1337814 00 1317814 02 - 7814 08 1337814 11 7814 16 1297815 00 - 7815 83 1397816 00 - 7816 14 1467816 20 - 7816 27 1477816 40 7816 42 1487816 60 7816 71 1467816 80 - 7816 87 1477817 00 7817 02 1487817 20 - 7817 31 1527817 40 - 7817 42 1537817 80 - 7817 89 1527818 00 - 7818 02 1537818 40 - 7818 51 1527818 60 - 7818 67 1537819 00 - 7819 02 1577819 04 - 7819 05 140, 1577819 06 - 7819 71 1577819 80 - 7820 02 1587820 22 - 7820 31 1577820 40 - 7820 47 1587820 82 - 7820 91 1577821 00 - 7821 07 1587821 50 - 7821 53 1647823 00 - 7823 01 1467823 05 - 7823 06 1527828 00 - 7828 91 1628000 01 - 8001 04 2308002 00 - 8002 08 2318004 01 - 8006 48 2308040 02 - 8045 33 2328050 01 - 8120 10 2338130 49 - 8130 61 2368206 00 2328385 01 - 8385 03 2318668 01 - 8711 01 2348800 01 - 8800 90 2359660 30 - 9685 23 2259695 10 - 9696 16 2269700 10 - 9705 10 2259715 28 - 9715 42 2269803 10 - 9847 15 2279874 02 - 9929 10 22843400 00 - 43400 63 24843410 00 - 43410 53 12547001 00 - 47003 61 2447201 20 - 47204 50 3747231 50 10447301 30 - 47303 61 2547400 40 - 47402 41 3247601 41 - 47602 61 43Indexwww.brand.de 351

BRAND GMBH + CO KG General Terms and Conditions1. General1.1. These Terms and Conditions (T&C) are intended for use in commercial transactions between businesses.1.2. These General Terms and Conditions shall apply for all, including future, contracts with the customer.Other terms and conditions shall not become part of the contract, even if we do not expressly object tothem. Subsidiary agreements made before or at the time of conclusion of contract may only be invokedif they are immediately confirmed in writing. The waiver of the requirement for written form shall only bepossible in writing. The language of the contract shall be German or English.In the event of a discrepancy between the German language version of these General Terms and Conditionsand a version in any language, the German language version shall prevail.1.3. Our offers are subject to change and non-binding. We reserve the right to make technical improvementsto our products.1.4. We may store and process data in our IT system necessary for the purpose of processing the contract.1.5. A set-off by the customer shall not be permitted unless the counterclaims are undisputed or legallyestablished, or pecuniary counterclaims arising from the right to refuse payment pursuant to Section 320Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch (German Civil Code).1.6. Orders with a goods value of below €100 shall be subject to a minimum order surcharge of € 20. Deliveryshall be undertaken generally in packaging units (PU) according to the currently valid price list. For deliverieswithin five (5) working days or for order values up to € 500, we reserve the right to waive an orderconfirmation.1.7. The place of jurisdiction shall be the court responsible for our head office in Wertheim/Mosbach, Germany.We shall also be entitled to appeal to the court responsible for the head office of our customer. We shall,furthermore, as plaintiffs have the right to invoke the Arbitration Court at the Chamber of Commerce andIndustry in Frankfurt am Main, Germany. The Arbitration Court shall, in this case, make the final judgmentin accordance with the Rules of Arbitration of the Chamber of Commerce and Industry in Frankfurt amMain without recourse to the ordinary courts of law. The instigation of legal dunning proceedings by usshall not signify the exertion of our right of choice; it shall be admissible in all cases.1.8. German law shall apply exclusively under the exclusion of the conflict of laws principles of Private InternationalLaw and the UN Convention on Contracts for International the Sale of Goods (CISG).2. Delivery2.1 The place of performance shall be our factory in Wertheim, Germany. The risk shall transfer to the customerwhen the delivery leaves the ramp at our factory. This shall also apply to partial deliveries or where we haveperformed additional services, such as shipping; costs for transport, packaging or insurance; exportationand installation. This shall also apply for deliveries to a consignment warehouse of the customer.2.2 Insofar as we have agreed to orders on call, the customer must take delivery of the total amount withinsix (6) months, at the latest at the date confirmed by us.2.3 In the case of a delay in the customer’s acceptance of a delivery, we may, without prejudicing our claimfor performance, have the goods put into storage at the cost of the customer or, after providing a warningand setting a deadline for the customer, otherwise dispose of them.3. Delivery period, Delay3.1 Delivery times shall be ex works. Delivery periods shall begin on receipt of our order confirmation bythe customer; however only after settlement of any technical issues pending from the conclusion of thecontract; and after receipt of any documents to be provided to us by the customer, such as drawings,permits or approvals; and definitely not before receipt of agreed advance payments. The delivery periodshall be considered to have been met if readiness for dispatch has been notified before the expiry of thisperiod. Delivery shall be subject to us receiving our own supplies punctually and in good order.3.2 Force Majeure and circumstances beyond our control, such as strikes, lock-outs, operational disruption,shortages of raw materials and equipment, delayed delivery or non-delivery by our suppliers, shall extendthe delivery periods accordingly and shall release us from our delivery obligations if they, as a result, renderdelivery impossible. We shall also not be liable for the circumstances described above if they arise duringan already existing delay. The same shall apply for any additional or amended services requested by thecustomer.3.3 We shall be considered to be in default of delivery only if the customer has issued us with a reminder, hasset a reasonable extension period which has elapsed.3.4 In the case of delay damages, our liability for compensation shall be limited to 10% of the value of thedelayed delivery/service. The limitation shall not apply in cases of wilful intent, gross negligence and/orinjury to life, limb or health. The customer shall be obliged to immediately inform us in writing of any likelyconsequences of delay.4. Prices, Terms of Payment4.1 Prices shall be ex works and exclusive of statutory VAT, if applicable. Costs of packaging, transportation,freight and insurance shall be borne by the customer. Prices shall also be exclusive of the cost of returningand recycling/disposing of old equipment.4.2 Invoices shall be payable to our account in EUROs (€) without deductions and free of charges and expenses.Payment shall be made immediately or by the date stated. The determinant factor shall be the receipt ofpayment. Cheques and bills of exchange shall only be accepted on account of performance and at thecost of the customer.4.3 In the case of customers, with whom we are working for the first time or with whom we do not workregularly, after delay in payment or in the case of reasonable doubt as to the creditworthiness of thecustomer, we shall reserve the right to make individual deliveries dependent on their pre-payment or asecurity deposit to the value of the invoice amount.4.4 Should the period between conclusion of contract and agreed delivery exceed four (4) months, so maywe, at our discretion, demand a reasonable additional charge equivalent to the increase in our costs upuntil delivery. For deliveries on call, our current price shall apply.4.5 In the case of an agreed return of goods that are free of defects, the customer shall be charged a checkingand processing fee of 15% of the invoice amount (minimum €10).4.6 Should the customer be in arrears with payment, our debt claims against him shall be due immediately,and we shall not be obliged to make any further deliveries based on current delivery contracts.4.7 If payment is delayed, we shall charge - notwithstanding further damage compensation claims - intereston arrears at the statutory rate.4.8 We may offset amounts payable to the customer (e.g. from credit notes) against our claims against thecustomer.5. Retention of Title and Assignment of Future Claims5.1 The goods delivered shall remain our property until the complete and unlimited payment. Should we stillhave further claims against the customer, we shall then retain our property rights until payment of thesehas been effected.5.2 The customer may neither use goods subject to retention of title nor combine them with others objects towhich a third party may have rights. Should, however, goods subject to retention of title become, throughtheir combination with other objects, part of a new (complete) item, we shall be a proportional co-ownerof this new item directly, even if this latter component is regarded as the main component. Our proportionof co-ownership shall be determined by the ratio of the invoice value of the goods to the value of the newitem at the time of combination.5.3 The customer may resell goods subject to retention of title in the course of his normal business as longas he has not assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered his claims from the resale.5.4 The customer shall assign to us in advance as collateral any claims against his customers from the resaleof the goods subject to retention of title (see Clause 5.3) and/or newly formed items (see Clause 5.2)to the value of our invoice for the goods subject to retention of title. As long as the customer is not indefault of payment for the goods subject to retention of title, he may collect the assigned claims in theordinary course of business. He may, however, only use the proportional proceeds for the payment to usfor the goods subject to retention of title.5.5 At the customer’s request, we shall release collateral at our discretion if and to the extent that the nominalvalue of the collateral exceeds 120% of the nominal value of our outstanding debt claims against thecustomer.5.6 The customer shall be required to inform us immediately of any attachments, seizures or any other thirdpartydispositions relating to the goods that are reserved or co-owned by us.5.7 In the event of failure to pay bills of exchange or cheques, or failure or recall of a payment made by debitorder/direct debit mandate, suspension of payments or insolvency of the customer or of the end buyer,the rights of the customer under Clause 5.3. shall no longer be valid. The customer must then immediatelyinform the buyer of our extended retention of title; he may use the assignment of relevant proportionalproceeds only to pay for the delivered goods.5.8 Where payment is delayed and in the cases covered in Clause 5.7, we shall be entitled to withdraw fromthe contract and/or, without withdrawing from the contract, demand the return of any goods subject toretention of title still in possession of the customer and to collect the assigned receivables ourselves. Inorder to ascertain our rights, we shall be entitled to have all of our customer’s documents/books concerningour reserved rights examined by a person who is subject to the professional duty of confidentiality.6. Warranty, Limitation of Liability6.1 We warrant that our delivered goods (including any agreed installation) are free of defects at time of risktransfer. The required quality, durability and use of our delivered goods are based solely on the agreedwritten specification, product description and/or operating manuals. Any information beyond this, in particularin preliminary discussions, advertising and/or referencing industrial standards shall only become part ofthe contract if they are expressly referenced in writing.6.2 Should the customer requires the delivered goods for purposes other than those agreed, he must takeresponsibility himself for examining their special suitability for this - also in terms of product safety - andensure their compliance with all relevant technical, legal or regulatory provisions before the intended use.We shall not be liable for any usability that was not expressly confirmed by us in writing. In the case ofmaterial or design requirements of the customer, we shall accept no liability for the suitability or permissibilityof the desired materials or designs, and shall, in this respect, have no particular testing obligation.Compliance with safety-related and occupational health regulations depends on the location and operatingconditions of which we have no prior knowledge. Action for ensuring compliance shall therefore be theresponsibility of the customer or his buyer.6.3 We shall not be liable for the consequences of improper handling, use, maintenance and operation ofthe delivered goods; the consequences of normal wear and tear, in particular of wearing parts, such aspistons, seals, valves; the breakage of glass, plastic or ceramic parts; for the consequences of chemical,electrochemical or electrical influences; or non-observance of the operating instructions.6.4 If a notice of defect is justified, we shall initially only be required to provide supplementary performance.Supplementary performance shall be, at out discretion, either rectification of the defect or delivery of goodsfree of defects. Further warranty claims shall only apply in the event of rejection, impossibility or failure ofthe supplementary performance. The customer shall bear additional expenses, which arise from the factthat the goods were taken after delivery to a location other than the agreed place of performance.6.5 The customer must, immediately upon receipt of the goods, inspect them carefully, also in terms of productsafety, and notify obvious defects immediately in writing; any hidden defects must be immediately notifiedupon discovery. The customer must notify the carrier immediately of any transport damage. Failure toobserve the testing and notification obligation shall void any customer claims for defects.6.6 Our liability for slight negligence shall be limited to claims for injury to life, limb or health, to claims underthe Produkthaftungsgesetz (German Product Liability Act) or to claims of culpable breach of fundamentalcontractual obligations through which the purpose of the contract is endangered. Otherwise, our liabilityfor slightly negligent breach of fundamental contractual obligations is limited to the typically occurringdamages which we could have foreseen when the contract was concluded.6.7 Should the customer use the delivered goods in conjunction with environmentally harmful, toxic, radioactiveor otherwise hazardous materials, he shall be obliged to clean them before returning them to us. If applicable,we may charge any necessary costs for decontamination/cleaning and disposal to the customer’saccount.7. Limitation PeriodThe warranty period shall be one year and starts from the date of delivery of the goods to the customer. Thesame shall apply for claims for damages, irrespective of their legal basis. The limitation periods of Section 438Para. 1 Nos. 1 and 2, Section 479 Para. 1 and Section 634a Para. 1 No. 2 of the BGB (German Civil Code)shall remain unaffected. The restriction of the limitation period shall not apply to claims based on fraudulentconcealment of a defect, for claims under the Produkthaftungsgesetz (German Product Liability Act) or fordamages resulting from injury to life, limb or health and other damages based on intent or gross negligence.The limitation period in respect of replaced or repaired goods shall not commence anew.8. Software use8.1 If software is included in the scope of a delivery, the customer shall be granted a non-exclusive right touse the software and its associated documentation. It is provided for use on the designated delivery item.The use of the software on more than one system shall be prohibited.8.2 The customer shall only be entitled to copy, transfer or translate the software or to convert it from objectcode to source code to the extent permitted by law (Sections 69a et seq. Urheberrechtsgesetz – GermanCopyright Act). The customer undertakes to refrain from removing manufacturer information, in particularcopyright notices, or from changing these without our prior express consent or the prior express consentof the software supplier.8.3 All other rights to the software and the documentation including copies thereof shall remain with us and/or the software supplier. The issue of sub-licences is not permitted.9. Installation9.1 Installation costs may be invoiced on a monthly basis. Fixed installation prices shall only cover the workthat has been agreed upon. In other cases our current price list for installation and service costs shallapply.9.2 The customer shall be responsible for providing the following at his own expense: lighting, motive power,if necessary, compressed air, water, electrical power for welding and heating, including the necessaryconnections; electrical installations to connect the products supplied by us; the devices required (such aslifting equipment); a lockable room that can be used for storing materials, tools and clothing during theinstallation.10. Spare Parts, Maintenance/Repair and Calibration10.1 For spare parts and maintenance, repair and calibration services, the current repair and exchange pricelist shall apply.10.2 Insofar as there is an obligation on our part to maintain/supply spare parts, then this obligation shall belimited to a period of five (5) years from the date of delivery. If spare parts are not manufactured by us, orare no longer available on the market, for example electronic components, or if the raw material for theirproduction is no longer available, our obligation to deliver spare parts shall lapse.10.3 For calibration and maintenance, expendable items from BRAND production are normally used.10.4 Maintenance and calibration services can only be provided if the customer has declared the devices sentto be safe to work on from a health hazard perspective.10.5 For repair/service values of up to € 50, we reserve the right not to provide a separate cost estimate.11. Legal Reservation, Industrial Property Rights, Confidentiality11.1 We reserve ownership and all industrial property rights and copyrights to all moulds, tools or other devices,samples, pictures, and business and technical documents produced or provided by us. This also applieswhere the customer has wholly or in part taken on the costs hereof. The customer may use these onlyin the manner agreed with us. Without our written consent, he may not himself manufacture contractualobjects delivered or have the same manufactured by third parties.11.2 Insofar as we deliver goods according to the designs or other requirements specified by the customer(models, patterns etc.), the customer shall be liable to us by default for ensuring that, through the manufactureand delivery of these goods, the industrial property rights or other rights of third parties are notinfringed. If the customer is at fault he shall reimburse us all damage resulting from any such infringementof rights.11.3 Any information acquired from this business relationship and not deemed to be public knowledge must notbe disclosed by the customer to third parties. Status as of: June 2013

© Patrick Escudero/hemis.fr/Getty Images9963 02 · Printed in Germany · 07/13BRAND GMBH + CO KG · P.O. Box 11 55 · 97861 Wertheim · GermanyTel.: +49 9342 808-0 · Fax: +49 9342 808-98000info@brand.de · www.brand.de